Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 of 18 March 2016 implementing Regulation (EU) No 165/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council laying down the requirements for the construction, testing, installation, operation and repair of tachographs and their components (Text with EEA relevance)
Grade B
mapped from publisher markup. A grade says how a document's structure was obtained, not how reliable the law is.
Address https://gelex.eu/eli/EU/regulation/2016/799@2016-03-18/en
Contents
- Preamble
- ANNEX
- ANNEX I C
- Requirements for construction, testing, installation, and inspection INTRODUCTION
- 1.
- 2.
- 2.1(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)
- 2.3(9)(10)(11)(12)(13)
- 3.
- 3.1(15)(16)(17)(18)(19)(20)
- 3.2(21)(22)(23)(24)(25)(26)(27)
- 3.2.1(28)(29)(30)(31)
- 3.2.2(32)(33)(34)(35)
- 3.2.3(36)(37)
- 3.3(38)(39)(40)(41)(42)(43)
- 3.4(44)(45)(46)(47)(48)(49)(50)(51)(52)(53)
- 3.6
- 3.6.1(56)(57)(58)(59)(60)
- 3.7(63)(64)(65)(66)(67)(68)
- 3.9(71)
- 3.12(91)(92)
- 3.12.1
- 3.12.1.1(93)(94)
- 3.12.1.2(95)(96)(97)
- 3.12.1.3(98)(99)(100)
- 3.12.3(102)(103)(104)
- 3.12.4(105)(106)(107)
- 3.12.5(108)(109)(110)(111)(112)
- 3.12.6(113)(114)(115)
- 3.12.8(117)
- 3.12.10(119)(120)(121)(122)(123)
- 3.12.11(124)(125)
- 3.12.12(126)(127)
- 3.12.15(130)(131)
- 3.12.16(132)(133)
- 3.13(134)(135)
- 3.14
- 3.14.1(136)(137)(138)(139)(140)(141)(142)(143)
- 3.14.2(144)(145)(146)(147)(148)(149)(150)
- 3.15(151)(152)(153)(154)(155)(156)(157)(158)(159)
- 3.15.1(160)(161)(162)(163)(164)
- 3.15.4(167)(168)
- 3.16(169)(170)(171)(172)(173)(174)(175)(176)(177)(178)(179)(180)(181)
- 3.17(182)(183)(184)(185)(186)(187)(188)(189)(190)(191)
- 3.18(192)(193)(194)(195)(196)
- 3.19(197)(198)(199)
- 3.20(200)(201)
- 3.21(202)(203)(204)(205)(206)
- 3.22(207)(208)(209)
- 3.23(210)(211)(212)
- 3.24(213)(214)(215)(216)(217)(218)
- 3.25(219)(220)(221)(222)(223)
- 3.26(224)(225)(226)
- 4.
- 4.1(227)(228)(229)(230)(231)(232)(233)(234)(235)(236)(237)
- 4.2(238)(239)
- 4.4(241)(242)(243)(244)
- 4.5(245)(246)(247)
- 4.5.2(248)
- 4.5.3
- 4.5.3.1
- 4.5.3.1.1(253)
- 4.5.3.1.2(254)
- 4.5.3.1.3(255)
- 4.5.3.1.4(256)
- 4.5.3.1.5(257)(258)
- 4.5.3.1.6(259)
- 4.5.3.1.7(260)(261)(262)
- 4.5.3.1.8(263)(264)(265)
- 4.5.3.1.9(266)(267)(268)
- 4.5.3.1.10(269)(270)
- 4.5.3.1.11(271)(272)
- 4.5.3.1.12(273)
- 4.5.3.1.13(274)(275)
- 4.5.3.1.14(276)(277)
- 4.5.3.2
- 4.5.3.2.1(278)
- 4.5.3.2.2(279)
- 4.5.3.2.3(280)
- 4.5.3.2.4(281)
- 4.5.3.2.5(282)(283)
- 4.5.3.2.6(284)
- 4.5.3.2.7(285)(286)(287)
- 4.5.3.2.8(288)(289)(290)
- 4.5.3.2.9(291)(292)(293)
- 4.5.3.2.10(294)(295)
- 4.5.3.2.11(296)(297)
- 4.5.3.2.12(298)
- 4.5.3.2.13(299)(300)
- 4.5.3.2.14(301)(302)
- 4.5.3.2.15(303)(304)
- 4.5.3.2.16(305)(306)
- 4.5.4
- 4.5.4.1
- 4.5.4.1.1(307)
- 4.5.4.1.2(308)(309)
- 4.5.4.1.3(310)
- 4.5.4.1.4(311)
- 4.5.4.1.5(312)
- 4.5.4.1.6(313)(314)(315)(316)(317)
- 4.5.4.1.7(318)(319)
- 4.5.4.1.8(320)(321)
- 4.5.4.1.9(322)(323)
- 4.5.4.1.10(324)(325)
- 4.5.4.1.11(326)
- 4.5.4.1.12(327)
- 4.5.4.1.13(328)(329)
- 4.5.4.2
- 4.5.4.2.1(330)
- 4.5.4.2.2(331)(332)
- 4.5.4.2.3(333)
- 4.5.4.2.4(334)
- 4.5.4.2.5(335)
- 4.5.4.2.6(336)(337)(338)(339)(340)
- 4.5.4.2.7(341)(342)
- 4.5.4.2.8(343)(344)
- 4.5.4.2.9(345)(346)
- 4.5.4.2.10(347)(348)
- 4.5.4.2.11(349)
- 4.5.4.2.12(350)
- 4.5.4.2.13(351)(352)
- 4.5.4.2.14(353)(354)
- 4.5.4.2.15(355)(356)
- 4.5.5
- 4.5.5.1
- 4.5.5.1.1(357)
- 4.5.5.1.2(358)
- 4.5.5.1.3(359)
- 4.5.5.1.4(360)
- 4.5.5.1.5(361)(362)
- 4.5.5.2
- 4.5.5.2.1(363)
- 4.5.5.2.2(364)
- 4.5.5.2.3(365)
- 4.5.5.2.4(366)
- 4.5.5.2.5(367)(368)
- 4.5.6
- 4.5.6.1
- 4.5.6.1.1(369)
- 4.5.6.1.2(370)
- 4.5.6.1.3(371)
- 4.5.6.1.4(372)
- 4.5.6.1.5(373)(374)
- 4.5.6.2
- 4.5.6.2.1(375)
- 4.5.6.2.2(376)
- 4.5.6.2.3(377)
- 4.5.6.2.4(378)
- 4.5.6.2.5(379)(380)
- 5.
- 5.1(381)(382)(383)(384)(385)(386)(387)(388)(389)(390)(391)(392)(393)(394)
- 5.2(395)(396)(397)
- 5.3(398)(399)(400)(401)(402)(403)(404)(405)(406)
- 6.
- 6.4(409)(410)(411)(412)(413)
- 6.4(409)(410)(411) a.
- 6.6(415)(416)
- 7.(417)(418)(419)(420)(421)(422)(423)(424)
- 8.
- 8.1(425)(426)(427)(428)(429)(430)
- 8.2(431)(432)(433)
- 8.3(434)(435)(436)(437)(438)(439)
- 8.4(440)(441)(442)(443)(444)(445)(446)(447)(448)(449)(450)
- 8.5(451)(452)(453)(454)
- 8.6(455)(456)(457)(458)(459)
- Appendix 1 DATA DICTIONARY
- 1.
- 2.
- 2.1. Value assignment — Octet Aligned: scpaatttttttttttB (16 bits)
- 6.
- 6.1. VU Authentication protocol identifiers
- Appendix 2 TACHOGRAPH CARDS SPECIFICATION
- 1.
- 2.TCS_01TCS_02
- 2.1.TCS_03TCS_04
- 2.3.TCS_06TCS_07
- 3.
- 3.2.TCS_10
- 3.2.1TCS_11TCS_12TCS_13TCS_14TCS_15TCS_16
- 3.2.2TCS_17TCS_18
- 3.2.3TCS_19TCS_20TCS_21
- 3.3.TCS_22TCS_23TCS_24TCS_25——TCS_26——TCS_27——TCS_28
- 3.4.————————TCS_29TCS_30
- 3.5.TCS_31TCS_32TCS_33 Notes: TCS_34
- 3.5.1
- 3.5.1.1TCS_35TCS_36TCS_37TCS_38
- 3.5.1.2TCS_39TCS_40TCS_41
- 3.5.2
- 3.5.2.1TCS_42TCS_43
- 3.5.2.1.1TCS_44TCS_45TCS_46TCS_47
- 3.5.2.2TCS_48TCS_49TCS_50
- 3.5.2.3TCS_51TCS_52TCS_53
- 3.5.2.3.1TCS_54TCS_55
- 3.5.3
- 3.5.3.1TCS_56TCS_57
- 3.5.3.1.1TCS_58TCS_59TCS_60
- 3.5.3.2TCS_61TCS_62TCS_63
- 3.5.3.3TCS_64TCS_65TCS_66
- 3.5.3.3.1TCS_67TCS_68
- 3.5.4TCS_69TCS_70TCS_71
- 3.5.5TCS_72TCS_73TCS_74TCS_75TCS_76TCS_77TCS_78
- 3.5.6TCS_79TCS_80
- 3.5.7
- 3.5.7.1TCS_81TCS_82TCS_83TCS_84TCS_85
- 3.5.7.2TCS_86TCS_87TCS_88TCS_89TCS_90
- 3.5.8TCS_91TCS_92TCS_93TCS_94TCS_95
- 3.5.9TCS_96TCS_97TCS_98TCS_99
- 3.5.10TCS_100TCS_101TCS_102
- 3.5.11
- 3.5.11.1TCS_103TCS_104TCS_105TCS_106TCS_107
- 3.5.11.2
- 3.5.11.2.1TCS_108TCS_109
- 3.5.11.2.2TCS_110TCS_111
- 3.5.11.2.3TCS_112TCS_113TCS_114
- 3.5.12TCS_115TCS_116TCS_117
- 3.5.13TCS_118TCS_119TCS_120TCS_121TCS_122TCS_123TCS_124TCS_125
- 3.5.14TCS_126TCS_127TCS_128TCS_129TCS_130TCS_131
- 3.5.15TCS_132TCS_133TCS_134
- 3.5.16TCS_135TCS_136TCS_137TCS_138TCS_139
- 4.TCS_140TCS_141
- 4.1.TCS_142TCS_143TCS_144TCS_145TCS_146TCS_147
- 4.2.
- 4.2.1TCS_148TCS_149TCS_150TCS_151
- 4.2.2TCS_152TCS_153TCS_154TCS_155
- 4.3.
- 4.3.1TCS_156TCS_157TCS_158TCS_159
- 4.3.2TCS_160TCS_161TCS_162TCS_163
- 4.4.
- 4.4.1TCS_164TCS_165TCS_166TCS_167
- 4.4.2TCS_168TCS_169TCS_170TCS_171
- 4.5.
- 4.5.1TCS_172TCS_173TCS_174TCS_175
- 4.5.2TCS_176TCS_177TCS_178TCS_179
- Appendix 3
- PICTOGRAMS PIC_001
- Appendix 4 PRINTOUTS
- 3.
- Appendix 5
- DISPLAY DIS_001
- Appendix 6 FRONT CONNECTOR FOR CALIBRATION AND DOWNLOAD
- 1.
- 2.INT_004INT_005INT_006
- 2.INT_004INT_005 Data byte organisation
- 3.INT_007INT_008INT_009
- Appendix 7 DATA DOWNLOADING PROTOCOLS
- 1.
- 2.
- 2.2.
- 2.2.1DDP_002DDP_003DDP_004
- 2.2.2 Notes:
- 2.2.2.1DDP_005
- 2.2.2.2DDP_006
- 2.2.2.3DDP_007
- 2.2.2.4DDP_008
- 2.2.2.5DDP_052
- 2.2.2.6DDP_053
- 2.2.2.7DDP_009
- 2.2.2.8DDP_010
- 2.2.2.9DDP_011DDP_054
- 2.2.2.10DDP_012DDP055
- 2.2.2.11DDP_013
- 2.2.2.12DDP_014
- 2.2.2.13DDP_015
- 2.2.2.14DDP_016
- 2.2.2.15DDP_017
- 2.2.2.16DDP_018
- 2.2.4DDP_019
- Figure 1 Message flow, timing
- 2.2.5
- 2.2.5.1DDP_020DDP_021
- 2.2.5.2
- 1.
- Figure 2 VU error handling
- 2.
- Figure 3 IDE error handling
- 2.2.6
- 2.2.6.1DDP_029 Data structure generation 1 Data structure generation 2
- 2.2.6.2DDP_030 Data structure generation 1 Data structure generation 2
- 2.2.6.3DDP_031 Data structure generation 1 Data structure generation 2
- 2.2.6.4DDP_032 Data structure generation 1 Data structure generation 2:
- 2.2.6.5DDP_033 Data structure generation 1 Data structure generation 2:
- 3.
- 3.3.DDP_035
- 3.4.
- 3.4.2DDP_041DDP_042DDP_043DDP_044DDP_045DDP_046
- 4.DDP_047DDP_048DDP_049DDP_050DDP_051
- Appendix 8 CALIBRATION PROTOCOL
- 1.CPR_001CPR_002CPR_003
- 2. References:
- 3.
- 3.1.CPR_004 Table 1 Service Identifier value summary table
- 4. Table 2 CPR_005 Communication Services
- 4.1.CPR_006CPR_007CPR_008CPR_009CPR_010CPR_011CPR_012CPR_014CPR_016CPR_017 Table 3 Table 4 CPR_018 Table 5 Table 6 CPR_019 Timing values for fast initialisation Communication timing values StartCommunication Request Message StartCommunication Positive Response Message
- 4.2.
- 4.2.1CPR_020CPR_021CPR_022CPR_023
- 4.2.2CPR_024 Table 7 Table 8 Table 9 StopCommunication Request Message StopCommunication Positive Response Message StopCommunication Negative Response Message
- 4.3.
- 4.3.2CPR_079 Table 10 CPR_080 Table 11 CPR_081 Table 12 TesterPresent Request Message TesterPresent Positive Response Message TesterPresent Negative Response Message
- 5. Table 13 Management Services
- 5.1.
- 5.1.1CPR_025CPR_026CPR_027
- 5.1.2CPR_028 Table 14 Table 15 Table 16 StartDiagnosticSession Request Message StartDiagnosticSession Positive Response Message StartDiagnosticSession Negative Response Message
- 5.1.3CPR_029 Table 17 Definition of diagnosticSession Values
- 5.2.
- 5.2.1CPR_033CPR_034CPR_035CPR_036CPR_037CPR_038CPR_039
- 5.2.2CPR_040 Table 18 Table 19 Table 20 SecurityAccess Request- requestSeed Message SecurityAccess — requestSeed Positive Response Message SecurityAccess Negative Response Message
- 5.2.3CPR_041 Table 21 Table 22 Table 23 SecurityAccess Request — sendKey Message SecurityAccess — sendKey Positive Response Message SecurityAccess Negative Response Message
- 6. Table 24 Data Transmission Services
- 6.1.
- 6.1.2CPR_051 Table 25 Table 26 Table 27 ReadDataByIdentifier Request Message ReadDataByIdentifier Positive Response Message ReadDataByIdentifier Negative Response Message
- 6.1.3CPR_052CPR_053 Table 28 CPR_054 Definition of recordDataIdentifier values
- 6.2.
- 6.2.2CPR_057 Table 29 Table 30 Table 31 WriteDataByIdentifier Request Message WriteDataByIdentifier Positive Response Message WriteDataByIdentifier Negative Response Message
- 7. Table 32 Input/Output Control functional unit
- 7.1.
- 7.1.1CPR_058CPR_059CPR_060CPR_061
- 7.1.2CPR_062 Table 33 Table 34 Table 35 InputOutputControlByIdentifier Request Message InputOutputControlByIdentifier Positive Response Message InputOutputControlByIdentifier Negative Response Message
- 7.1.3CPR_064 Table 36 CPR_065 Table 37 Definition of inputOutputControlParameter values Definition of controlState values
- 7.1.3CPR_064 Table 36 Definition of inputOutputControlParameter values ReturnControlToECU
- 8.CPR_067CPR_068
- 8.1.CPR_069CPR_070CPR_071CPR_072 Table 38 CPR_073 dataRecords ranges
- 8.2.CPR_074 Table 39 CPR_075 Table 40 CPR_076 Table 41 CPR_078 Table 42 Format of dataRecords Detailed format of TimeDate (recordDataIdentifier value # F90B) Detailed format of NextCalibrationDate (recordDataIdentifier value # F922) Detailed format of VehicleRegistrationNumber (recordDataIdentifier value # F97E)
- 8.2.CPR_074 Table 39 CPR_075 Table 40 CPR_076 Table 41 Format of dataRecords Detailed format of TimeDate (recordDataIdentifier value # F90B) Detailed format of NextCalibrationDate (recordDataIdentifier value # F922)
- Appendix 9 TYPE APPROVAL LIST OF MINIMUM REQUIRED TESTS
- 1.
- 2.
- 3. a)
- 4.
- grp_33
- 5.
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Regulation (EU) No 165/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 4 February 2014 on tachographs in road transport, and in particular Articles 11 and 12(7) thereof,
Whereas:
(1) Regulation (EU) No 165/2014 has introduced second-generation digital tachographs called smart tachographs, which include a connection to the global navigation satellite system (GNSS) facility, a remote early detection communication facility, and an interface with intelligent transport systems. The specifications for the technical requirements for the construction of smart tachographs should be set up.
(2) The remote early detection facility established by Article 9(4) of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014 should transmit to a roadside control officer the data of the digital tachograph and the information concerning the weights and weight per axles of the complete vehicle combination (tractor and trailers or semi-trailers), in accordance with Directive 96/53/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council. That should enable an effective and quick check of vehicles by the control authorities, with fewer electronic devices in the vehicle cab.
(3) In accordance with Directive 96/53/EC, the remote early detection facility should use the CEN DSRC standards referred to in that Directive, at the frequency band of 5795-5805 MHz. As that frequency band is used for electronic tolling as well, and in order to avoid interference between tolling and control applications, control officers should not use the remote early detection facility on a toll plaza.
(4) New security mechanisms for maintaining the level of security of the digital tachograph should be introduced with the smart tachograph to address current security vulnerabilities. One of such vulnerabilities is the absence of expiry dates of digital certificates. In order to comply with the best practices in security matters, it is recommended that the use of digital certificates without expiry dates should be avoided. The normal operation validity period of vehicle units should be 15 years, starting on the issuing date of the vehicle unit digital certificates. Vehicle units should be replaced after that validity period.
(5) The provision of secured and reliable positioning information is an essential element of the effective operation of smart tachographs. Therefore, it is appropriate to ensure their compatibility with the added value services provided by the Galileo programme as set out in Regulation (EU) No 1285/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council in order to improve the security of the smart tachograph.
(6) In accordance with Articles 8(1), 9(1) and 10(1) and (2) of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014, the security mechanisms introduced by that Regulation should apply 36 months after the entry into force of the necessary implementing acts in order to allow the manufacturers to develop the new generation of smart tachographs, and receive their type-approval certificates from the competent authorities.
(7) In accordance with Regulation (EU) No 165/2014, vehicles registered for the first time in a Member State 36 months after the entry into force of this Commission Regulation, should be equipped with a smart tachograph compliant with the requirements of this Commission Regulation. In any case, all vehicles operating in a Member State other than their Member State of registration should be equipped with a compliant smart tachograph 15 years after the date of application of those requirements.
(8) Commission Regulation (EC) No 68/2009 allowed, during a transitional period expiring on 31 December 2013, the use of an adaptor to make possible the installation of tachographs in M1 and N1 type vehicles. Due to technical difficulties related to finding an alternative to the use of the adaptor, the experts of the automotive and tachograph industry, together with the Commission, concluded that no alternative solution to the adaptor was feasible without entailing high costs for industry, which would be disproportionate to the size of the market. Therefore, the use of the adaptor in M1 and N1 type vehicles should be allowed indefinitely.
(9) The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee referred to in Article 42(3) of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014,
HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:
Article 1 Subject matter and scope
1. This Regulation lays down the provisions necessary for the uniform application of the following aspects regarding tachographs:
(a) recording of the position of the vehicle at certain points during the daily working period of the driver;
(b) remote early detection of possible manipulation or misuse of smart tachographs;
(c) interface with intelligent transport systems;
(d) the administrative and technical requirements for the type-approval procedures of tachographs, including the security mechanisms.
2. The construction, testing, installation, inspection, operation and repair of smart tachographs and their components, shall comply with the technical requirements set out in Annex 1C to this Regulation.
3. Tachographs other than smart tachographs shall continue, as regards construction, testing, installation, inspection, operation and repair, to comply with the requirements of either Annex 1 or Annex 1B to Council Regulation (EEC) No 3821/85, as applicable.
4. Pursuant to Article 10d of Directive 96/53/EC, the remote early detection facility shall also transmit the weight data provided by an internal on-board weighing system, for the purpose of early fraud detection.
Article 2 Definitions
For the purposes of this Regulation, the definitions laid down in Article 2 of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014 shall apply. In addition, the following definitions shall apply:
(1) digital tachograph or first generation tachograph means a digital tachograph other than a smart tachograph;
(2) external GNSS facility means a facility which contains the GNSS receiver when the vehicle unit is not a single unit, as well as other components needed to protect the communication of data about position to the rest of the vehicle unit;
(3) information folder means the complete folder, in electronic or paper form, containing all the information supplied by the manufacturer or its agent to the type-approval authority for the purpose of the type-approval of a tachograph or a component thereof, including the certificates referred to in Article 12(3) of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014, the performance of the tests defined in Annex 1C to this Regulation, as well as drawings, photographs, and other relevant documents;
(4) information package means the information folder, in electronic or paper form, accompanied by any other documents added by the type-approval authority to the information folder in the course of carrying out their functions including, at the end of the type-approval process, the EC type-approval certificate of the tachograph or a component thereof;
(5) index to the information package means the document listing the numbered contents of the information package identifying all the relevant parts of this package. The format of that document shall distinguish the successive steps in the EC type-approval process, including the dates of any revisions and updating of that package;
(6) remote early detection facility means the equipment of the vehicle unit which is used to perform targeted roadside checks;
(7) smart tachograph or second generation tachograph means a digital tachograph complying with Articles 8, 9 and 10 of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014 as well as with Annex 1C to this Regulation;
(8) tachograph component or component means any of the following elements: the vehicle unit, the motion sensor, the tachograph card, the record sheet, the external GNSS facility and the remote early detection facility;
(9) type-approval authority means the authority of a Member State competent to carry out the type-approval of the tachograph or of its components, the authorisation process, the issuing and, if appropriate, withdrawing of type-approval certificates, acting as the contact point for the type-approval authorities of other Member States and ensuring that the manufacturers meet their obligations relating to the conformity with the requirement of this Regulation.
Article 3 Location-based services
1. Manufacturers shall ensure that smart tachographs are compatible with the positioning services provided by the Galileo and the European Geostationary Navigation Overlay Service (EGNOS) systems.
2. In addition to the systems referred to in paragraph 1, manufacturers may also choose to ensure compatibility with other satellite navigation systems.
Article 4 Procedure for type-approval of a tachograph and tachograph components
1. A manufacturer or its agent shall submit an application for type-approval of a tachograph or any of its components, or group of components, to the type-approval authorities designated by each Member State. It shall consist of an information folder containing the information for each of the components concerned including, where applicable, the type-approval certificates of other components necessary to complete the tachograph, as well as any other relevant documents.
2. A Member State shall grant type-approval to any tachograph, component or group of components that conforms to the administrative and technical requirements referred to in Article 1(2) or (3), as applicable. In that case, the type-approval authority shall issue to the applicant a type-approval certificate that shall conform to the model laid down in Annex II to this Regulation.
3. The type-approval authority may request the manufacturer or its agent to supply any additional information.
4. The manufacturer or its agent shall make available to the type-approval authorities, as well as to the entities responsible for issuing the certificates referred to in Article 12(3) of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014, as many tachographs or tachograph components as are necessary to enable the type-approval procedure to be conducted satisfactorily.
5. Where the manufacturer or its agent seeks a type-approval of certain components or groups of components of a tachograph, he shall provide the type-approval authorities with the other components, already type-approved, as well as other parts necessary for the construction of the complete tachograph, in order for those authorities to conduct the necessary tests.
Article 5 Modifications to type-approvals
1. The manufacturer or its agent shall inform without delay the type-approval authorities that granted the original type-approval, about any modification in software or hardware of the tachograph or in the nature of the materials used for its manufacture which are recorded in the information package and shall submit an application for the modification of the type-approval.
2. The type-approval authorities may revise or extend an existing type-approval, or issue a new type-approval according to the nature and characteristics of the modifications. A revision shall be made where the type-approval authority considers that the modifications in software or hardware of the tachograph or in the nature of materials used for its manufacture are minor. In such cases, the type-approval authority shall issue the revised documents of the information package, indicating the nature of the modifications made and the date of their approval. An updated version of the information package in a consolidated form, accompanied by a detailed description of the modifications made, shall be sufficient to meet this requirement. An extension shall be made where the type-approval authority considers that the modifications in software or hardware of the tachograph or in the nature of materials used for its manufacture are substantial. In such cases, it may request that new tests be conducted and inform the manufacturer or its agent accordingly. If those tests prove satisfactory, the type-approval authority shall issue a revised type-approval certificate containing a number referring to the extension granted. The type-approval certificate shall mention the reason of the extension and its date of issue.
3. The index to the information package shall indicate the date of the most recent extension or revision of the type-approval, or the date of the most recent consolidation of the updated version of the type-approval.
4. A new type-approval shall be necessary when the requested modifications to the type-approved tachograph or its components would lead to the issuance of a new security or interoperability certificate.
Article 6 Entry into force
This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union. It shall apply from 2 March 2016. However, the Annexes shall apply from 2 March 2019 with the exception of Appendix 16 which shall apply from 2 March 2016.
This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States. Done at Brussels, 18 March 2016. For the Commission The President Jean-Claude Juncker
ANNEX
ANNEX I C
Requirements for construction, testing, installation, and inspection INTRODUCTION
The first generation digital tachograph system has been deployed since 1 May 2006. It may be used until its end of life for domestic transportation. For international transportation, instead, 15 years after the entry into force of this Commission Regulation, all vehicles shall be equipped with a compliant second generation smart tachograph, introduced by this Regulation. This Annex contains second generation recording equipment and tachograph cards requirements. Starting from its introduction date, second generation recording equipment shall be installed in vehicles registered for the first time, and second generation tachograph cards shall be issued. In order to foster a smooth introduction of the second generation tachograph system: This will allow drivers to keep their unique driver card and use both systems with it. Second generation recording equipment shall however only be calibrated using second generation workshop cards. This Annex contains all requirements related to the interoperability between the first and the second generation tachograph system. Appendix 15 contains additional details about how the coexistence of the two systems shall be managed.
second generation tachograph cards shall be designed to be also used in first generation vehicle units,
replacement of valid first generation tachograph cards at the introduction date shall not be requested.
1. DEFINITIONS In this Annex:
1.
(a) activation means: the phase in which the tachograph becomes fully operational and implements all functions, including security functions, through the use of a workshop card;
(b) authentication means: a function intended to establish and verify a claimed identity;
(c) authenticity means: the property that information is coming from a party whose identity can be verified;
(d) built-in test (BIT) means: tests run at request, triggered by the operator or by external equipment;
(e) calendar day means: a day ranging from 00:00 hours to 24:00 hours. All calendar days relate to UTC time (Universal Time Coordinated);
(f) calibration of a smart tachograph means: updating or confirming vehicle parameters to be held in the data memory. Vehicle parameters include vehicle identification (VIN, VRN and registering Member State) and vehicle characteristics (w, k, l, tyre size, speed-limiting device setting (if applicable), current UTC time, current odometer value); during the calibration of a recording equipment, the types and identifiers of all type-approval relevant seals in place shall also be stored in the data memory; any update or confirmation of UTC time only, shall be considered as a time adjustment and not as a calibration, provided it does not contradict Requirement 409; calibrating recording equipment requires the use of a workshop card;
(g) card number means: a 16-alphanumerical character number that uniquely identifies a tachograph card within a Member State. The card number includes a card consecutive index (if applicable), a card replacement index and a card renewal index; a card is therefore uniquely identified by the code of the issuing Member State and the card number;
(h) card consecutive index means: the 14th alphanumerical character of a card number that is used to differentiate the different cards issued to a company, a workshop or a control authority entitled to be issued several tachograph cards. The company, the workshop or the control authority is uniquely identified by the 13 first characters of the card number;
(i) card renewal index means: the 16th alphanumerical character of a card number which is incremented each time a tachograph card is renewed;
(j) card replacement index means: the 15th alpha-numerical character of a card number which is incremented each time a tachograph card is replaced;
(k) characteristic coefficient of the vehicle means: the numerical characteristic giving the value of the output signal emitted by the part of the vehicle linking it with the recording equipment (gearbox output shaft or axle) while the vehicle travels a distance of one kilometre under standard test conditions as defined under requirement 414. The characteristic coefficient is expressed in impulses per kilometre (w = … imp/km);
(l) company card means: a tachograph card issued by the authorities of a Member State to a transport undertaking needing to operate vehicles fitted with a tachograph, which identifies the transport undertaking and allows for the displaying, downloading and printing of the data, stored in the tachograph, which have been locked by that transport undertaking;
(m) constant of the recording equipment means: the numerical characteristic giving the value of the input signal required to show and record a distance travelled of one kilometre; this constant shall be expressed in impulses per kilometre (k = … imp/km);
(n) continuous driving time is computed within the recording equipment as: the continuous driving time is computed as the current accumulated driving times of a particular driver, since the end of his last AVAILABILITY or BREAK/REST or UNKNOWN period of 45 minutes or more (this period may have been split according to Regulation (EC) No 561/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council). The computations involved take into account, as needed, past activities stored on the driver card. When the driver has not inserted his card, the computations involved are based on the data memory recordings related to the current period where no card was inserted and related to the relevant slot;
(o) control card means: a tachograph card issued by the authorities of a Member State to a national competent control authority which identifies the control body and, optionally, the control officer, and which allows access to the data stored in the data memory or in the driver cards and, optionally, in the workshop cards for reading, printing and/or downloading; It shall also give access to the roadside calibration checking function and to data on the remote early detection communication reader;
(p) cumulative break time is computed within the recording equipment as: the cumulative break from driving time is computed as the current accumulated AVAILABILITY or BREAK/REST or UNKNOWN times of 15 minutes or more of a particular driver, since the end of his last AVAILABILITY or BREAK/REST or UNKNOWN period of 45 minutes or more (this period may have been split according to Regulation (EC) No 561/2006). The computations involved take into account, as needed, past activities stored on the driver card. Unknown periods of negative duration (start of unknown period > end of unknown period) due to time overlaps between two different sets of recording equipment, are not taken into account for the computation. When the driver has not inserted his card, the computations involved are based on the data memory recordings related to the current period where no card was inserted and related to the relevant slot;
(q) data memory means: an electronic data storage device built into the recording equipment;
(r) digital signature means: data appended to, or a cryptographic transformation of, a block of data that allows the recipient of the block of data to prove the authenticity and integrity of the block of data;
(s) downloading means: the copying, together with the digital signature, of a part, or of a complete set, of data files recorded in the data memory of the vehicle unit or in the memory of a tachograph card, provided that this process does not alter or delete any stored data; manufacturers of smart tachograph vehicle units and manufacturers of equipment designed and intended to download data files shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that the downloading of such data can be performed with the minimum delay by transport undertakings or drivers; The downloading of the detailed speed file may not be necessary to establish compliance with Regulation (EC) No 561/2006, but may be used for other purposes such as accident investigation;
(t) driver card means: a tachograph card, issued by the authorities of a Member State to a particular driver, which identifies the driver and allows for the storage of driver activity data;
(u) effective circumference of the wheels means: the average of the distances travelled by each of the wheels moving the vehicle (driving wheels) in the course of one complete rotation. The measurement of these distances shall be made under standard test conditions as defined under requirement 414 and is expressed in the form l = … mm. Vehicle manufacturers may replace the measurement of these distances by a theoretical calculation which takes into account the distribution of the weight on the axles, vehicle unladen in normal running order. The methods for such theoretical calculation are subject to approval by a competent Member State authority and can take place only before tachograph activation;
(v) event means: an abnormal operation detected by the smart tachograph which may result from a fraud attempt;
(w) external GNSS facility means a facility which contains the GNSS receiver when the vehicle unit is not a single unit as well as other components needed to protect the communication of position data to the rest of the vehicle unit;
(x) fault means: abnormal operation detected by the smart tachograph which may come from an equipment malfunction or failure;
(y) GNSS receiver means: an electronic device that receives and digitally processes the signals from one or more Global Navigation Satellite System(s) (GNSS in English) in order to provide position, speed and time information;
(z) installation means: the mounting of a tachograph in a vehicle;
(aa) interoperability means: the capacity of systems and the underlying business processes to exchange data and to share information;
(bb) interface means: a facility between systems which provides the media through which they can connect and interact;
(cc) position means: geographical coordinates of the vehicle at a given time;
(dd) motion sensor means: a part of the tachograph, providing a signal representative of vehicle speed and/or distance travelled;
(ee) non-valid card means: a card detected as faulty, or which initial authentication failed, or whose start of validity date is not yet reached, or whose expiry date has passed;
(ff) open standard means: a standard set out in a standard specification document available freely or at a nominal charge which it is permissible to copy, distribute or use for no fee or for a nominal fee;
(gg) out of scope means: when the use of the recording equipment is not required, according to the provisions of Regulation (EC) No 561/2006;
(hh) over speeding means: exceeding the authorised speed of the vehicle, defined as any period of more than 60 seconds during which the vehicle's measured speed exceeds the limit for setting the speed limitation device laid down in Council Directive 92/6/EEC, as last amended;
(ii) periodic inspection means: a set of operations performed to check that the tachograph works properly, that its settings correspond to the vehicle parameters, and that no manipulation devices are attached to the tachograph;
(jj) printer means: component of the recording equipment which provides printouts of stored data;
(kk) remote early detection communication means: communication between the remote early detection communication facility and the remote early detection communication reader during targeted roadside checks with the aim of remotely detecting possible manipulation or misuse of recording equipment;
(ll) remote communication facility means: the equipment of the vehicle unit which is used to perform targeted roadside checks;
(mm) remote early detection communication reader means: the system used by control officers for targeted roadside checks.
(nn) renewal means: issue of a new tachograph card when an existing card reaches its expiry date, or is malfunctioning and has been returned to the issuing authority. Renewal always implies the certainty that two valid cards do not coexist;
(oo) repair means: any repair of a motion sensor or of a vehicle unit or of a cable that requires the disconnection of its power supply, or its disconnection from other tachograph components, or the opening of the motion sensor or vehicle unit;
(pp) card replacement means: issue of a tachograph card in replacement of an existing card, which has been declared lost, stolen or malfunctioning and has not been returned to the issuing authority. Replacement always implies a risk that two valid cards may coexist;
(qq) security certification means: process to certify, by a common criteria certification body, that the recording equipment (or component) or the tachograph card under investigation fulfils the security requirements defined in the relative protection profiles;
(rr) self test means: tests run cyclically and automatically by the recording equipment to detect faults;
(ss) time measurement means: a permanent digital record of the coordinated universal date and time (UTC);
(tt) time adjustment means: an automatic adjustment of current time at regular intervals and within a maximum tolerance of one minute, or an adjustment performed during calibration;
(uu) tyre size means: the designation of the dimensions of the tyres (external driving wheels) in accordance with Council Directive 92/23/EEC as last amended;
(vv) vehicle identification means: numbers identifying the vehicle: vehicle registration number (VRN) with indication of the registering Member State and vehicle identification number (VIN);
(ww) for computing sake in the recording equipment week means: the period between 00:00 hours UTC on Monday and 24:00 UTC on Sunday;
(xx) workshop card means: a tachograph card issued by the authorities of a Member State to designated staff of a tachograph manufacturer, a fitter, a vehicle manufacturer or a workshop, approved by that Member State, which identifies the cardholder and allows for the testing, calibration and activation of tachographs, and/or downloading from them;
(yy) adaptor means: a device, providing a signal permanently representative of vehicle speed and/or distance travelled, other than the one used for the independent movement detection, and which is: use of such an adaptor in those vehicles described above shall allow for the installation and correct use of a vehicle unit compliant with all the requirements of this Annex, for those vehicles, the smart tachograph includes cables, an adaptor, and a vehicle unit;
installed and used only in M1 and N1 type vehicles (as defined in Annex II to Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, as last amended) put into service since 1 May 2006,
installed where it is not mechanically possible to install any other type of existing motion sensor which is otherwise compliant with the provisions of this Annex and its Appendixes 1 to 15,
installed between the vehicle unit and where the speed/distance impulses are generated by integrated sensors or alternative interfaces,
seen from a vehicle unit, the adaptor behaviour is the same as if a motion sensor, compliant with the provisions of this Annex and its Appendixes 1 to 16, was connected to the vehicle unit;
(zz) data integrity means: the accuracy and consistency of stored data, indicated by an absence of any alteration in data between two updates of a data record. Integrity implies that the data is an exact copy of the original version, e.g. that it has not been corrupted in the process of being written to, and read back from, a tachograph card or a dedicated equipment or during transmission via any communications channel;
(aaa) data privacy means: the overall technical measures taken to ensure the proper implementation of the principles laid down in Directive 95/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council as well as of those laid down in Directive 2002/58/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council;
(bbb) smart tachograph system means: the recording equipment, tachograph cards and the set of all directly or indirectly interacting equipment during their construction, installation, use, testing and control, such as cards, remote communication reader and any other equipment for data downloading, data analysis, calibration, generating, managing or introducing security elements, etc.;
(ccc) introduction date: 36 months after the entry into force of the detailed provisions referred to in Article 11 of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council This is the date after which vehicles registered for the first time:
shall be fitted with a tachograph connected to a positioning service based on a satellite navigation system,
shall be able to communicate data for targeted roadside checks to competent control authorities while the vehicle is in motion,
and may be equipped with standardised interfaces allowing the data recorded or produced by tachographs to be used in operational mode, by an external device.
(ddd) protection profile means: a document used as part of certification process according Common Criteria, providing implementation independent specification of information assurance security requirements;
(eee) GNSS accuracy: in the context of recording the position from a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) with tachographs, means the value of the horizontal dilution of precision (HDOP) calculated as the minimum of the HDOP values collected on the available GNSS systems.
2. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND FUNCTIONS OF THE RECORDING EQUIPMENT
2.
2.1(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)
General characteristics The purpose of the recording equipment is to record, store, display, print, and output data related to driver activities. Any vehicle fitted with the recording equipment complying with the provisions of this Annex, must include a speed display and an odometer. These functions may be included within the recording equipment. The recording equipment includes cables, a motion sensor, and a vehicle unit. The interface between motion sensors and vehicle units shall comply with the requirements specified in Appendix 11. The vehicle unit shall be connected to global navigation satellite system(s), as specified in Appendix 12. The vehicle unit shall communicate with remote early detection communication readers, as specified in Appendix 14. The vehicle unit may include an ITS interface, which is specified in Appendix 13 The recording equipment may be connected to other facilities through additional interfaces and/or through the optional ITS interface. Any inclusion in or connection to the recording equipment of any function, device, or devices, approved or otherwise, shall not interfere with, or be capable of interfering with, the proper and secure operation of the recording equipment and the provisions of this Regulation. Recording equipment users identify themselves to the equipment via tachograph cards. The recording equipment provides selective access rights to data and functions according to user's type and/or identity. The recording equipment records and stores data in its data memory, in the remote communication facility and in tachograph cards. This is done in accordance with Directive 95/46/EC of 24 October 1995 on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, with Directive 2002/58/EC of 12 July 2002 concerning the processing of personal data and the protection of privacy in the electronic communications sector and in compliance with Article 7 of Regulation (EU) No. 165/2014.
2.2(8) Functions The recording equipment shall ensure the following functions:
monitoring cards insertions and withdrawals,
speed, distance and position measurement,
time measurement,
monitoring driver activities,
monitoring driving status,
drivers manual entries:
entry of places where daily work periods begin and/or end,
manual entry of driver activities,
entry of specific conditions,
company locks management,
monitoring control activities,
detection of events and/or faults,
built-in and self-tests,
reading from data memory,
recording and storing in data memory,
reading from tachograph cards,
recording and storing in tachograph cards,
displaying,
printing,
warning,
data downloading to external media,
remote communication for targeted roadside checks,
output data to additional facilities,
calibration,
roadside calibration check,
time adjustment.
2.3(9)(10)(11)(12)(13)
Modes of operation The recording equipment shall possess four modes of operation: The recording equipment shall switch to the following mode of operation according to the valid tachograph cards inserted into the card interface devices. In order to determine the mode of operation, the tachograph card generation is irrelevant, provided the inserted card is valid. A first generation workshop card shall always be considered as non-valid when it is inserted in a second generation VU. Mode of operation Driver slot No card Driver card Control card Workshop card Company card Co-driver slot No card Operational Operational Control Calibration Company Driver card Operational Operational Control Calibration Company Control card Control Control Control Operational Operational Workshop card Calibration Calibration Operational Calibration Operational Company card Company Company Operational Operational Company The recording equipment shall ignore non-valid cards inserted, except displaying, printing or downloading data held on an expired card which shall be possible. All functions listed in 2.2. shall work in any mode of operation with the following exceptions: The recording equipment can output any data to display, printer or external interfaces with the following exceptions:
operational mode,
control mode,
calibration mode,
company mode.
the calibration function is accessible in the calibration mode only,
the roadside calibration checking function is accessible in the control mode only,
the company locks management function is accessible in the company mode only,
the monitoring of control activities function is operational in the control mode only,
The downloading function is not accessible in the operational mode (except as provided for in requirement 193), and except downloading a driver card when no other card type is inserted into the VU.
in the operational mode, any personal identification (surname and first name(s)) not corresponding to a tachograph card inserted shall be blanked and any card number not corresponding to a tachograph card inserted shall be partially blanked (every odd character — from left to right — shall be blanked),
in the company mode, driver related data (requirements 102, 105 and 108) can be output only for periods where no lock exists or no other company holds a lock (as identified by the first 13 digits of the company card number),
when no card is inserted in the recording equipment, driver related data can be output only for the current and 8 previous calendar days,
personal data originating from the VU shall not be output through ITS interface of the VU unless the consent of the driver to whom the data relates is verified,
the vehicle units have a normal operations validity period of 15 years, starting with the vehicle unit certificates issuing date, but vehicle units can be used for additional 3 months, for data downloading only.
2.4(14) Security The system security aims at protecting the data memory in such a way as to prevent unauthorised access to and manipulation of the data and detecting any such attempts, protecting the integrity and authenticity of data exchanged between the motion sensor and the vehicle unit, protecting the integrity and authenticity of data exchanged between the recording equipment and the tachograph cards, protecting the integrity and authenticity of data exchanged between the recording equipment and the external GNSS facility, protecting the confidentiality, integrity and authenticity of data exchanged through the remote early detection communication for control purposes, and verifying the integrity and authenticity of data downloaded. In order to achieve the system security, the following components shall meet the security requirements specified in their Protection Profiles, as required in Appendix 10:
vehicle unit,
tachograph card,
motion sensor,
external GNSS facility (this Profile is only needed and applicable for the external GNSS variant).
3. CONSTRUCTION AND FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RECORDING EQUIPMENT
3.
3.1(15)(16)(17)(18)(19)(20)
Monitoring cards insertion and withdrawal The recording equipment shall monitor the card interface devices to detect card insertions and withdrawals. Upon card insertion the recording equipment shall detect whether the card inserted is a valid tachograph card and in such a case identify the card type and the card generation. If a card with the same card number and a higher renewal index has already been inserted in the recording equipment, the card shall be declared as non-valid. If a card with the same card number and renewal index but with a higher replacement index has already been inserted in the recording equipment, the card shall be declared as non-valid. First generation tachograph cards shall be considered as non-valid by the recording equipment, after the possibility of using first generation tachograph cards has been suppressed by a workshop, in compliance with Appendix 15 (req. MIG003). First generation workshop cards which are inserted in the second generation recording equipment shall be considered as non-valid. The recording equipment shall be so designed that the tachograph cards are locked in position on their proper insertion into the card interface devices. The release of tachograph cards may function only when the vehicle is stopped and after the relevant data have been stored on the cards. The release of the card shall require positive action by the user.
3.2(21)(22)(23)(24)(25)(26)(27)
Speed, position and distance measurement The motion sensor (possibly embedded in the adaptor) is the main source for speed and distance measurement. This function shall continuously measure and be able to provide the odometer value corresponding to the total distance travelled by the vehicle using the pulses provided by the motion sensor. This function shall continuously measure and be able to provide the speed of the vehicle using the pulses provided by the motion sensor. The speed measurement function shall also provide the information whether the vehicle is moving or stopped. The vehicle shall be considered as moving as soon as the function detects more than 1 imp/sec for at least 5 seconds from the motion sensor, otherwise the vehicle shall be considered as stopped. Devices displaying speed (speedometer) and total distance travelled (odometer) installed in any vehicle fitted with a recording equipment complying with the provisions of this Regulation, shall comply with the requirements relating to maximum tolerances (see 3.2.1 and 3.2.2) laid down in this Annex. To detect manipulation of motion data, information from the motion sensor shall be corroborated by vehicle motion information derived from the GNSS receiver and optionally by other source(s) independent from the motion sensor. This function shall measure the position of the vehicle in order to allow for the automatic recording of:
positions where the driver and/or the co-driver begins his daily work period;
positions where the continuous driving time of the driver reaches a multiple of three hours;
positions where the driver and/or the co-driver ends his daily work period.
3.2.1(28)(29)(30)(31)
Measurement of distance travelled The distance travelled may be measured either: The recording equipment shall measure distance from 0 to 9999999,9 km. Distance measured shall be within the following tolerances (distances of at least 1000 m.): Distance measured shall have a resolution better than or equal to 0,1 km.
so as to cumulate both forward and reverse movements, or
so as to include only forward movement.
± 1 % before installation,
± 2 % on installation and periodic inspection,
± 4 % in use.
3.2.2(32)(33)(34)(35)
Measurement of speed The recording equipment shall measure speed from 0 to 220 km/h. To ensure a maximum tolerance on speed displayed of ± 6 km/h in use, and taking into account: the recording equipment shall, for speeds between 20 and 180 km/h, and for characteristic coefficients of the vehicle between 4000 and 25000 imp/km, measure the speed with a tolerance of ± 1 km/h (at constant speed). Note: The resolution of data storage brings an additional tolerance of ± 0,5 km/h to speed stored by the recording equipment. The speed shall be measured correctly within the normal tolerances within 2 seconds of the end of a speed change when the speed has changed at a rate up to 2 m/s2. Speed measurement shall have a resolution better than or equal to 1 km/h.
a ± 2 km/h tolerance for input variations (tyre variations, …),
a ± 1 km/h tolerance in measurements made during installation or periodic inspections,
3.2.3(36)(37)
Measurement of position The recording equipment shall measure the absolute position of the vehicle using the GNSS receiver. The absolute position is measured in geographical coordinates of latitude and longitude in degrees and minutes with a resolution of 1/10 of a minute.
3.3(38)(39)(40)(41)(42)(43)
Time measurement The time measurement function shall measure permanently and digitally provide UTC date and time. UTC date and time shall be used for dating data inside the recording equipment (recordings, data exchange) and for all printouts specified in Appendix 4 Printouts. In order to visualise the local time, it shall be possible to change the offset of the time displayed, in half hour steps. No other offsets than negative or positive multiples of half hours shall be allowed; Time drift shall be within ± 2 seconds per day in type approval conditions, in the absence of any time adjustment. Time measured shall have a resolution better than or equal to 1 second. Time measurement shall not be affected by an external power supply cut-off of less than 12 months in type approval conditions.
3.4(44)(45)(46)(47)(48)(49)(50)(51)(52)(53)
Monitoring driver activities This function shall permanently and separately monitor the activities of one driver and one co-driver. Driver activity shall be DRIVING, WORK, AVAILABILITY or BREAK/REST. It shall be possible for the driver and/or the co-driver to manually select WORK, AVAILABILITY or BREAK/REST. When the vehicle is moving, DRIVING shall be selected automatically for the driver and AVAILABILITY shall be selected automatically for the co-driver. When the vehicle stops, WORK shall be selected automatically for the driver. The first change of activity to REST or AVAILABILITY arising within 120 seconds of the automatic change to WORK due to the vehicle stop shall be assumed to have happened at the time of vehicle stop (therefore possibly cancelling the change to WORK). This function shall output activity changes to the recording functions at a resolution of one minute. Given a calendar minute, if DRIVING is registered as the activity of both the immediately preceding and the immediately succeeding minute, the whole minute shall be regarded as DRIVING. Given a calendar minute that is not regarded as DRIVING according to requirement 051, the whole minute shall be regarded to be of the same type of activity as the longest continuous activity within the minute (or the latest of the equally long activities). This function shall also permanently monitor the continuous driving time and the cumulative break time of the driver.
3.5(54)(55) Monitoring driving status This function shall permanently and automatically monitor the driving status. The driving status CREW shall be selected when two valid driver cards are inserted in the equipment, the driving status SINGLE shall be selected in any other case.
3.6 Driver's entries
3.6
3.6.1(56)(57)(58)(59)(60)
Entry of places where daily work periods begin and/or end This function shall allow for the entry of places where, according to the driver and/or the co-driver, his daily work periods begin and/or end. Places are defined as the country and, in addition where applicable, the region, which are entered or confirmed manually. At the time of a driver card withdrawal, the recording equipment shall prompt the (co-)driver to enter a place where the daily work period ends. The driver shall then enter the current place of the vehicle, which shall be considered as a temporary entry. It shall be possible to input places where daily work periods begin and/or end through commands in the menus. If more than one such input is done within one calendar minute, only the last begin place input and the last end place input done within that time shall be kept recorded.
3.6.2(61) Manual entry of driver activities and driver consent for ITS interface Upon driver (or workshop) card insertion, and only at this time, the recording equipment shall allow manual entries of activities. Manual entries of activities shall be performed using local time and date values of the time zone (UTC offset) currently set for the vehicle unit. At driver or workshop card insertion the cardholder shall be reminded of: At the first insertion of a given driver card or workshop card currently unknown to the vehicle unit, the cardholder shall be invited to express his consent for tachograph related personal data output through the optional ITS interface. At any moment, the driver (resp. workshop) consent can be enabled or disabled through commands in the menu, provided the driver (resp. workshop) card is inserted. It shall be possible to input activities with the following restrictions: It shall be possible to make manual entries, if required, at the first insertion of a previously unused driver (or workshop) card. The procedure for manual entries of activities shall include as many consecutive steps as necessary to set a type, a start time and an end time for each activity. For any part of the time period between last card withdrawal and current card insertion, the cardholder shall have the option not to declare any activity. During the manual entries associated with card insertion and if applicable, the card holder shall have the opportunity to input: If the card holder doesn't enter any place where the work period begins or ended, during the manual entries associated with card insertion, this shall be considered as a declaration that his work period has not changed since the last card withdrawal. The next entry of a place where a previous daily work period ends shall then overwrite the temporary entry made at the last card withdrawal. If a place is entered, it shall be recorded in the relevant tachograph card. Manual entries shall be interrupted if: Additional interruptions are allowed, e.g. a timeout after a certain period of user inactivity. If manual entries are interrupted, the recording equipment shall validate any complete place and activity entries (having either unambiguous place and time, or activity type, begin time and end time) already made. If a second driver or workshop card is inserted while manual entries of activities are in progress for a previously inserted card, the manual entries for this previous card shall be allowed to be completed before manual entries start for the second card. The cardholder shall have the option to insert manual entries according to the following minimum procedure: The procedure shall end when the end time of a manually entered activity equals the card insertion time. The recording equipment may then optionally allow the card holder to modify any activity manually entered, until validation by selection of a specific command. Thereafter, any such modification shall be forbidden.
the date and time of his last card withdrawal;
optionally: the local time offset currently set for the vehicle unit.
Activity type shall be WORK, AVAILABILITY or BREAK/REST;
Start and end times for each activity shall be within the period of the last card withdrawal — current insertion only;
Activities shall not be allowed to overlap mutually in time.
a place where a previous daily work period ended, associated to the relevant time (thus overwriting the entry made at the last card withdrawal),
a place where the current daily work period begins, associated to the relevant time.
the card is withdrawn or,
the vehicle is moving and the card is in the driver slot.
Enter activities manually, in chronological order, for the period last card withdrawal — current insertion.
Begin time of the first activity shall be set to card withdrawal time. For each subsequent entry, the start time shall be preset to immediately follow the end time of the previous entry. Activity type and end time shall be selected for each activity.
3.6.3(62) Entry of specific conditions The recording equipment shall allow the driver to enter, in real time, the following two specific conditions: A FERRY / TRAIN CROSSING may not occur if an OUT OF SCOPE condition is opened. An opened OUT OF SCOPE condition must be automatically closed, by the recording equipment, if a driver card is inserted or withdrawn. An opened OUT OF SCOPE condition shall inhibit the following events and warnings: The FERRY / TRAIN CROSSING begin flag shall be set before shutting down the engine on the ferry/train. An opened FERRY / TRAIN CROSSING must end when any of following options occurs: An opened FERRY/TRAIN CROSSING shall end when it is no longer valid based on the rules stated in Regulation (EC) No. 561/2006.
OUT OF SCOPE (begin, end)
FERRY / TRAIN CROSSING (begin, end).
Driving without an appropriate card,
Warnings associated with continuous driving time.
The driver manually ends the FERRY/TRAIN CROSSING
The driver ejects his card
3.7(63)(64)(65)(66)(67)(68)
Company locks management This function shall allow the management of the locks placed by a company to restrict data access in company mode to itself. Company locks consist in a start date/time (lock-in) and an end date/time (lock-out) associated with the identification of the company as denoted by the company card number (at lock-in). Locks may be turned in or out in real time only. Locking-out shall only be possible for the company whose lock is in (as identified by the first 13 digits of the company card number), or, Locking-out shall be automatic if another company locks in. In the case where a company locks in and where the previous lock was for the same company, then it will be assumed that the previous lock has not been turned out and is still in.
3.8(69)(70) Monitoring control activities This function shall monitor DISPLAYING, PRINTING, VU and card DOWNLOADING, and ROADSIDE CALIBRATION check activities carried while in control mode. This function shall also monitor OVER SPEEDING CONTROL activities while in control mode. An over speeding control is deemed to have happened when, in control mode, the over speeding printout has been sent to the printer or to the display, or when events and faults data have been downloaded from the VU data memory.
3.9(71) Detection of events and/or faults This function shall detect the following events and/or faults:
3.9(71)
3.9.1(72) Insertion of a non-valid card event This event shall be triggered at the insertion of any non-valid card, at the insertion of a driver card already replaced and/or when an inserted valid card expires.
3.9.2(73) Card conflict event This event shall be triggered when any of the valid cards combination noted X in the following table arises: Card conflict Driver slot No card Driver card Control card Workshop card Company card Co-driver slot No card Driver card X Control card X X X Workshop card X X X X Company card X X X
3.9.3(74) Time overlap event This event shall be triggered when the date / time of last withdrawal of a driver card, as read from the card, is later than the current date / time of the recording equipment in which the card is inserted.
3.9.4(75) Driving without an appropriate card event This event shall be triggered for any valid tachograph cards combination noted X in the following table, when driver activity changes to DRIVING, or when there is a change of the mode of operation while driver activity is DRIVING: Driving without an appropriate card Driver slot No (or non-valid) card Driver card Control card Workshop card Company card Co-driver slot No (or non-valid) card X X X Driver card X X X X Control card X X X X X Workshop card X X X X Company card X X X X X
3.9.5(76) Card insertion while driving event This event shall be triggered when a tachograph card is inserted in any slot, while driver activity is DRIVING.
3.9.6(77) Last card session not correctly closed event This event shall be triggered when at card insertion the recording equipment detects that, despite the provisions laid down in paragraph 3.1., the previous card session has not been correctly closed (the card has been withdrawn before all relevant data have been stored on the card). This event shall be triggered by driver and workshop cards only.
3.9.7(78) Over speeding event This event shall be triggered for each over speeding.
3.9.8(79) Power supply interruption event This event shall be triggered, while not in calibration or control mode, in case of any interruption exceeding 200 milliseconds of the power supply of the motion sensor and/or of the vehicle unit. The interruption threshold shall be defined by the manufacturer. The drop in power supply due to the starting of the engine of the vehicle shall not trigger this event.
3.9.9(80) Communication error with the remote communication facility event This event shall be triggered, while not in calibration mode, when the remote communication facility does not acknowledge the successful reception of remote communication data sent from the vehicle unit for more than three attempts.
3.9.10(81) Absence of position information from GNSS receiver event This event shall be triggered, while not in calibration mode, in case of absence of position information originating from the GNSS receiver (whether internal or external) for more than three hours of accumulated driving time.
3.9.11(82) Communication error with the external GNSS facility event This event shall be triggered, while not in calibration mode, in case of interruption of the communication between the external GNSS facility and the vehicle unit for more than 20 continuous minutes, when the vehicle is moving.
3.9.12(83) Motion data error event This event shall be triggered, while not in calibration mode, in case of interruption of the normal data flow between the motion sensor and the vehicle unit and/or in case of data integrity or data authentication error during data exchange between the motion sensor and the vehicle unit.
3.9.13(84) Vehicle motion conflict event This event shall be triggered, while not in calibration mode, in case motion information calculated from the motion sensor is contradicted by motion information calculated from the internal GNSS receiver or from the external GNSS facility and optionally by other independent sources, as specified in Appendix 12. This event shall not be triggered during a ferry/train crossing, an OUT OF SCOPE condition, or when the position information from the GNSS receiver is not available.
3.9.14(85) Security breach attempt event This event shall be triggered for any other event affecting the security of the motion sensor and/or of the vehicle unit and/or the external GNSS facility as required in Appendix 10, while not in calibration mode.
3.9.15(86) Time conflict event This event shall be triggered, while not in calibration mode, when the VU detects a discrepancy of more than 1 minute between the time of the vehicle unit's time measurement function and the time originating from the GNSS receiver. This event is recorded together with the internal clock value of the vehicle unit and comes together with an automatic time adjustment. After a time conflict event has been triggered, the VU will not generate other time conflict events for the next 12 hours. This event shall not be triggered in cases no valid GNSS signal was detectable by the GNSS receiver within the last 30 days. However, when the position information from the GNSS receiver is available again, the automatic time adjustment shall be done.
3.9.16(87) Card fault This fault shall be triggered when a tachograph card failure occurs during operation.
3.9.17(88) Recording equipment fault This fault shall be triggered for any of these failures, while not in calibration mode:
VU internal fault
Printer fault
Display fault
Downloading fault
Sensor fault
GNSS receiver or external GNSS facility fault
Remote Communication facility fault
3.10(89) Built-in and self-tests The recording equipment shall self-detect faults through self-tests and built-in-tests, according to the following table: Sub-assembly to test Self-test Built-in-test Software Integrity Data memory Access Access, data integrity Card interface devices Access Access Keyboard Manual check Printer (up to manufacturer) Printout Display Visual check Downloading (performed only during downloading) Proper operation Sensor Proper operation Proper operation Remote communication facility Proper operation Proper operation GNSS facility Proper operation Proper operation
3.11(90) Reading from data memory The recording equipment shall be able to read any data stored in its data memory.
3.12(91)(92) Recording and storing in the data memory For the purpose of this paragraph, Data stored into the data memory shall not be affected by an external power supply cut-off of less than twelve months in type approval conditions. In addition, data stored in the external remote communication facility, as defined in Appendix 14, shall not be affected by power-supply cut-off of less than 28 days. The recording equipment shall be able to record and store implicitly or explicitly in its data memory the following:
365 days is defined as 365 calendar days of average drivers' activity in a vehicle. The average activity per day in a vehicle is defined as at least 6 drivers or co-drivers, 6 card insertion withdrawal cycles, and 256 activity changes. 365 days therefore include at least 2190 (co-)drivers, 2190 card insertion withdrawal cycles, and 93440 activity changes,
the average number of positions per day is defined as at least 6 positions where the daily work period begins, 6 positions when the driver's continuous driving time reaches a multiple of three hours, and 6 positions where the daily work period ends, so that 365 days include at least 6570 positions,
times are recorded with a resolution of one minute, unless otherwise specified,
odometer values are recorded with a resolution of one kilometre,
speeds are recorded with a resolution of 1 km/h,
positions (latitudes and longitudes) are recorded in degrees and minutes, with a resolution of 1/10 of minute, with the associated GNSS accuracy and acquisition time.
3.12(91)(92)
3.12.1 Equipment identification data
3.12.1
3.12.1.1(93)(94)
Vehicle unit identification data The recording equipment shall be able to store in its data memory the following vehicle unit identification data: Vehicle unit identification data are recorded and stored once and for all by the vehicle unit manufacturer, except the software related data and the approval number which may be changed in case of software upgrade and the ability to use first generation tachograph cards.
name of the manufacturer,
address of the manufacturer,
part number,
serial number,
VU generation,
ability to use first generation tachograph cards,
software version number,
software version installation date,
year of equipment manufacture,
approval number,
3.12.1.2(95)(96)(97)
Motion sensor identification data The motion sensor shall be able to store in its memory the following identification data: Motion sensor identification data are recorded and stored once and for all in the motion sensor, by the motion sensor manufacturer. The vehicle unit shall be able to record and store in its data memory the following data related to the 20 most recent pairing of motion sensors (if several pairings happen within one calendar day, only the first and the last one of the day shall be stored): The following data shall be recorded for each of these pairings:
name of the manufacturer,
serial number,
approval number,
embedded security component identifier (e.g. internal chip/processor part number),
operating system identifier (e.g. software version number).
motion sensor identification data:
serial number
approval number
motion sensor pairing data:
pairing date.
3.12.1.3(98)(99)(100)
Global Navigation Satellite Systems identification data The external GNSS facility shall be able to store in its memory the following identification data: The identification data are recorded and stored once and for all in the external GNSS facility, by the external GNSS facility manufacturer. The vehicle unit shall be able to record and store in its data memory the following data related to the 20 most recent couplings of external GNSS facilities (if several couplings happen within one calendar day, only the first and the last one of the day shall be stored). The following data shall be recorded for each of these couplings:
name of the manufacturer,
serial number,
approval number,
embedded security component identifier (e.g. internal chip/processor part number),
operating system identifier (e.g. software version number).
external GNSS facility identification data:
serial number,
approval number,
external GNSS facility coupling data:
coupling date
3.12.2(101) Keys and certificates The recording equipment shall be able to store a number of cryptographic keys and certificates, as specified in Appendix 11 part A and part B.
3.12.3(102)(103)(104)
Driver or workshop card insertion and withdrawal data For each insertion and withdrawal cycle of a driver or workshop card in the equipment, the recording equipment shall record and store in its data memory: The data memory shall be able to hold these data for at least 365 days. When storage capacity is exhausted, new data shall replace oldest data.
the card holder's surname and first name(s) as stored in the card,
the card's number, issuing Member State and expiry date as stored in the card,
the card generation,
the insertion date and time,
the vehicle odometer value at card insertion,
the slot in which the card is inserted,
the withdrawal date and time,
the vehicle odometer value at card withdrawal,
the following information about the previous vehicle used by the driver, as stored in the card:
VRN and registering Member State,
VU generation (when available),
card withdrawal date and time,
a flag indicating whether, at card insertion, the card holder has manually entered activities or not.
3.12.4(105)(106)(107)
Driver activity data The recording equipment shall record and store in its data memory whenever there is a change of activity for the driver and/or the co-driver, and/or whenever there is a change of driving status, and/or whenever there is an insertion or withdrawal of a driver or workshop card: INSERTED means that a valid driver or workshop card is inserted in the slot. NOT INSERTED means the opposite i.e. no valid driver or workshop card is inserted in the slot (e.g. a company card is inserted or no card is inserted) Activity data manually entered by a driver are not recorded in the data memory. The data memory shall be able to hold driver activity data for at least 365 days. When storage capacity is exhausted, new data shall replace oldest data.
the driving status (CREW, SINGLE),
the slot (DRIVER, CO-DRIVER),
the card status in the relevant slot (INSERTED, NOT INSERTED),
the activity (DRIVING, AVAILABILITY, WORK, BREAK/REST),
the date and time of the change.
3.12.5(108)(109)(110)(111)(112)
Places and positions where daily work periods begin, end, and/or where 3 hours' continuous driving time is reached The recording equipment shall record and store in its data memory: When the position of the vehicle is not available from the GNSS receiver at these times, the recording equipment shall use the latest available position, and the related date and time. Together with each place or position, the recording equipment shall record and store in its data memory: The data memory shall be able to hold places and positions where daily work periods begin, end and/or where 3 hours continuous driving time is reached for at least 365 days. When storage capacity is exhausted, new data shall replace oldest data.
places and positions where the driver and/or the co-driver begins his daily work period;
positions where the continuous driving time of the driver reaches a multiple of three hours;
places and positions where the driver and/or the co-driver ends his daily work period.
the (co-)driver card number and card issuing Member State,
the card generation,
the date and time of the entry,
the type of entry (begin, end or 3 hours continuous driving time),
the related GNSS accuracy, date and time if applicable;
the vehicle odometer value.
3.12.6(113)(114)(115)
Odometer data The recording equipment shall record in its data memory the vehicle odometer value and the corresponding date at midnight every calendar day. The data memory shall be able to store midnight odometer values for at least 365 calendar days. When storage capacity is exhausted, new data shall replace oldest data.
3.12.7(116) Detailed speed data The recording equipment shall record and store in its data memory the instantaneous speed of the vehicle and the corresponding date and time at every second of at least the last 24 hours that the vehicle has been driven.
3.12.8(117) Events data For the purpose of this subparagraph, time shall be recorded with a resolution of 1 second. The recording equipment shall record and store in its data memory the following data for each event detected according to the following storage rules: Event Storage rules Data to be recorded per event Insertion of a non-valid card Card conflict Driving without an appropriate card Card insertion while driving Last card session not correctly closed Over speeding (1) Power supply interruption (2) Communication error with the remote communication facility Absence of position information from GNSS receiver Motion data error Vehicle motion conflict Security breach attempt Time conflict
the 10 most recent events.
date and time of event,
card(s) type, number, issuing Member State and generation of the card creating the event.
number of similar events that day
the 10 most recent events.
date and time of beginning of event,
date and time of end of event,
card(s) type, number, issuing Member State and generation of the two cards creating the conflict.
the longest event for each of the 10 last days of occurrence,
the 5 longest events over the last 365 days.
date and time of beginning of event,
date and time of end of event,
card(s) type, number, issuing Member State and generation of any card inserted at beginning and/or end of the event,
number of similar events that day.
the last event for each of the 10 last days of occurrence,
date and time of the event,
card(s) type, number, issuing Member State and generation,
number of similar events that day
the 10 most recent events.
date and time of card insertion,
card(s) type, number, issuing Member State and generation,
last session data as read from the card:
date and time of card insertion,
VRN, Member State of registration and VU generation.
the most serious event for each of the 10 last days of occurrence (i.e. the one with the highest average speed),
the 5 most serious events over the last 365 days.
the first event having occurred after the last calibration
date and time of beginning of event,
date and time of end of event,
maximum speed measured during the event,
arithmetic average speed measured during the event,
card type, number, issuing Member State and generation of the driver card (if applicable),
number of similar events that day.
the longest event for each of the 10 last days of occurrence,
the 5 longest events over the last 365 days.
date and time of beginning of event,
date and time of end of event,
card(s) type, number, issuing Member State and generation of any card inserted at beginning and/or end of the event,
number of similar events that day.
the longest event for each of the 10 last days of occurrence,
the 5 longest events over the last 365 days.
date and time of beginning of event,
date and time of end of event,
card(s) type, number, issuing Member State and generation of any card inserted at beginning and/or end of the event,
number of similar events that day.
the longest event for each of the 10 last days of occurrence,
the 5 longest events over the last 365 days.
date and time of beginning of event,
date and time of end of event,
card(s) type, number, issuing Member State and generation of any card inserted at beginning and/or end of the event,
number of similar events that day.
the longest event for each of the 10 last days of occurrence,
the 5 longest events over the last 365 days.
date and time of beginning of event,
date and time of end of event,
card(s) type, number, issuing Member State and generation of any card inserted at beginning and/or end of the event,
number of similar events that day.
the longest event for each of the 10 last days of occurrence,
the 5 longest events over the last 365 days.
date and time of beginning of event,
date and time of end of event,
card(s) type, number, issuing Member State and generation of any card inserted at beginning and/or end of the event,
number of similar events that day.
the 10 most recent events per type of event.
date and time of beginning of event,
date and time of end of event (if relevant),
card(s) type, number, issuing Member State and generation of any card inserted at beginning and/or end of the event,
type of event.
the longest event for each of the 10 last days of occurrence,
the 5 longest events over the last 365 days.
recording equipment date and time
GNSS date and time,
card(s) type, number, issuing Member State and generation of any card inserted at beginning and/or end of the event,
number of similar events that day.
3.12.8(117)
(1) The recording equipment shall also record and store in its data memory:
the date and time of the last OVER SPEEDING CONTROL,
the date and time of the first over speeding following this OVER SPEEDING CONTROL,
the number of over speeding events since the last OVER SPEEDING CONTROL.
(2) These data may be recorded at power supply reconnection only, times may be known with an accuracy to the minute.
3.12.9(118) Faults data For the purpose of this subparagraph, time shall be recorded with a resolution of 1 second. The recording equipment shall attempt to record and store in its data memory the following data for each fault detected according to the following storage rules: Fault Storage rules Data to be recorded per fault Card fault Recording equipment faults
the 10 most recent driver card faults.
date and time of beginning of fault,
date and time of end of fault,
card(s) type, number, issuing Member State and generation.
the 10 most recent faults for each type of fault,
the first fault after the last calibration.
date and time of beginning of fault,
date and time of end of fault,
type of fault,
card(s) type, number and issuing Member State and generation of any card inserted at beginning and/or end of the fault.
3.12.10(119)(120)(121)(122)(123)
Calibration data The recording equipment shall record and store in its data memory data relevant to: The following data shall be recorded for each of these calibrations: In addition, the recording equipment shall record and store in its data memory its ability to use first generation tachograph cards (still activated or not). The motion sensor shall record and store in its memory the following motion sensor installation data: The external GNSS facility shall record and store in its memory the following external GNSS facility installation data:
known calibration parameters at the moment of activation,
its very first calibration following its activation,
its first calibration in the current vehicle (as identified by its VIN),
the 20 most recent calibrations (if several calibrations happen within one calendar day, only the first and the last one of the day shall be stored).
purpose of calibration (activation, first installation, installation, periodic inspection),
workshop name and address,
workshop card number, card issuing Member State and card expiry date,
vehicle identification,
parameters updated or confirmed: w, k, l, tyre size, speed limiting device setting, odometer (old and new values), date and time (old and new values),
the types and identifiers of all the seals in place.
first pairing with a VU (date, time, VU approval number, VU serial number),
last pairing with a VU (date, time, VU approval number, VU serial number).
first coupling with a VU (date, time, VU approval number, VU serial number),
last coupling with a VU (date, time, VU approval number, VU serial number).
3.12.11(124)(125)
Time adjustment data The recording equipment shall record and store in its data memory data relevant to time adjustments performed in calibration mode outside the frame of a regular calibration (def. f)): The following data shall be recorded for each of these time adjustments:
the most recent time adjustment,
the 5 largest time adjustments.
date and time, old value,
date and time, new value,
workshop name and address,
workshop card number, card issuing Member State, card generation and card expiry date.
3.12.12(126)(127)
Control activity data The recording equipment shall record and store in its data memory the following data relevant to the 20 most recent control activities: In case of downloading, the dates of the oldest and of the most recent days downloaded shall also be recorded.
date and time of the control,
control card number, card issuing Member State and card generation,
type of the control (displaying and/or printing and/or VU downloading and/or card downloading and/or roadside calibration checking).
3.12.13(128) Company locks data The recording equipment shall record and store in its data memory the following data relevant to the 255 most recent company locks: Data previously locked by a lock removed from memory due to the limit above, shall be treated as not locked.
lock-in date and time,
lock-out date and time,
company card number, card issuing Member State and card generation,
company name and address.
3.12.14(129) Download activity data The recording equipment shall record and store in its data memory the following data relevant to the last data memory downloading to external media while in company or in calibration mode:
date and time of downloading,
company or workshop card number, card issuing Member State and card generation,
company or workshop name.
3.12.15(130)(131)
Specific conditions data The recording equipment shall record in its data memory the following data relevant to specific conditions: The data memory shall be able to hold specific conditions data for at least 365 days (with the assumption that on average, 1 condition is opened and closed per day). When storage capacity is exhausted, new data shall replace oldest data.
date and time of the entry,
type of specific condition.
3.12.16(132)(133)
Tachograph card data The recording equipment shall be able to store the following data related to the different tachograph cards in which had been used in the VU: The recording equipment shall be able to store at least 88 such records.
the tachograph card number and its serial number,
the manufacturer of the tachograph card,
the tachograph card type,
the tachograph card version.
3.13(134)(135)
Reading from tachograph cards The recording equipment shall be able to read from first and second generation tachograph cards, where applicable, the necessary data: This requirement only applies to first generation tachograph cards if their use has not been suppressed by a workshop. In case of a reading error, the recording equipment shall try again, three times maximum, the same read command, and then if still unsuccessful, declare the card faulty and non-valid.
to identify the card type, the card holder, the previously used vehicle, the date and time of the last card withdrawal and the activity selected at that time,
to check that last card session was correctly closed,
to compute the driver's continuous driving time, cumulative break time and cumulated driving times for the previous and the current week,
to print requested printouts related to data recorded on a driver card,
to download a driver card to external media.
3.14 Recording and storing on tachograph cards
3.14
3.14.1(136)(137)(138)(139)(140)(141)(142)(143)
Recording and storing in first generation tachograph cards Provided first generation tachograph cards use has not been suppressed by a workshop, the recording equipment shall record and store data exactly in the same way as a first generation recording equipment would do. The recording equipment shall set the card session data in the driver or workshop card right after the card insertion. The recording equipment shall update data stored on valid driver, workshop, company and/or control cards with all necessary data relevant to the period while the card is inserted and relevant to the card holder. Data stored on these cards are specified in Chapter 4. The recording equipment shall update driver activity and places data (as specified in 4.5.3.1.9 and 4.5.3.1.11), stored on valid driver and/or workshop cards, with activity and places data manually entered by the cardholder. All events not defined for the first generation recording equipment, shall not be stored on the driver and workshop cards. Tachograph cards data update shall be such that, when needed and taking into account card actual storage capacity, most recent data replace oldest data. In the case of a writing error, the recording equipment shall try again, three times maximum, the same write command and then if still unsuccessful, declare the card faulty and non-valid. Before releasing a driver card and after all relevant data have been stored on the card, the recording equipment shall reset the card session data.
3.14.2(144)(145)(146)(147)(148)(149)(150)
Recording and storing in second generation tachograph cards Second generation tachograph cards shall contain 2 different card applications, the first of which shall be exactly the same as the TACHO application of first generation tachograph cards, and the second the TACHO_G2 application, as specified in Chapter 4 and Appendix 2. The recording equipment shall set the card session data in the driver or workshop card right after the card insertion. The recording equipment shall update data stored on the 2 card applications of valid driver, workshop, company and/or control cards with all necessary data relevant to the period while the card is inserted and relevant to the card holder. Data stored on these cards are specified in Chapter 4. The recording equipment shall update driver activity places and positions data (as specified in 4.5.3.1.9, 4.5.3.1.11, 4.5.3.2.9 and 4.5.3.2.11), stored on valid driver and/or workshop cards, with activity and places data manually entered by the cardholder. Tachograph cards data update shall be such that, when needed and taking into account card actual storage capacity, most recent data replace oldest data. In the case of a writing error, the recording equipment shall try again, three times maximum, the same write command and then if still unsuccessful, declare the card faulty and non-valid. Before releasing a driver card and after all relevant data have been stored on the 2 card applications of the card, the recording equipment shall reset the card session data.
3.15(151)(152)(153)(154)(155)(156)(157)(158)(159)
Displaying The display shall include at least 20 characters. The minimum character size shall be 5 mm high and 3.5 mm wide. The display shall support the characters specified in Appendix 1 Chapter 4 Character sets. The display may use simplified glyphs (e.g. accented characters may be displayed without accent, or lower case letters may be shown as upper case letters). The display shall be provided with adequate non-dazzling lighting. Indications shall be visible from outside the recording equipment. The recording equipment shall be able to display: Additional information may be displayed by the recording equipment, provided that it is clearly distinguishable from information required above. The display of the recording equipment shall use the pictograms or pictograms combinations listed in Appendix 3. Additional pictograms or pictograms combinations may also be provided by the display, if clearly distinguishable from the aforementioned pictograms or pictograms combinations. The display shall always be ON when the vehicle is moving. The recording equipment may include a manual or automatic feature to turn the display OFF when the vehicle is not moving. Displaying format is specified in Appendix 5.
default data,
data related to warnings,
data related to menu access,
other data requested by a user.
3.15.1(160)(161)(162)(163)(164)
Default display When no other information needs to be displayed, the recording equipment shall display, by default, the following: Display of data related to each driver shall be clear, plain and unambiguous. In the case where the information related to the driver and the co-driver cannot be displayed at the same time, the recording equipment shall display by default the information related to the driver and shall allow the user to display the information related to the co-driver. In the case where the display width does not allow displaying by default the mode of operation, the recording equipment shall briefly display the new mode of operation when it changes. The recording equipment shall briefly display the card holder name at card insertion. When an OUT OF SCOPE or FERRY/TRAIN condition is opened, then the default display must show using the relevant pictogram that the particular condition is opened (it is acceptable that the driver's current activity may not be shown at the same time).
the local time (as a result of UTC time + offset as set by the driver),
the mode of operation,
the current activity of the driver and the current activity of the co-driver,
information related to the driver:
if his current activity is DRIVING, his current continuous driving time and his current cumulative break time,
if his current activity is not DRIVING, the current duration of this activity (since it was selected) and his current cumulative break time.
3.15.2(165) Warning display The recording equipment shall display warning information using primarily the pictograms of Appendix 3, completed where needed by additional numerically coded information. A literal description of the warning may also be added in the driver's preferred language.
3.15.3(166) Menu access The recording equipment shall provide necessary commands through an appropriate menu structure.
3.15.4(167)(168)
Other displays It shall be possible to display selectively on request: optional: Printout content display shall be sequential, line by line. If the display width is less than 24 characters the user shall be provided with the complete information through an appropriate mean (several lines, scrolling, …). Printout lines devoted to hand-written information may be omitted for display.
the UTC date and time, and local time offset,
the content of any of the six printouts under the same formats as the printouts themselves,
the continuous driving time and cumulative break time of the driver,
the continuous driving time and cumulative break time of the co-driver,
the cumulated driving time of the driver for the previous and the current week,
the cumulated driving time of the co-driver for the previous and the current week,
the current duration of co-driver activity (since it was selected),
the cumulated driving time of the driver for current week,
the cumulated driving time of the co-driver for the current daily work period,
the cumulated driving time of the driver for the current daily work period.
3.16(169)(170)(171)(172)(173)(174)(175)(176)(177)(178)(179)(180)(181)
Printing The recording equipment shall be able to print information from its data memory and/or from tachograph cards in accordance with the seven following printouts: The detailed format and content of these printouts are specified in Appendix 4. Additional data may be provided at the end of the printouts. Additional printouts may also be provided by the recording equipment, if clearly distinguishable from the seven aforementioned printouts. The driver activities from card daily printout and Events and faults from card printout shall be available only when a driver card or a workshop card is inserted in the recording equipment. The recording equipment shall update data stored on the relevant card before starting printing. In order to produce the driver activities from card daily printout or the events and faults from card printout, the recording equipment shall: The printer shall be able to print 24 characters per line. The minimum character size shall be 2.1 mm high and 1.5 mm wide. The printer shall support the characters specified in Appendix 1 Chapter 4 Character sets. Printers shall be so designed as to produce these printouts with a degree of definition likely to avoid any ambiguity when they are read. Printouts shall retain their dimensions and recordings under normal conditions of humidity (10-90 %) and temperature. The type approved paper used by the recording equipment shall bear the relevant type approval mark and an indication of the type(s) of recording equipment with which it may be used. Printouts shall remain clearly legible and identifiable under normal conditions of storage, in terms of light intensity, humidity and temperature, for at least two years. Printouts shall conform at least to the test specifications defined in Appendix 9. It shall also be possible to add hand-written notes, such as the driver's signature, to these documents. The recording equipment shall manage paper out events while printing by, once paper has been re-loaded, restarting printing from printout beginning or by continuing printing and providing an unambiguous reference to previously printed part.
driver activities from card daily printout,
driver activities from Vehicle Unit daily printout,
events and faults from card printout,
events and faults from Vehicle Unit printout,
technical data printout,
over speeding printout.
tachograph card data history for a given VU (see chapter 3.12.16)
either automatically select the driver card or the workshop card if one only of these cards is inserted,
or provide a command to select the source card or select the card in the driver slot if two of these cards are inserted in the recording equipment.
3.17(182)(183)(184)(185)(186)(187)(188)(189)(190)(191)
Warnings The recording equipment shall warn the driver when detecting any event and/or fault. Warning of a power supply interruption event may be delayed until the power supply is reconnected. The recording equipment shall warn the driver 15 minutes before and at the time of exceeding the maximum allowed continuous driving time. Warnings shall be visual. Audible warnings may also be provided in addition to visual warnings. Visual warnings shall be clearly recognisable by the user, shall be situated in the driver's field of vision and shall be clearly legible both by day and by night. Visual warnings may be built into the recording equipment and/or remote from the recording equipment. In the latter case it shall bear a T symbol. Warnings shall have a duration of at least 30 seconds, unless acknowledged by the user by hitting one or more specific keys of the recording equipment. This first acknowledgement shall not erase warning cause display referred to in next paragraph. Warning cause shall be displayed on the recording equipment and remain visible until acknowledged by the user using a specific key or command of the recording equipment. Additional warnings may be provided, as long as they do not confuse drivers in relation to previously defined ones.
3.18(192)(193)(194)(195)(196)
Data downloading to external media The recording equipment shall be able to download on request data from its data memory or from a driver card to external storage media via the calibration/downloading connector. The recording equipment shall update data stored on the relevant card before starting downloading. In addition and as an optional feature, the recording equipment may, in any mode of operation, download data through any another means to a company authenticated through this channel. In such a case, company mode data access rights shall apply to this download. Downloading shall not alter or delete any stored data. The calibration/downloading connector electrical interface is specified in Appendix 6. Downloading protocols are specified in Appendix 7.
3.19(197)(198)(199)
Remote communication for targeted roadside checks When the ignition is on, the Vehicle Unit shall store every 60 seconds in the remote communication facility the most recent data necessary for the purpose of targeted roadside checks. Such data shall be encrypted and signed as specified in Appendix 11 and Appendix 14. Data to be checked remotely shall be available to remote communication readers through wireless communication, as specified in Appendix 14. Data necessary for the purpose of targeted roadside checks shall be related to:
the latest security breach attempt,
the longest power supply interruption,
sensor fault,
motion data error,
vehicle motion conflict,
driving without a valid card,
card insertion while driving,
time adjustment data,
calibration data including the dates of the two latest stored calibration records,
vehicle registration number,
speed recorded by the tachograph.
3.20(200)(201)
Output data to additional external devices The recording equipment may also be equipped with standardised interfaces allowing the data recorded or produced by tachograph to be used in operational or calibration mode, by an external facility. In Appendix 13, an optional ITS interface is specified and standardized. Other similar interfaces may co-exist, provided they fully comply with the requirements of Appendix 13 in term of minimum list of data, security and driver consent. The following requirements apply to ITS data made available through that interface: Other data may also be output in addition to the set of selected existing data, considered as the minimum list, provided they cannot be considered as personal data. The recording equipment shall notify other external facilities about the consent of the driver. When the ignition of the vehicle is ON, these data shall be permanently broadcasted. The serial link interface as specified in Annex 1B to Regulation (EEC) No. 3821/85, as last amended, can continue to equip tachographs for back compatibility. Anyhow, the driver consent is still required in case personal data are transmitted.
these data are a set of selected existing data from the tachograph data dictionary (Appendix 1),
a subset of these selected data are marked personal data,
the subset of personal data is only available if the verifiable consent of the driver, accepting his personal data can leave the vehicle network, is enabled,
At any moment, the driver consent can be enabled or disabled through commands in the menu, provided the driver card is inserted,
the set and subset of data will be broadcasted via Bluetooth wireless protocol in the radius of the vehicle cab, with a refresh rate of 1 minute,
the pairing of the external device with the ITS interface will be protected by a dedicated and random PIN of at least 4 digits, recorded in and available through the display of each vehicle unit,
in any circumstances, the presence of the ITS interface cannot disturb or affect the correct functioning and the security of the vehicle unit.
3.21(202)(203)(204)(205)(206)
Calibration The calibration function shall allow: In addition, the calibration function shall allow to supress the use of first generation tachograph cards in the recording equipment, provided the conditions specified in Appendix 15 are met. Pairing the motion sensor to the VU shall consist, at least, in: Coupling the external GNSS facility to the VU shall consist, at least, in: The coupling shall be followed by the verification of the GNSS position information. The calibration function shall be able to input necessary data through the calibration/downloading connector in accordance with the calibration protocol defined in Appendix 8. The calibration function may also input necessary data through other means.
to automatically pair the motion sensor with the VU,
to automatically couple the external GNSS facility with the VU if applicable,
to digitally adapt the constant of the recording equipment (k) to the characteristic coefficient of the vehicle (w),
to adjust the current time within the validity period of the inserted workshop card,
to adjust the current odometer value,
to update motion sensor identification data stored in the data memory,
to update, if applicable, external GNSS facility identification data stored in the data memory,
to update the types and identifiers of all the seals in place,
to update or confirm other parameters known to the recording equipment: vehicle identification, w, l, tyre size and speed limiting device setting if applicable.
updating motion sensor installation data held by the motion sensor (as needed),
copying from the motion sensor to the VU data memory the necessary motion sensor identification data.
updating external GNSS facility installation data held by the external GNSS facility (as needed),
copying from the external GNSS facility to the VU data memory the necessary external GNSS facility identification data including the serial number of the external GNSS facility,
3.22(207)(208)(209)
Roadside calibration checking The roadside calibration checking function shall allow reading the motion sensor serial number (possibly embedded in the adaptor) and the external GNSS facility serial number (when applicable), connected to the vehicle unit, at the time of the request. This reading shall at least be possible on the vehicle unit display through commands in the menus. The roadside calibration checking function shall also allow controlling the selection of the I/O mode of the calibration I/O signal line specified in Appendix 6, via the K-line interface. This shall be done through the ECUAdjustmentSession, as specified in Appendix 8, section 7 Control of Test Pulses — Input output control functional unit.
3.23(210)(211)(212)
Time adjustment The time adjustment function shall allow for automatically adjusting the current time. Two time sources are used in the recording equipment for time adjustment: 1) the internal VU clock, 2) the GNSS receiver. The time setting of the VU internal clock shall be automatically re-adjusted at intervals of 12 hours maximum. When this delay has expired and the GNSS signal is not available, the time setting shall be done as soon as the VU can access a valid time provided by GNSS receiver, according to the vehicle ignition conditions. The time reference for the automatic time setting of the VU internal clock shall be derived from the GNSS receiver. A time conflict event shall be triggered if the current time deviates more than one (1) minute from the time information provided by the GNSS receiver. The time adjustment function shall also allow for triggered adjustment of the current time, in calibration mode.
3.24(213)(214)(215)(216)(217)(218)
Performance characteristics The Vehicle Unit shall be fully operational in the temperature range – 20 °C to 70 °C, the external GNSS facility in the temperature range – 20 °C to 70 °C, and the motion sensor in the temperature range – 40 °C to 135 °C. Data memory content shall be preserved at temperatures down to – 40 °C. The tachograph shall be fully operational in the humidity range 10 % to 90 %. The seals used in the smart tachograph shall withstand the same conditions than those applicable to the tachograph components to which they are affixed. The recording equipment shall be protected against over-voltage, inversion of its power supply polarity, and short circuits. Motion sensors shall either: The recording equipment and the external GNSS facility shall conform to international regulation UN ECE R10 and shall be protected against electrostatic discharges and transients.
react to a magnetic field disturbing vehicle motion detection. In such circumstances, the vehicle unit will record and store a sensor fault (requirement 88) or,
have a sensing element that is protected from, or immune to, magnetic fields.
3.25(219)(220)(221)(222)(223)
Materials All the constituent parts of the recording equipment shall be made of materials of sufficient stability and mechanical strength and with stable electrical and magnetic characteristics. For normal conditions of use, all the internal parts of the equipment shall be protected against damp and dust. The Vehicle Unit and the external GNSS facility shall meet the protection grade IP 40 and the motion sensor shall meet the protection grade IP 64, as per standard IEC 60529:1989 including A1:1999 and A2:2013. The recording equipment shall conform to applicable technical specifications related to ergonomic design. The recording equipment shall be protected against accidental damage.
3.26(224)(225)(226)
Markings If the recording equipment displays the vehicle odometer value and speed, the following details shall appear on its display: The recording equipment may also be switched to display the speed in miles per hour, in which case the unit of measurement of speed shall be shown by the abbreviation mph. The recording equipment may also be switched to display the distance in miles, in which case the unit of measurement of distance shall be shown by the abbreviation mi. A descriptive plaque shall be affixed to each separate component of the recording equipment and shall show the following details: When physical space is not sufficient to show all above mentioned details, the descriptive plaque shall show at least: the manufacturer's name or logo, and the equipment's part number.
near the figure indicating the distance, the unit of measurement of distance, indicated by the abbreviation km,
near the figure showing the speed, the entry km/h.
name and address of the equipment manufacturer,
manufacturer's part number and year of manufacture of the equipment,
equipment serial number,
approval mark for the equipment type.
4. CONSTRUCTION AND FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TACHOGRAPH CARDS
4.
4.1(227)(228)(229)(230)(231)(232)(233)(234)(235)(236)(237)
Visible data The front page shall contain: the words Driver card or Control card or Workshop card or Company card printed in capital letters in the official language or languages of the Member State issuing the card, according to the type of the card. the name of the Member State issuing the card (optional); the distinguishing sign of the Member State issuing the card, printed in negative in a blue rectangle and encircled by 12 yellow stars. The distinguishing signs shall be as follows: B BG CZ CY Belgium Bulgaria Czech Republic Cyprus LV L LT M Latvia Luxembourg Lithuania Malta DK Denmark NL The Netherlands D EST Germany Estonia A PL Austria Poland GR Greece P RO SK SLO Portugal Romania Slovakia Slovenia E Spain FIN Finland F HR H France Croatia Hungary S Sweden IRL Ireland UK The United Kingdom I Italy information specific to the card issued, numbered as follows: Driver card Control Card Company or Workshop card 1. surname of the driver control body name company or workshop name 2. first name(s) of the driver surname of the controller (if applicable) surname of card holder (if applicable) 3. birth date of the driver first name(s) of the controller (if applicable) first name(s) of card holder (if applicable) 4.a card start of validity date 4.b card expiry date 4.c the name of the issuing authority (may be printed on reverse page) 4.d a different number from the one under heading 5, for administrative purposes (optional) 5. a Driving licence number (at the date of issue of the driver card) — — 5. b Card number 6. Photograph of the driver photograph of the controller (optional) photograph of the fitter (optional)- 7. Signature of the holder (optional) 8. Normal place of residence, or postal address of the holder (optional). Postal address of control body postal address of company or workshop dates shall be written using a dd/mm/yyyy or dd.mm.yyyy format (day, month, year). The reverse page shall contain: an explanation of the numbered items which appear on the front page of the card; with the specific written agreement of the holder, information which is not related to the administration of the card may also be added, such addition will not alter in any way the use of the model as a tachograph card. Tachograph cards shall be printed with the following background predominant colours: — driver card white, — control card blue, — workshop card red, — company card yellow. Tachograph cards shall bear at least the following features for protection of the card body against counterfeiting and tampering: After consulting the Commission, Member States may add colours or markings, such as national symbols and security features, without prejudice to the other provisions of this Annex. Temporary cards referred to in Article 26.4 of Regulation (EU) No. 165/2014 shall comply with the provisions of this Annex.
a security design background with fine guilloche patterns and rainbow printing,
in the area of the photograph, the security design background and the photograph shall overlap,
at least one two-coloured microprint line.
4.2(238)(239)
Security The system security aims at protecting integrity and authenticity of data exchanged between the cards and the recording equipment, protecting the integrity and authenticity of data downloaded from the cards, allowing certain write operations onto the cards to recording equipment only, decrypting certain data, ruling out any possibility of falsification of data stored in the cards, preventing tampering and detecting any attempt of that kind. In order to achieve the system security, the tachograph cards shall meet the security requirements defined in Appendixes 10 and 11. Tachograph cards shall be readable by other equipment such as personal computers.
4.3(240) Standards Tachograph cards shall comply with the following standards:
ISO/IEC 7810 Identification cards — Physical characteristics,
ISO/IEC 7816 Identification cards — Integrated circuit cards:
Part 1: Physical characteristics,
Part 2: Dimensions and position of the contacts (ISO/IEC 7816-2:2007),
Part 3: Electrical interface and transmission protocols (ISO/IEC 7816-3:2006),
Part 4: Organisation, security and commands for interchange (ISO/IEC 7816-4:2013 + Cor 1:2014),
Part 6: Interindustry data elements for interchange (ISO/IEC 7816-6:2004 + Cor 1:2006),
Part 8: Commands for security operations (ISO/IEC 7816-8:2004).
Tachograph cards shall be tested in accordance to ISO/IEC 10373-3:2010 Identification cards — Test methods — Part 3: Integrated circuit cards with contacts and related interface devices.
4.4(241)(242)(243)(244)
Environmental and electrical specifications Tachograph cards shall be capable of operating correctly in all the climatic conditions normally encountered in Community territory and at least in the temperature range – 25 °C to + 70 °C with occasional peaks of up to + 85 °C, occasional meaning not more than 4 hours each time and not over 100 times during the life time of the card. Tachograph cards shall be capable of operating correctly in the humidity range 10 % to 90 %. Tachograph cards shall be capable of operating correctly for a five-year period if used within the environmental and electrical specifications. During operation, tachograph cards shall conform to ECE R10, related to electromagnetic compatibility, and shall be protected against electrostatic discharges.
4.5(245)(246)(247)
Data storage For the purpose of this paragraph, The tachograph cards functions, commands and logical structures, fulfilling data storage requirements are specified in Appendix 2. If not otherwise specified, data storage on tachograph cards shall be organized in such a way, that new data replaces stored oldest data in case the foreseen memory size for the particular records is exhausted. This paragraph specifies minimum storage capacity for the various application data files. Tachograph cards shall be able to indicate to the recording equipment the actual storage capacity of these data files. Any additional data that may be stored on tachograph cards, related to other applications possibly borne by the card, shall be stored in accordance with Directive 95/46/EC and with Directive 2002/58/EC and in compliance with Article 7 of Regulation (EU) No. 165/2014. Each Master File (MF) of any tachograph card shall contain up to five Elementary Files (EF) for card management, application and chip identifications, and two Dedicated Files (DF): The full details of the tachograph cards structure are specified in Appendix 2.
times are recorded with a resolution of one minute, unless otherwise specified,
odometer values are recorded with a resolution of one kilometre,
speeds are recorded with a resolution of 1 km/h,
positions (latitudes and longitudes) are recorded in degrees and minutes with a resolution of 1/10 of minute.
DF Tachograph, which contains the application accessible to first generation vehicle units, which is also present in first generation tachograph cards,
DF Tachograph_G2, which contains the application only accessible to second generation vehicle units, which is only present in second generation tachograph cards.
4.5.1 Elementary files for identification and card management
4.5.2(248) IC card identification Tachograph cards shall be able to store the following smart card identification data:
clock stop,
card serial number (including manufacturing references),
card type approval number,
card personaliser identification (ID),
embedder ID,
IC identifier.
4.5.2(248)
4.5.2.1(249) Chip identification Tachograph cards shall be able to store the following Integrated Circuit (IC) identification data:
IC serial number,
IC manufacturing references.
4.5.2.2(250) DIR (only present in second generation tachograph cards) Tachograph cards shall be able to store the application identification data objects specified in Appendix 2.
4.5.2.3(251) ATR information (conditional, only present in second generation tachograph cards) Tachograph cards shall be able to store the following extended length information data object:
in the case the tachograph card supports extended length fields, the extended length information data object specified in Appendix 2.
4.5.2.4(252) Extended length information (conditional, only present in second generation tachograph cards) Tachograph cards shall be able to store the following extended length information data objects:
in the case the tachograph card supports extended length fields, the extended length information data objects specified in Appendix 2.
4.5.3 Driver card
4.5.3
4.5.3.1 Tachograph application (accessible to first and second generation vehicle units)
4.5.3.1
4.5.3.1.1(253)
Application identification The driver card shall be able to store the following application identification data:
tachograph application identification,
type of tachograph card identification.
4.5.3.1.2(254)
Key and certificates The driver card shall be able to store a number of cryptographic keys and certificates, as specified in Appendix 11 part A.
4.5.3.1.3(255)
Card identification The driver card shall be able to store the following card identification data:
card number,
issuing Member State, issuing authority name, issue date,
card beginning of validity date, card expiry date.
4.5.3.1.4(256)
Card holder identification The driver card shall be able to store the following card holder identification data:
surname of the holder,
first name(s) of the holder,
date of birth,
preferred language.
4.5.3.1.5(257)(258)
Card download The driver card shall be able to store the following data related to card download: The driver card shall be able to hold one such record.
date and time of last card download (for other purposes than control).
4.5.3.1.6(259)
Driving licence information The driver card shall be able to store the following driving licence data:
issuing Member State, issuing authority name,
driving licence number (at the date of the issue of the card).
4.5.3.1.7(260)(261)(262)
Events data For the purpose of this subparagraph, time shall be stored with a resolution of 1 second. The driver card shall be able to store data related to the following events detected by the recording equipment while the card was inserted: The driver card shall be able to store the following data for these events: Note: For the Time overlap event: Note: For the Last card session not correctly closed event: The driver card shall be able to store data for the six most recent events of each type (i.e. 36 events).
Time overlap (where this card is the cause of the event),
Card insertion while driving (where this card is the subject of the event),
Last card session not correctly closed (where this card is the subject of the event),
Power supply interruption,
Motion data error,
Security breach attempts.
Event code,
Date and time of beginning of the event (or of card insertion if the event was on-going at that time),
Date and time of end of the event (or of card withdrawal if the event was on-going at that time),
VRN and registering Member State of vehicle in which the event happened.
Date and time of beginning of the event shall correspond to the date and time of the card withdrawal from the previous vehicle,
Date and time of end of the event shall correspond to the date and time of card insertion in current vehicle,
Vehicle data shall correspond to the current vehicle raising the event.
date and time of beginning of event shall correspond to the card insertion date and time of the session not correctly closed,
date and time of end of event shall correspond to the card insertion date and time of the session during which the event was detected (current session),
Vehicle data shall correspond to the vehicle in which the session was not correctly closed.
4.5.3.1.8(263)(264)(265)
Faults data For the purpose of this subparagraph, time shall be recorded with a resolution of 1 second. The driver card shall be able to store data related to the following faults detected by the recording equipment while the card was inserted: The driver card shall be able to store the following data for these faults: The driver card shall be able to store data for the twelve most recent faults of each type (i.e. 24 faults).
Card fault (where this card is the subject of the event),
Recording equipment fault.
Fault code,
Date and time of beginning of the fault (or of card insertion if the fault was on-going at that time),
Date and time of end of the fault (or of card withdrawal if the fault was on-going at that time),
VRN and registering Member State of vehicle in which the fault happened.
4.5.3.1.9(266)(267)(268)
Driver activity data The driver card shall be able to store, for each calendar day where the card has been used or for which the driver has entered activities manually, the following data: The driver card memory shall be able to hold driver activity data for at least 28 days (the average activity of a driver is defined as 93 activity changes per day). The data listed under requirements 261, 264 and 266 shall be stored in a way allowing the retrieval of activities in the order of their occurrence, even in case of a time overlap situation.
the date,
a daily presence counter (increased by one for each of these calendar days),
the total distance travelled by the driver during this day,
a driver status at 00:00,
whenever the driver has changed of activity, and/or has changed of driving status, and/or has inserted or withdrawn his card:
the driving status (CREW, SINGLE),
the slot (DRIVER, CO-DRIVER),
the card status (INSERTED, NOT INSERTED),
the activity (DRIVING, AVAILABILITY, WORK, BREAK/REST),
the time of the change.
4.5.3.1.10(269)(270)
Vehicles used data The driver card shall be able to store, for each calendar day where the card has been used, and for each period of use of a given vehicle that day (a period of use includes all consecutive insertion / withdrawal cycle of the card in the vehicle, as seen from the card point of view), the following data: The driver card shall be able to store at least 84 such records.
date and time of first use of the vehicle (i.e. first card insertion for this period of use of the vehicle, or 00h00 if the period of use is on-going at that time),
vehicle odometer value at that time,
date and time of last use of the vehicle, (i.e. last card withdrawal for this period of use of the vehicle, or 23h59 if the period of use is on-going at that time),
vehicle odometer value at that time,
VRN and registering Member State of the vehicle.
4.5.3.1.11(271)(272)
Places where daily work periods start and/or end The driver card shall be able to store the following data related to places where daily work periods begin and/or end, entered by the driver: The driver card memory shall be able to hold at least 42 pairs of such records.
the date and time of the entry (or the date/time related to the entry if the entry is made during the manual entry procedure),
the type of entry (begin or end, condition of entry),
the country and region entered,
the vehicle odometer value.
4.5.3.1.12(273)
Card session data The driver card shall be able to store data related to the vehicle which opened its current session:
date and time the session was opened (i.e. card insertion) with a resolution of one second,
VRN and registering Member State.
4.5.3.1.13(274)(275)
Control activity data The driver card shall be able to store the following data related to control activities: Note: card downloading will only be recorded if performed through a recording equipment. The driver card shall be able to hold one such record.
date and time of the control,
control card number and card issuing Member State,
type of the control (displaying and/or printing and/or VU downloading and/or card downloading (see note)),
Period downloaded, in case of downloading,
VRN and registering Member State of the vehicle in which the control happened.
4.5.3.1.14(276)(277)
Specific conditions data The driver card shall be able to store the following data related to specific conditions entered while the card was inserted (whatever the slot): The driver card shall be able to store at least 56 such records.
Date and time of the entry,
Type of specific condition.
4.5.3.2 Tachograph generation 2 application (not accessible to first generation vehicle unit)
4.5.3.2
4.5.3.2.1(278)
Application identification The driver card shall be able to store the following application identification data:
tachograph application identification,
type of tachograph card identification.
4.5.3.2.2(279)
Keys and certificates The driver card shall be able to store a number of cryptographic keys and certificates, as specified in Appendix 11 part B.
4.5.3.2.3(280)
Card identification The driver card shall be able to store the following card identification data:
card number,
issuing Member State, issuing authority name, issue date,
card beginning of validity date, card expiry date.
4.5.3.2.4(281)
Card holder identification The driver card shall be able to store the following card holder identification data:
surname of the holder,
first name(s) of the holder,
date of birth,
preferred language.
4.5.3.2.5(282)(283)
Card download The driver card shall be able to store the following data related to card download: The driver card shall be able to hold one such record.
date and time of last card download (for other purposes than control).
4.5.3.2.6(284)
Driving licence information The driver card shall be able to store the following driving licence data:
issuing Member State, issuing authority name,
driving licence number (at the date of the issue of the card).
4.5.3.2.7(285)(286)(287)
Events data For the purpose of this subparagraph, time shall be stored with a resolution of 1 second. The driver card shall be able to store data related to the following events detected by the recording equipment while the card was inserted: The driver card shall be able to store the following data for these events: Note: For the Time overlap event: Note: For the Last card session not correctly closed event: The driver card shall be able to store data for the six most recent events of each type (i.e. 66 events).
Time overlap (where this card is the cause of the event),
Card insertion while driving (where this card is the subject of the event),
Last card session not correctly closed (where this card is the subject of the event),
Power supply interruption,
Communication error with the remote communication facility,
Absence of position information from GNSS receiver event,
Communication error with the external GNSS facility
Motion data error,
Vehicle motion conflict,
Security breach attempts,
Time conflict.
Event code,
Date and time of beginning of the event (or of card insertion if the event was on-going at that time),
Date and time of end of the event (or of card withdrawal if the event was on-going at that time),
VRN and registering Member State of vehicle in which the event happened.
Date and time of beginning of the event shall correspond to the date and time of the card withdrawal from the previous vehicle,
Date and time of end of the event shall correspond to the date and time of card insertion in current vehicle,
Vehicle data shall correspond to the current vehicle raising the event.
date and time of beginning of event shall correspond to the card insertion date and time of the session not correctly closed,
date and time of end of event shall correspond to the card insertion date and time of the session during which the event was detected (current session),
Vehicle data shall correspond to the vehicle in which the session was not correctly closed.
4.5.3.2.8(288)(289)(290)
Faults data For the purpose of this subparagraph, time shall be recorded with a resolution of 1 second. The driver card shall be able to store data related to the following faults detected by the recording equipment while the card was inserted: The driver card shall be able to store the following data for these faults: The driver card shall be able to store data for the twelve most recent faults of each type (i.e. 24 faults).
Card fault (where this card is the subject of the event),
Recording equipment fault.
Fault code,
Date and time of beginning of the fault (or of card insertion if the fault was on-going at that time),
Date and time of end of the fault (or of card withdrawal if the fault was on-going at that time),
VRN and registering Member State of vehicle in which the fault happened.
4.5.3.2.9(291)(292)(293)
Driver activity data The driver card shall be able to store, for each calendar day where the card has been used or for which the driver has entered activities manually, the following data: The driver card memory shall be able to hold driver activity data for at least 28 days (the average activity of a driver is defined as 93 activity changes per day). The data listed under requirements 286, 289 and 291 shall be stored in a way allowing the retrieval of activities in the order of their occurrence, even in case of a time overlap situation.
the date,
a daily presence counter (increased by one for each of these calendar days),
the total distance travelled by the driver during this day,
a driver status at 00:00,
whenever the driver has changed of activity, and/or has changed of driving status, and/or has inserted or withdrawn his card:
the driving status (CREW, SINGLE)
the slot (DRIVER, CO-DRIVER),
the card status (INSERTED, NOT INSERTED),
the activity (DRIVING, AVAILABILITY, WORK, BREAK/REST).
the time of the change,
4.5.3.2.10(294)(295)
Vehicles used data The driver card shall be able to store, for each calendar day where the card has been used, and for each period of use of a given vehicle that day (a period of use includes all consecutive insertion / withdrawal cycle of the card in the vehicle, as seen from the card point of view), the following data: The driver card shall be able to store at least 84 such records.
date and time of first use of the vehicle (i.e. first card insertion for this period of use of the vehicle, or 00h00 if the period of use is on-going at that time),
vehicle odometer value at that first use time,
date and time of last use of the vehicle, (i.e. last card withdrawal for this period of use of the vehicle, or 23h59 if the period of use is on-going at that time),
vehicle odometer value at that last use time,
VRN and registering Member State of the vehicle,
VIN of the vehicle.
4.5.3.2.11(296)(297)
Places and positions where daily work periods start and/or end The driver card shall be able to store the following data related to places where daily work periods begin and/or end, entered by the driver: The driver card memory shall be able to hold at least 84 pairs of such records.
the date and time of the entry (or the date/time related to the entry if the entry is made during the manual entry procedure),
the type of entry (begin or end, condition of entry),
the country and region entered,
the vehicle odometer value,
the vehicle position,
the GNSS accuracy, date and time when the position was determined.
4.5.3.2.12(298)
Card session data The driver card shall be able to store data related to the vehicle which opened its current session:
date and time the session was opened (i.e. card insertion) with a resolution of one second,
VRN and registering Member State.
4.5.3.2.13(299)(300)
Control activity data The driver card shall be able to store the following data related to control activities: Note: security requirements imply that card downloading will only be recorded if performed through a recording equipment. The driver card shall be able to hold one such record.
date and time of the control,
control card number and card issuing Member State,
type of the control (displaying and/or printing and/or VU downloading and/or card downloading (see note)),
Period downloaded, in case of downloading,
VRN and registering Member State of the vehicle in which the control happened.
4.5.3.2.14(301)(302)
Specific conditions data The driver card shall be able to store the following data related to specific conditions entered while the card was inserted (whatever the slot): The driver card shall be able to store at least 56 such records.
Date and time of the entry,
Type of specific condition.
4.5.3.2.15(303)(304)
Vehicle units used data The driver card shall be able to store the following data related to the different vehicle units in which the card was used: The driver card shall be able to store at least 84 such records.
the date and time of the beginning of the period of use of the vehicle unit (i.e. first card insertion in the vehicle unit for the period),
the manufacturer of the vehicle unit,
the vehicle unit type,
the vehicle unit software version number.
4.5.3.2.16(305)(306)
Three hours' continuous driving places data The driver card shall be able to store the following data related to the position of the vehicle where the continuous driving time of the driver reaches a multiple of three hours: The driver card shall be able to store at least 252 such records.
the date and time when the continuous driving time of the card holder reaches a multiple of three hours,
the position of the vehicle.
the GNSS accuracy, date and time when the position was determined.
4.5.4 Workshop card
4.5.4
4.5.4.1 Tachograph application (accessible to first and second generation vehicle units)
4.5.4.1
4.5.4.1.1(307)
Application identification The workshop card shall be able to store the following application identification data:
tachograph application identification,
type of tachograph card identification.
4.5.4.1.2(308)(309)
Keys and certificates The workshop card shall be able to store a number of cryptographic keys and certificates, as specified in Appendix 11 part A. The workshop card shall be able to store a Personal Identification Number (PIN code).
4.5.4.1.3(310)
Card identification The workshop card shall be able to store the following card identification data:
card number,
issuing Member State, issuing authority name, issue date,
card beginning of validity date, card expiry date.
4.5.4.1.4(311)
Card holder identification The workshop card shall be able to store the following card holder identification data:
workshop name,
workshop address,
surname of the holder,
first name(s) of the holder,
preferred language.
4.5.4.1.5(312)
Card download The workshop card shall be able to store a card download data record in the same manner as a driver card.
4.5.4.1.6(313)(314)(315)(316)(317)
Calibration and time adjustment data The workshop card shall be able to hold records of calibrations and/or time adjustments performed while the card is inserted in a recording equipment. Each calibration record shall be able to hold the following data: The workshop card shall be able to store at least 88 such records. The workshop card shall hold a counter indicating the total number of calibrations performed with the card. The workshop card shall hold a counter indicating the number of calibrations performed since its last download.
Purpose of calibration (activation, first installation, installation, periodic inspection,),
Vehicle identification,
Parameters updated or confirmed (w, k, l, tyre size, speed limiting device setting, odometer (new and old values), date and time (new and old values)),
Recording equipment identification (VU part number, VU serial number, motion sensor serial number).
4.5.4.1.7(318)(319)
Events and faults data The workshop card shall be able to store events and faults data records in the same manner as a driver card. The workshop card shall be able to store data for the three most recent events of each type (i.e. 18 events) and the six most recent faults of each type (i.e. 12 faults).
4.5.4.1.8(320)(321)
Driver activity data The workshop card shall be able to store driver activity data in the same manner as a driver card. The workshop card shall be able to hold driver activity data for at least 1 day of average driver activity.
4.5.4.1.9(322)(323)
Vehicles used data The workshop card shall be able to store vehicles used data records in the same manner as a driver card. The workshop card shall be able to store at least 4 such records.
4.5.4.1.10(324)(325)
Daily work periods start and/or end data The workshop card shall be able to store daily works period start and/or end data records in the same manner as a driver card. The workshop card shall be able to hold at least 3 pairs of such records.
4.5.4.1.11(326)
Card session data The workshop card shall be able to store a card session data record in the same manner as a driver card.
4.5.4.1.12(327)
Control activity data The workshop card shall be able to store a control activity data record in the same manner as a driver card.
4.5.4.1.13(328)(329)
Specific conditions data The workshop card shall be able to store data relevant to specific conditions in the same manner as the driver card. The workshop card shall be able to store at least 2 such records.
4.5.4.2 Tachograph generation 2 application (not accessible to first generation vehicle unit)
4.5.4.2
4.5.4.2.1(330)
Application identification The workshop card shall be able to store the following application identification data:
tachograph application identification,
type of tachograph card identification.
4.5.4.2.2(331)(332)
Keys and certificates The workshop card shall be able to store a number of cryptographic keys and certificates, as specified in Appendix 11 part B. The workshop card shall be able to store a Personal Identification Number (PIN code).
4.5.4.2.3(333)
Card identification The workshop card shall be able to store the following card identification data:
card number,
issuing Member State, issuing authority name, issue date,
card beginning of validity date, card expiry date.
4.5.4.2.4(334)
Card holder identification The workshop card shall be able to store the following card holder identification data:
workshop name,
workshop address,
surname of the holder,
first name(s) of the holder,
preferred language.
4.5.4.2.5(335)
Card download The workshop card shall be able to store a card download data record in the same manner as a driver card.
4.5.4.2.6(336)(337)(338)(339)(340)
Calibration and time adjustment data The workshop card shall be able to hold records of calibrations and/or time adjustments performed while the card is inserted in a recording equipment. Each calibration record shall be able to hold the following data: The workshop card shall be able to store at least 88 such records. The workshop card shall hold a counter indicating the total number of calibrations performed with the card. The workshop card shall hold a counter indicating the number of calibrations performed since its last download.
purpose of calibration (activation, first installation, installation, periodic inspection,),
vehicle identification,
parameters updated or confirmed (w, k, l, tyre size, speed limiting device setting, odometer (new and old values), date and time (new and old values),
recording equipment identification (VU part number, VU serial number, motion sensor serial number, remote communication facility serial number and external GNSS facility serial number, if applicable),
seal type and identifier of all seals in place,
ability of the VU to use first generation tachograph cards (enabled or not).
4.5.4.2.7(341)(342)
Events and faults data The workshop card shall be able to store events and faults data records in the same manner as a driver card. The workshop card shall be able to store data for the three most recent events of each type (i.e. 33 events) and the six most recent faults of each type (i.e. 12 faults).
4.5.4.2.8(343)(344)
Driver activity data The workshop card shall be able to store driver activity data in the same manner as a driver card. The workshop card shall be able to hold driver activity data for at least 1 day of average driver activity.
4.5.4.2.9(345)(346)
Vehicles used data The workshop card shall be able to store vehicles used data records in the same manner as a driver card. The workshop card shall be able to store at least 4 such records.
4.5.4.2.10(347)(348)
Daily work periods start and/or end data The workshop card shall be able to store daily works period start and/or end data records in the same manner as a driver card. The workshop card shall be able to hold at least 3 pairs of such records.
4.5.4.2.11(349)
Card session data The workshop card shall be able to store a card session data record in the same manner as a driver card.
4.5.4.2.12(350)
Control activity data The workshop card shall be able to store a control activity data record in the same manner as a driver card.
4.5.4.2.13(351)(352)
Vehicle units used data The workshop card shall be able to store the following data related to the different vehicle units in which the card was used: The workshop card shall be able to store at least 4 such records.
the date and time of the beginning of the period of use of the vehicle unit (i.e. first card insertion in the vehicle unit for the period),
the manufacturer of the vehicle unit,
the vehicle unit type,
the vehicle unit software version number.
4.5.4.2.14(353)(354)
Three hours' continuous driving places data The workshop card shall be able to store the following data related to the position of the vehicle where the continuous driving time of the driver reaches a multiple of three hours: The workshop card shall be able to store at least 18 such records.
the date and time when the continuous driving time of the card holder reaches a multiple of three hours,
the position of the vehicle,
the GNSS accuracy, date and time when the position was determined.
4.5.4.2.15(355)(356)
Specific conditions data The workshop card shall be able to store data relevant to specific conditions in the same manner as the driver card. The workshop card shall be able to store at least 2 such records.
4.5.5 Control card
4.5.5
4.5.5.1 Tachograph application (accessible to first and second generation vehicle units)
4.5.5.1
4.5.5.1.1(357)
Application identification The control card shall be able to store the following application identification data:
tachograph application identification,
type of tachograph card identification.
4.5.5.1.2(358)
Keys and certificates The control card shall be able to store a number of cryptographic keys and certificates, as specified in Appendix 11 part A.
4.5.5.1.3(359)
Card identification The control card shall be able to store the following card identification data:
card number,
issuing Member State, issuing authority name, issue date,
card beginning of validity date, card expiry date (if any).
4.5.5.1.4(360)
Card holder identification The control card shall be able to store the following card holder identification data:
control body name,
control body address,
surname of the holder,
first name(s) of the holder,
preferred language.
4.5.5.1.5(361)(362)
Control activity data The control card shall be able to store the following control activity data: The control card shall be able to hold at least 230 such records.
date and time of the control,
type of the control (displaying and/or printing and/or VU downloading and/or card downloading and/or roadside calibration checking),
period downloaded (if any),
VRN and Member State registering authority of the controlled vehicle,
card number and card issuing Member State of the driver card controlled.
4.5.5.2 Tachograph G2 application (not accessible to first generation vehicle unit)
4.5.5.2
4.5.5.2.1(363)
Application identification The control card shall be able to store the following application identification data:
tachograph application identification,
type of tachograph card identification.
4.5.5.2.2(364)
Keys and certificates The control card shall be able to store a number of cryptographic keys and certificates, as specified in Appendix 11 part B.
4.5.5.2.3(365)
Card identification The control card shall be able to store the following card identification data:
card number,
issuing Member State, issuing authority name, issue date,
card beginning of validity date, card expiry date (if any).
4.5.5.2.4(366)
Card holder identification The control card shall be able to store the following card holder identification data:
control body name,
control body address,
surname of the holder,
first name(s) of the holder,
preferred language.
4.5.5.2.5(367)(368)
Control activity data The control card shall be able to store the following control activity data: The control card shall be able to hold at least 230 such records.
date and time of the control,
type of the control (displaying and/or printing and/or VU downloading and/or card downloading and/or roadside calibration checking)
period downloaded (if any),
VRN and Member State registering authority of the controlled vehicle,
card number and card issuing Member State of the driver card controlled.
4.5.6 Company card
4.5.6
4.5.6.1 Tachograph application (accessible to first and second generation vehicle units)
4.5.6.1
4.5.6.1.1(369)
Application identification The company card shall be able to store the following application identification data:
tachograph application identification,
type of tachograph card identification.
4.5.6.1.2(370)
Keys and Certificates The company card shall be able to store a number of cryptographic keys and certificates, as specified in Appendix 11 part A.
4.5.6.1.3(371)
Card identification The company card shall be able to store the following card identification data:
card number,
issuing Member State, issuing authority name, issue date,
card beginning of validity date, card expiry date (if any).
4.5.6.1.4(372)
Card holder identification The company card shall be able to store the following card holder identification data:
company name,
company address.
4.5.6.1.5(373)(374)
Company activity data The company card shall be able to store the following company activity data: The company card shall be able to hold at least 230 such records.
date and time of the activity,
type of the activity (VU locking in and/or out, and/or VU downloading and/or card downloading)
period downloaded (if any),
VRN and Member State registering authority of vehicle,
card number and card issuing Member State (in case of card downloading).
4.5.6.2 Tachograph G2 application (not accessible to first generation vehicle unit)
4.5.6.2
4.5.6.2.1(375)
Application identification The company card shall be able to store the following application identification data:
tachograph application identification,
type of tachograph card identification.
4.5.6.2.2(376)
Keys and certificates The company card shall be able to store a number of cryptographic keys and certificates, as specified in Appendix 11 part B.
4.5.6.2.3(377)
Card identification The company card shall be able to store the following card identification data:
card number,
issuing Member State, issuing authority name, issue date,
card beginning of validity date, card expiry date (if any).
4.5.6.2.4(378)
Card holder identification The company card shall be able to store the following card holder identification data:
company name,
company address.
4.5.6.2.5(379)(380)
Company activity data The company card shall be able to store the following company activity data: The company card shall be able to hold at least 230 such records.
date and time of the activity,
type of the activity (VU locking in and/or out, and/or VU downloading and/or card downloading)
period downloaded (if any),
VRN and Member State registering authority of vehicle,
card number and card issuing Member State (in case of card downloading).
5. INSTALLATION OF RECORDING EQUIPMENT
5.
5.1(381)(382)(383)(384)(385)(386)(387)(388)(389)(390)(391)(392)(393)(394)
Installation New recording equipment shall be delivered non-activated to fitters or vehicle manufacturers, with all calibration parameters, as listed in Chapter 3.21, set to appropriate and valid default values. Where no particular value is appropriate, literal parameters shall be set to strings of ? and numeric parameters shall be set to 0. Delivery of security relevant parts of the recording equipment can be restricted if required during security certification. Before its activation, the recording equipment shall give access to the calibration function even if not in calibration mode. Before its activation, the recording equipment shall neither record nor store data referred by points 3.12.3, 3.12.9 and 3.12.12 to 3.12.15 inclusive. During installation, vehicle manufacturers shall pre-set all known parameters. Vehicle manufacturers or fitters shall activate the installed recording equipment at the latest before the vehicle is used in scope of Regulation (EC) No 561/2006. The activation of the recording equipment shall be triggered automatically by the first insertion of a valid workshop card in either of its card interface devices. Specific pairing operations required between the motion sensor and the vehicle unit, if any, shall take place automatically before or during activation. In a similar way, specific coupling operations between the external GNSS facility and the vehicle unit, if any, shall take place automatically before or during activation. After its activation, the recording equipment shall fully enforce functions and data access rights. After its activation, the recording equipment shall communicate to the remote communication facility the secured data necessary for the purpose of targeted roadside checks. The recording and storing functions of the recording equipment shall be fully operational after its activation. Installation shall be followed by a calibration. The first calibration may not necessarily include entry of the vehicle registration number (VRN), when it is not known by the approved workshop having to undertake this calibration. In these circumstances, it shall be possible, for the vehicle owner, and at this time only, to enter the VRN using his Company Card prior to using the vehicle in scope of Regulation (EC) No 561/2006 (e.g by using commands through an appropriate menu structure of the vehicle unit's man-machine interface.). Any update or confirmation of this entry shall only be possible using a Workshop Card. The installation of an external GNSS facility requires the coupling with the vehicle unit and the subsequent verification of the GNSS position information. The recording equipment must be positioned in the vehicle in such a way as to allow the driver to access the necessary functions from his seat.
5.2(395)(396)(397)
Installation plaque After the recording equipment has been checked on installation, an installation plaque, engraved or printed in a permanent way, which is clearly visible and easily accessible shall be affixed onto the recording equipment. In cases where this is not possible, the plaque shall be affixed to the vehicle's B pillar so that it is clearly visible. For vehicles that do not have a B pillar, the installation plaque should be affixed to the doorframe on the driver's side of the vehicle and be clearly visible in all cases. After every inspection by an approved fitter or workshop, a new plaque shall be affixed in place of the previous one. The plaque shall bear at least the following details: For M1 and N1 vehicles only, and which are fitted with an adaptor in conformity with Commission Regulation (EC) No 68/2009 as last amended and where it is not possible to include all the information necessary, as described in Requirement 396, a second, additional, plaque may be used. In such cases, this additional plaque shall contain at least the last four indents described in Requirement 396. This second, additional plaque, if used, shall be affixed next to or beside the first primary plaque described in Requirement 396, and shall have the same protection level. Furthermore the secondary plaque shall also bear the name, address or trade name of the approved fitter or workshop that carried out the installation, and the date of installation.
name, address or trade name of the approved fitter or workshop,
characteristic coefficient of the vehicle, in the form w = … imp/km,
constant of the recording equipment, in the form k = … imp/km,
effective circumference of the wheel tyres in the form l = … mm,
tyre size,
the date on which the characteristic coefficient of the vehicle and the effective circumference of the wheel tyres were measured,
the vehicle identification number,
the presence (or not) of an external GNSS facility,
the serial number of the external GNSS facility,
the serial number of the remote communication device,
the serial number of all the seals in place,
the part of the vehicle where the adaptor, if any, is installed,
the part of the vehicle where the motion sensor is installed, if not connected to the gear-box or an adaptor is not being used,
a description of the colour of the cable between the adaptor and that part of the vehicle providing its incoming impulses,
the serial number of the embedded motion sensor of the adaptor.
5.3(398)(399)(400)(401)(402)(403)(404)(405)(406)
Sealing The following parts shall be sealed: The seals mentioned above may be removed: On each occasion that these seals are broken a written statement giving the reasons for such action shall be prepared and made available to the competent authority. Seals shall hold an identification number, allocated by its manufacturer. This number shall be unique and distinct from any other seal number allocated by any other seals manufacturer. This unique identification number is defined as: MMNNNNNN by non-removable marking, with MM as unique manufacturer identification (database registration to be managed by EC) and NNNNNN seal alpha-numeric number, unique in the manufacturer domain. The seals shall have a free space where approved fitters, workshops or vehicle manufacturers can add a special mark according the Article 22(3) of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014. This mark shall not cover the seal identification number. Seals manufacturers shall be registered in a dedicated database and shall make their identification seals numbers public through a procedure to be established by the European Commission. Approved workshops and vehicle manufacturers shall, in the frame of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014, only use seals from those of the seals manufacturers listed in the data base mentioned above. Seal manufacturers and their distributors shall maintain full traceability records of the seals sold to be used in the frame of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014 and shall be prepared to produce them to competent national authorities whenever need be. Seals unique identification numbers shall be visible on the installation plaque.
Any connection which, if disconnected, would cause undetectable alterations to be made or undetectable data loss (this may e.g. apply for the motion sensor fitting on the gearbox, the adaptor for M1/N1 vehicles, the external GNSS connection or the vehicle unit);
The installation plaque, unless it is attached in such a way that it cannot be removed without the markings thereon being destroyed.
In case of emergency,
To install, to adjust or to repair a speed limitation device or any other device contributing to road safety, provided that the recording equipment continues to function reliably and correctly and is resealed by an approved fitter or workshop (in accordance with Chapter 6) immediately after fitting the speed limitation device or any other device contributing to road safety or within seven days in other cases.
6. CHECKS, INSPECTIONS AND REPAIRS Requirements on the circumstances in which seals may be removed, as referred to in Article 22(5) of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014, are defined in Chapter 5.3 of this annex.
6.
6.1 Approval of fitters, workshops and vehicle manufacturers The Member States approve, regularly control and certify the bodies to carry out: Workshop cards shall be issued only to fitters and/or workshops approved for the activation and/or the calibration of recording equipment in conformity with this annex and, unless duly justified:
installations,
checks,
inspections,
repairs.
who are not eligible for a company card;
and whose other professional activities do not present a potential compromise of the overall security of the system as required in Appendix 10.
6.2(407) Check of new or repaired instruments Every individual device, whether new or repaired, shall be checked in respect of its proper operation and the accuracy of its reading and recordings, within the limits laid down in Chapter 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3 and 3.3 by means of sealing in accordance with Chapter 5.3 and calibration.
6.3(408) Installation inspection When being fitted to a vehicle, the whole installation (including the recording equipment) shall comply with the provisions relating to maximum tolerances laid down in Chapter 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3 and 3.3.
6.4(409)(410)(411)(412)(413)
Periodic inspections Periodic inspections of the equipment fitted to the vehicles shall take place after any repair of the equipment, or after any alteration of the characteristic coefficient of the vehicle or of the effective circumference of the tyres, or after equipment UTC time is wrong by more than 20 minutes, or when the VRN has changed, and at least once within two years (24 months) of the last inspection. These inspections shall include the following checks: If one of the events listed in Chapter 3.9 (Detection of Events and/or Faults) is found to have occurred since the last inspection and is considered by tachograph manufacturers and/or national authorities as potentially putting the security of the equipment at risk, the workshop shall: Workshops shall keep traces in their inspection reports of any findings concerning broken seals or manipulations devices. These reports shall be kept by workshops for at least 2 years and made available to the Competent Authority whenever requested to do so. These inspections shall include a calibration and a preventive replacement of the seals whose fitting is under the responsibility of workshops.
that the recording equipment is working properly, including the data storage in tachograph cards function and the communication with remote communication readers,
that compliance with the provisions of chapter 3.2.1 and 3.2.2 on the maximum tolerances on installation is ensured,
that compliance with the provisions of chapter 3.2.3 and 3.3 is ensured,
that the recording equipment carries the type approval mark,
that the installation plaque, as defined by Requirement 396, and the descriptive plaque, as defined by Requirement 225, are affixed,
the tyre size and the actual circumference of the tyres,
that there are no manipulation devices attached to the equipment,
that seals are correctly placed, in good state, that their identification numbers are valid (referenced seal manufacturer in the EC database) and that their identification numbers correspond to the installation plaque markings (see requirement 401).
6.4(409)(410)(411) a.
make a comparison between the motion sensor identification data of the motion sensor plugged into the gearbox with that of the paired motion sensor registered in the vehicle unit;
b.
check if the information recorded on the installation plaque matches with the information contained within the vehicle unit record;
c.
check if the motion sensor serial number and approval number, if printed on the body of the motion sensor, matches the information stored in the recording equipment data memory;
d.
compare identification data marked on the descriptive plaque of the external GNSS facility, if any, to the ones stored in the vehicle unit data memory;
6.5(414) Measurement of errors The measurement of errors on installation and during use shall be carried out under the following conditions, which are to be regarded as constituting standard test conditions:
vehicle unladen, in normal running order,
tyre pressures in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions,
tyre wear, within the limits allowed by national law,
vehicle movement:
the vehicle shall advance under its own engine power in a straight line on level ground and at a speed of 50 ± 5 km/h. The measuring distance shall be at least 1000 m.
provided that it is of comparable accuracy, alternative methods, such as a suitable test bench, may also be used for the test.
6.6(415)(416)
Repairs Workshops shall be able to download data from the recording equipment to give the data back to the appropriate transport company. Approved workshops shall issue to transport companies a certificate of data un-downloadability where the malfunction of the recording equipment prevents previously recorded data to be downloaded, even after repair by this workshop. The workshops will keep a copy of each issued certificate for at least two years.
7.(417)(418)(419)(420)(421)(422)(423)(424)
CARD ISSUING The card issuing processes set-up by the Member States shall conform to the following: The card number of the first issue of a tachograph card to an applicant shall have a consecutive index (if applicable) and a replacement index and a renewal index set to 0. The card numbers of all non-personal tachograph cards issued to a single control body or a single workshop or a single transport company shall have the same first 13 digits, and shall all have a different consecutive index. A tachograph card issued in replacement of an existing tachograph card shall have the same card number than the replaced one except the replacement index which shall be raised by 1 (in the order 0, …, 9, A, …, Z). A tachograph card issued in replacement of an existing tachograph card shall have the same card expiry date as the replaced one. A tachograph card issued in renewal of an existing tachograph card shall have the same card number as the renewed one except the replacement index which shall be reset to 0 and the renewal index which shall be raised by 1 (in the order 0, …, 9, A, …, Z). The exchange of an existing tachograph card, in order to modify administrative data, shall follow the rules of the renewal if within the same Member State, or the rules of a first issue if performed by another Member State. The card holder surname for non-personal workshop or control cards shall be filled with workshop or control body name or with the fitter or control officer's name would Member States so decide. Member States shall exchange data electronically in order to ensure the uniqueness of driver cards that they issue in accordance with Article 31 of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014.
8. TYPE-APPROVAL OF RECORDING EQUIPMENT AND TACHOGRAPH CARDS
8.
8.1(425)(426)(427)(428)(429)(430)
General points For the purpose of this chapter, the words recording equipment mean recording equipment or its components. No type approval is required for the cable(s) linking the motion sensor to the VU, the external GNSS facility to the VU or the remote communication facility to the VU. The paper, for use by the recording equipment, shall be considered as a component of the recording equipment. Any manufacturer may ask for type approval of its component with any type of motion sensor, external GNSS facility and vice versa, provided each component complies with the requirements of this annex. Alternately, manufacturers may also ask for type approval of recording equipment. Recording equipment shall be submitted for approval complete with any integrated additional devices. Type approval of recording equipment and of tachograph cards shall include security related tests, functional tests and interoperability tests. Positive results to each of these tests are stated by an appropriate certificate. Member States type approval authorities will not grant a type approval certificate as long as they do not hold: for the recording equipment or the tachograph card, subject of the request for type approval. Any modification in software or hardware of the equipment or in the nature of materials used for its manufacture shall, before being used, be notified to the authority which granted type-approval for the equipment. This authority shall confirm to the manufacturer the extension of the type approval, or may require an update or a confirmation of the relevant functional, security and/or interoperability certificates. Procedures to upgrade in-situ recording equipment software shall be approved by the authority which granted type approval for the recording equipment. Software upgrade must not alter nor delete any driver activity data stored in the recording equipment. Software may be upgraded only under the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer. Type approval of software modifications aimed to upgrade a previously type approved recording equipment may not be refused if such modifications only apply to functions not specified in this Annex. Software upgrade of a recording equipment may exclude the introduction of new character sets, if not technically feasible.
a security certificate,
a functional certificate,
and an interoperability certificate
8.2(431)(432)(433)
Security certificate The security certificate is delivered in accordance with the provisions of Appendix 10 of this Annex. Recording equipment components to be certified are vehicle unit, motion sensor, external GNSS facility and tachograph cards. In the exceptional circumstance that the security certification authorities refuse to certify new equipment on the ground of obsolescence of the security mechanisms, type approval shall continue to be granted only in these specific and exceptional circumstances, and when no alternative solution, compliant with the Regulation, exists. In this circumstance the Member State concerned shall, without delay, inform the European Commission, which shall, within twelve calendar months of the grant of the type approval, launch a procedure to ensure that the level of security is restored to its original levels.
8.3(434)(435)(436)(437)(438)(439)
Functional certificate Each candidate for type approval shall provide the Member State's type approval authority with all the material and documentation that the authority deems necessary. Manufacturers shall provide the relevant samples of type approval candidate products and associated documentation required by laboratories appointed to perform functional tests, and within one month of the request being made. Any costs resulting from this request shall be borne by the requesting entity. Laboratories shall treat all commercially sensitive information in confidence. A functional certificate shall be delivered to the manufacturer only after all functional tests specified in Appendix 9, at least, have been successfully passed. The type approval authority delivers the functional certificate. This certificate shall indicate, in addition to the name of its beneficiary and the identification of the model, a detailed list of the tests performed and the results obtained. The functional certificate of any recording equipment component shall also indicate the type approval numbers of the other type approved compatible recording equipment components tested for its certification. The functional certificate of any recording equipment component shall also indicate the ISO or CEN standard against which the functional interface has been certified.
8.4(440)(441)(442)(443)(444)(445)(446)(447)(448)(449)(450)
Interoperability certificate Interoperability tests are carried out by a single laboratory under the authority and responsibility of the European Commission. The laboratory shall register interoperability test requests introduced by manufacturers in the chronological order of their arrival. Requests will be officially registered only when the laboratory is in possession of: The date of the registration of the request shall be notified to the manufacturer. No interoperability tests shall be carried out by the laboratory, for recording equipment or tachograph cards that have not been granted a security certificate and a functional certificate, except in the exceptional circumstances described in Requirement 432. Any manufacturer requesting interoperability tests shall commit to leave to the laboratory in charge of these tests the entire set of material and documents which he provided to carry out the tests. The interoperability tests shall be carried out, in accordance with the provisions of Appendix 9 of this Annex, with respectively all the types of recording equipment or tachograph cards: The interoperability tests shall cover all generations of recording equipment or tachograph cards still in use. The interoperability certificate shall be delivered by the laboratory to the manufacturer only after all required interoperability tests have been successfully passed. If the interoperability tests are not successful with one or more of the recording equipment or tachograph card(s), the interoperability certificate shall not be delivered, until the requesting manufacturer has realised the necessary modifications and has succeeded the interoperability tests. The laboratory shall identify the cause of the problem with the help of the manufacturers concerned by this interoperability fault and shall attempt to help the requesting manufacturer in finding a technical solution. In the case where the manufacturer has modified its product, it is the manufacturer's responsibility to ascertain from the relevant authorities that the security certificate and the functional certificates are still valid. The interoperability certificate is valid for six months. It is revoked at the end of this period if the manufacturer has not received a corresponding type approval certificate. It is forwarded by the manufacturer to the type approval authority of the Member State who has delivered the functional certificate. Any element that could be at the origin of an interoperability fault shall not be used for profit or to lead to a dominant position.
the entire set of material and documents necessary for such interoperability tests,
the corresponding security certificate,
the corresponding functional certificate,
for which type approval is still valid or,
for which type approval is pending and that have a valid interoperability certificate.
8.5(451)(452)(453)(454)
Type-approval certificate The type approval authority of the Member State may deliver the type approval certificate as soon as it holds the three required certificates. The type approval certificate of any recording equipment component shall also indicate the type approval numbers of the other type approved interoperable recording equipment. The type approval certificate shall be copied by the type approval authority to the laboratory in charge of the interoperability tests at the time of deliverance to the manufacturer. The laboratory competent for interoperability tests shall run a public web site on which will be updated the list of recording equipment or tachograph cards models:
for which a request for interoperability tests have been registered,
having received an interoperability certificate (even provisional),
having received a type approval certificate.
8.6(455)(456)(457)(458)(459)
Exceptional procedure: first interoperability certificates for 2nd generation recording equipment and tachograph cards Until four months after a first couple of 2nd generation recording equipment and 2nd generation tachograph cards (driver, workshop, control and company cards) have been certified to be interoperable, any interoperability certificate delivered (including the first ones), regarding requests registered during this period, shall be considered provisional. If at the end of this period, all products concerned are mutually interoperable, all corresponding interoperability certificates shall become definitive. If during this period, interoperability faults are found, the laboratory in charge of interoperability tests shall identify the causes of the problems with the help of all manufacturers involved and shall invite them to realize the necessary modifications. If at the end of this period, interoperability problems still remain, the laboratory in charge of interoperability tests, with the collaboration of the manufacturers concerned and with the type approval authorities who delivered the corresponding functional certificates shall find out the causes of the interoperability faults and establish which modifications should be made by each of the manufacturers concerned. The search for technical solutions shall last for a maximum of two months, after which, if no common solution is found, the Commission, after having consulted the laboratory in charge of interoperability tests, shall decide which equipment(s) and cards get a definitive interoperability certificate and state the reasons why. Any request for interoperability tests, registered by the laboratory between the end of the four month period after the first provisional interoperability certificate has been delivered and the date of the decision by the Commission referred to in requirement 455, shall be postponed until the initial interoperability problems have been solved. Those requests are then processed in the chronological order of their registration.
Appendix 1 DATA DICTIONARY
1. INTRODUCTION This appendix specifies data formats, data elements, and data structures for use within the recording equipment and tachograph cards.
1.
1.1. Approach for definitions of data types This appendix uses Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) to define data types. This enables simple and structured data to be defined without implying any specific transfer syntax (encoding rules) which will be application and environment dependent. ASN.1 type naming conventions are done in accordance with ISO/IEC 8824-1. This implies that: If an ASN.1 type is already defined as part of another standard and if it is relevant for usage in the recording equipment, then this ASN.1 type will be defined in this appendix. To enable several types of encoding rules, some ASN.1 types in this appendix are constrained by value range identifiers. The value range identifiers are defined in paragraph 3 and Appendix 2.
where possible, the meaning of the data type is implied through the names being selected,
where a data type is a composition of other data types, the data type name is still a single sequence of alphabetical characters commencing with a capital letter, however capitals are used within the name to impart the corresponding meaning,
in general, the data types names are related to the name of the data types from which they are constructed, the equipment in which data is stored and the function related to the data.
1.2. References The following references are used in this Appendix: ISO 639 Code for the representation of names of languages. First Edition: 1988. ISO 3166 Codes for the representation of names of countries and their subdivisions — Part 1: Country codes, 2013 ISO 3779 Road vehicles — Vehicle identification number (VIN) — Content and structure. 2009 ISO/IEC 7816-5 Identification cards — Integrated circuit cards — Part 5: Registration of application providers. Second edition: 2004. ISO/IEC 7816-6 Identification cards — Integrated circuit cards — Part 6: Interindustry data elements for interchange, 2004 + Technical Corrigendum 1: 2006 ISO/IEC 8824-1 Information technology — Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1): Specification of basic notation. 2008 + Technical Corrigendum 1: 2012 and Technical Corrigendum 2: 2014. ISO/IEC 8825-2 Information technology — ASN.1 encoding rules: Specification of Packed Encoding Rules (PER). 2008. ISO/IEC 8859-1 Information technology — 8 bit single-byte coded graphic character sets — Part 1: Latin alphabet No.1. First edition: 1998. ISO/IEC 8859-7 Information technology — 8 bit single-byte coded graphic character sets — Part 7: Latin/Greek alphabet. 2003. ISO 16844-3 Road vehicles — Tachograph systems — Motion Sensor Interface. 2004 + Technical Corrigendum 1: 2006.. TR-03110-3 BSI / ANSSI Technical Guideline TR-03110-3, Advanced Security Mechanisms for Machine Readable Travel Documents and eIDAS Token — Part 3 Common Specifications, version 2.20, 3. February 2015
2. DATA TYPE DEFINITIONS For any of the following data types, the default value for an unknown or a not applicable content will consist in filling the data element with FF bytes. All data types are used for Generation 1 and Generation 2 applications unless otherwise specified.
2.
2.1. ActivityChangeInfo This data type enables to code, within a two bytes word, a slot status at 00:00 and/or a driver status at 00:00 and/or changes of activity and/or changes of driving status and/or changes of card status for a driver or a co-driver. This data type is related to Annex 1C requirements 105, 266, 291, 320, 321, 343, and 344. ActivityChangeInfo ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(2))
2.1. Value assignment — Octet Aligned: scpaatttttttttttB (16 bits)
For Data Memory recordings (or slot status): sB Slot: cB Driving status: pB Driver (or workshop) card status in the relevant slot: aaB Activity: tttttttttttB Time of the change: Number of minutes since 00h00 on the given day. For Driver (or Workshop) card recordings (and driver status): sB Slot (not relevant when p=1 except note below): cB Driving status (case p=0) or Following activity status (case p=1): pB Card status: aaB Activity (not relevant when p=1 and c=0 except note below): tttttttttttB Time of the change: Number of minutes since 00h00 on the given day.
0B: DRIVER,
1B: CO-DRIVER,
0B: SINGLE,
1B: CREW,
0B: INSERTED, a card is inserted,
1B: NOT INSERTED, no card is inserted (or a card is withdrawn),
00B: BREAK/REST,
01B: AVAILABILITY,
10B: WORK,
11B: DRIVING,
0B: DRIVER,
1B: CO-DRIVER,
0B: SINGLE,
0B: UNKNOWN
1B: CREW,
1B: KNOWN (=manually entered)
0B: INSERTED, the card is inserted in a recording equipment,
1B: NOT INSERTED, the card is not inserted (or the card is withdrawn),
00B: BREAK/REST,
01B: AVAILABILITY,
10B: WORK,
11B: DRIVING,
Note for the case card withdrawal:
When the card is withdrawn: As a result of a manual entry, the bits c and aa of the word (stored in a card) may be overwritten later to reflect the entry.
s is relevant and indicates the slot from which the card is withdrawn,
c must be set to 0,
p must be set to 1,
aa must code the current activity selected at that time,
2.2. Address An address. Address ::= SEQUENCE { codePage INTEGER (0..255), address OCTET STRING (SIZE(35)) } codePage specifies a character set defined in Chapter 4, address is an address encoded using the specified character set.
2.3. AESKey Generation 2: An AES key with a length of 128, 192 or 256 bits. AESKey ::= CHOICE { aes128Key AES128Key, aes192Key AES192Key, aes256Key AES256Key } Value assignment: not further specified.
2.4. AES128Key Generation 2: An AES128 key. AES128Key ::= SEQUENCE { length INTEGER(0..255), aes128Key OCTET STRING (SIZE(16)) } length denotes the length of the AES128 key in octets. aes128Key is an AES key with a length of 128 bits. Value assignment: The length shall have the value 16.
2.5. AES192Key Generation 2: An AES192 key. AES192Key ::= SEQUENCE { length INTEGER(0..255), aes192Key OCTET STRING (SIZE(24)) } length denotes the length of the AES192 key in octets. aes192Key is an AES key with a length of 192 bits. Value assignment: The length shall have the value 24.
2.6. AES256Key Generation 2: An AES256 key. AES256Key ::= SEQUENCE { length INTEGER(0..255), aes256Key OCTET STRING (SIZE(32)) } length denotes the length of the AES256 key in octets. aes256Key is an AES key with a length of 256 bits. Value assignment: The length shall have the value 32.
2.7. BCDString BCDString is applied for Binary Code Decimal (BCD) representation. This data type is used to represent one decimal digit in one semi octet (4 bits). BCDString is based on the ISO/IEC 8824-1 CharacterStringType. BCDString ::= CHARACTER STRING (WITH COMPONENTS { identification ( WITH COMPONENTS { fixed PRESENT }) }) BCDString uses an hstring notation. The leftmost hexadecimal digit shall be the most significant semi octet of the first octet. To produce a multiple of octets, zero trailing semi octets shall be inserted, as needed, from the leftmost semi octet position in the first octet. Permitted digits are: 0, 1, .. 9.
2.8. CalibrationPurpose Code explaining why a set of calibration parameters was recorded. This data type is related to Annex 1B requirements 097 and 098 and Annex 1C requirements 119. CalibrationPurpose ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(1)) Value assignment:
Generation 1: 00H reserved value, 01H activation: recording of calibration parameters known, at the moment of the VU activation, 02H first installation: first calibration of the VU after its activation, 03H installation: first calibration of the VU in the current vehicle, 04H periodic inspection.
Generation 2: In addition to generation 1 the following values are used: 05H entry of VRN by company, 06H time adjustment without calibration, 07H to 7FH RFU, 80H to FFH Manufacturer specific.
2.9. CardActivityDailyRecord Information, stored in a card, related to the driver activities for a particular calendar day. This data type is related to Annex 1C requirements 266, 291, 320 and 343. CardActivityDailyRecord ::= SEQUENCE { activityPreviousRecordLength INTEGER(0..CardActivityLengthRange), activityRecordLength INTEGER(0..CardActivityLengthRange), activityRecordDate TimeReal, activityDailyPresenceCounter DailyPresenceCounter, activityDayDistance Distance, activityChangeInfo SET SIZE(1..1440) OF ActivityChangeInfo } activityPreviousRecordLength is the total length in bytes of the previous daily record. The maximum value is given by the length of the OCTET STRING containing these records (see CardActivityLengthRange Appendix 2 paragraph 4). When this record is the oldest daily record, the value of activityPreviousRecordLength must be set to 0. activityRecordLength is the total length in bytes of this record. The maximum value is given by the length of the OCTET STRING containing these records. activityRecordDate is the date of the record. activityDailyPresenceCounter is the daily presence counter for the card this day. activityDayDistance is the total distance travelled this day. activityChangeInfo is the set of ActivityChangeInfo data for the driver this day. It may contain at maximum 1440 values (one activity change per minute). This set always includes the activityChangeInfo coding the driver status at 00:00.
2.10. CardActivityLengthRange Number of bytes in a driver or a workshop card, available to store driver activity records. CardActivityLengthRange ::= INTEGER(0..216-1) Value assignment: see Appendix 2.
2.11. CardApprovalNumber Type approval number of the card. CardApprovalNumber ::= IA5String(SIZE(8)) Value assignment: The approval number shall be provided as published on the corresponding European Commission web site, i.e. for example including hyphens if any. The approval number shall be left-aligned.
2.12. CardCertificate Generation 1: Certificate of the public key of a card. CardCertificate ::= Certificate
2.13. CardChipIdentification Information, stored in a card, related to the identification of the card's Integrated Circuit (IC) (Annex 1C requirement 249). The icSerialNumber together with the icManufacturingReferences identifies the card chip uniquely. The icSerialNumber alone does not uniquely identify the card chip. CardChipIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { icSerialNumber OCTET STRING (SIZE(4)), icManufacturingReferences OCTET STRING (SIZE(4)) } icSerialNumber is the IC serial number. icManufacturingReferences is the IC manufacturer specific identifier.
2.14. CardConsecutiveIndex A card consecutive index (definition h)). CardConsecutiveIndex ::= IA5String(SIZE(1)) Value assignment: (see Annex 1C chapter 7) Order for increase: 0, …, 9, A, …, Z, a, …, z
2.15. CardControlActivityDataRecord Information, stored in a driver or workshop card, related to the last control the driver has been subject to (Annex 1C requirements 274, 299, 327, and 350). CardControlActivityDataRecord ::= SEQUENCE { controlType ControlType, controlTime TimeReal, controlCardNumber FullCardNumber, controlVehicleRegistration VehicleRegistrationIdentification, controlDownloadPeriodBegin TimeReal, controlDownloadPeriodEnd TimeReal } controlType is the type of the control. controlTime is the date and time of the control. controlCardNumber is the FullCardNumber of the control officer having performed the control. controlVehicleRegistration is the VRN and registering Member State of the vehicle in which the control happened. controlDownloadPeriodBegin and controlDownloadPeriodEnd is the period downloaded, in case of downloading.
2.16. CardCurrentUse Information about the actual usage of the card (Annex 1C requirement 273, 298, 326, and 349). CardCurrentUse ::= SEQUENCE { sessionOpenTime TimeReal, sessionOpenVehicle VehicleRegistrationIdentification } sessionOpenTime is the time when the card is inserted for the current usage. This element is set to zero at card removal. sessionOpenVehicle is the identification of the currently used vehicle, set at card insertion. This element is set to zero at card removal.
2.17. CardDriverActivity Information, stored in a driver or a workshop card, related to the activities of the driver (Annex 1C requirements 267, 268, 292, 293, 321 and 344). CardDriverActivity ::= SEQUENCE { activityPointerOldestDayRecord INTEGER(0.. CardActivityLengthRange-1), activityPointerNewestRecord INTEGER(0.. CardActivityLengthRange-1), activityDailyRecords OCTET STRING (SIZE(CardActivityLengthRange)) } activityPointerOldestDayRecord is the specification of the begin of the storage place (number of bytes from the beginning of the string) of the oldest complete day record in the activityDailyRecords string. The maximum value is given by the length of the string. activityPointerNewestRecord is the specification of the begin of the storage place (number of bytes from the beginning of the string) of the most recent day record in the activityDailyRecords string. The maximum value is given by the length of the string. activityDailyRecords is the space available to store the driver activity data (data structure: CardActivityDailyRecord) for each calendar day where the card has been used. Value assignment: this octet string is cyclically filled with records of CardActivityDailyRecord. At the first use storing is started at the first byte of the string. All new records are appended at the end of the previous one. When the string is full, storing continues at the first byte of the string independently of a break being inside a data element. Before placing new activity data in the string (enlarging current activityDailyRecord, or placing a new activityDailyRecord) that replaces older activity data, activityPointerOldestDayRecord must be updated to reflect the new location of the oldest complete day record, and activityPreviousRecordLength of this (new) oldest complete day record must be reset to 0.
2.18. CardDrivingLicenceInformation Information, stored in a driver card, related to the card holder driver licence data (Annex 1C requirement 259 and 284). CardDrivingLicenceInformation ::= SEQUENCE { drivingLicenceIssuingAuthority Name, drivingLicenceIssuingNation NationNumeric, drivingLicenceNumber IA5String(SIZE(16)) } drivingLicenceIssuingAuthority is the authority responsible for issuing the driving licence. drivingLicenceIssuingNation is the nationality of the authority that issued the driving licence. drivingLicenceNumber is the number of the driving licence.
2.19. CardEventData Information, stored in a driver or workshop card, related to the events associated with the card holder (Annex 1C requirements 260, 285, 318 and 341). CardEventData ::= SEQUENCE SIZE(6) OF { cardEventRecords SET SIZE(NoOfEventsPerType) OF CardEventRecord } CardEventData is a sequence, ordered by ascending value of EventFaultType, of cardEventRecords (except security breach attempts related records which are gathered in the last set of the sequence). cardEventRecords is a set of event records of a given event type (or category for security breach attempts events).
2.20. CardEventRecord Information, stored in a driver or a workshop card, related to an event associated to the card holder (Annex 1C requirements 261, 286, 318 and 341). CardEventRecord ::= SEQUENCE { eventType EventFaultType, eventBeginTime TimeReal, eventEndTime TimeReal, eventVehicleRegistration VehicleRegistrationIdentification } eventType is the type of the event. eventBeginTime is the date and time of beginning of event. eventEndTime is the date and time of end of event. eventVehicleRegistration is the VRN and registering Member State of vehicle in which the event happened.
2.21. CardFaultData Information, stored in a driver or a workshop card, related to the faults associated to the card holder (Annex 1C requirements 263, 288, 318, and 341). CardFaultData ::= SEQUENCE SIZE(2) OF { cardFaultRecords SET SIZE(NoOfFaultsPerType) OF CardFaultRecord } CardFaultData is a sequence of Recording Equipment faults set of records followed by card faults set of records. cardFaultRecords is a set of fault records of a given fault category (Recording Equipment or card).
2.22. CardFaultRecord Information, stored in a driver or a workshop card, related to a fault associated to the card holder (Annex 1C requirement 264, 289, 318, and 341). CardFaultRecord ::= SEQUENCE { faultType EventFaultType, faultBeginTime TimeReal, faultEndTime TimeReal, faultVehicleRegistration VehicleRegistrationIdentification } faultType is the type of the fault. faultBeginTime is the date and time of beginning of fault. faultEndTime is the date and time of end of fault. faultVehicleRegistration is the VRN and registering Member State of vehicle in which the fault happened.
2.23. CardIccIdentification Information, stored in a card, related to the identification of the integrated circuit (IC) card (Annex 1C requirement 248). CardIccIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { clockStop OCTET STRING (SIZE(1)), cardExtendedSerialNumber ExtendedSerialNumber, cardApprovalNumber CardApprovalNumber, cardPersonaliserID ManufacturerCode, embedderIcAssemblerId EmbedderIcAssemblerId, icIdentifier OCTET STRING (SIZE(2)) } clockStop is the Clockstop mode as defined in appendix 2. cardExtendedSerialNumber is the IC card unique serial number as further specified by the ExtendedSerialNumber data type. cardApprovalNumber is the type approval number of the card. cardPersonaliserID is the card personaliser ID encoded as ManufacturerCode. embedderIcAssemblerId provides information about the embedder/IC assembler. icIdentifier is the Identifier of the IC on the card and its IC manufacturer as defined in ISO/IEC 7816-6.
2.24. CardIdentification Information, stored in a card, related to the identification of the card (Annex 1C requirements 255, 280, 310, 333, 359, 365, 371, and 377). CardIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { cardIssuingMemberState NationNumeric, cardNumber CardNumber, cardIssuingAuthorityName Name, cardIssueDate TimeReal, cardValidityBegin TimeReal, cardExpiryDate TimeReal } cardIssuingMemberState is the code of the Member State issuing the card. cardNumber is the card number of the card. cardIssuingAuthorityName is the name of the authority having issued the Card. cardIssueDate is the issue date of the Card to the current holder. cardValidityBegin is the first date of validity of the card. cardExpiryDate is the date when the validity of the card ends.
2.25. CardMACertificate Generation 2: Certificate of the card public key for mutual authentication with a VU. The structure of this certificate is specified in Appendix 11. CardMACertificate ::= Certificate
2.26. CardNumber A card number as defined by definition g). CardNumber ::= CHOICE { SEQUENCE { driverIdentification IA5String(SIZE(14)), cardReplacementIndex CardReplacementIndex, cardRenewalIndex CardRenewalIndex }, SEQUENCE { ownerIdentification IA5String(SIZE(13)), cardConsecutiveIndex CardConsecutiveIndex, cardReplacementIndex CardReplacementIndex, cardRenewalIndex CardRenewalIndex } } driverIdentification is the unique identification of a driver in a Member State. ownerIdentification is the unique identification of a company or a workshop or a control body within a member state. cardConsecutiveIndex is the card consecutive index. cardReplacementIndex is the card replacement index. cardRenewalIndex is the card renewal index. The first sequence of the choice is suitable to code a driver card number, the second sequence of the choice is suitable to code workshop, control, and company card numbers.
2.27. CardPlaceDailyWorkPeriod Information, stored in a driver or a workshop card, related to the places where daily work periods begin and/or end (Annex 1C requirements 272, 297, 325, and 348). CardPlaceDailyWorkPeriod ::= SEQUENCE { placePointerNewestRecord INTEGER(0 .. NoOfCardPlaceRecords-1), placeRecords SET SIZE(NoOfCardPlaceRecords) OF PlaceRecord } placePointerNewestRecord is the index of the last updated place record. Value assignment: Number corresponding to the numerator of the place record, beginning with 0 for the first occurrence of the place records in the structure. placeRecords is the set of records containing the information related to the places entered.
2.28. CardPrivateKey Generation 1: The private key of a card. CardPrivateKey ::= RSAKeyPrivateExponent
2.29. CardPublicKey The public key of a card. CardPublicKey ::= PublicKey
2.30. CardRenewalIndex A card renewal index (definition i)). CardRenewalIndex ::= IA5String(SIZE(1)) Value assignment: (see this Annex chapter VII). 0 First issue. Order for increase: 0, …, 9, A, …, Z
2.31. CardReplacementIndex A card replacement index (definition j)). CardReplacementIndex ::= IA5String(SIZE(1)) Value assignment: (see this Annex chapter VII). 0 Original card. Order for increase: 0, …, 9, A, …, Z
2.32. CardSignCertificate Generation 2: Certificate of the card public key for signature. The structure of this certificate is specified in Appendix 11. CardSignCertificate ::= Certificate
2.33. CardSlotNumber Code to distinguish between the two slots of a Vehicle Unit. CardSlotNumber ::= INTEGER { driverSlot (0), co-driverSlot (1) } Value assignment: not further specified.
2.34. CardSlotsStatus Code indicating the type of cards inserted in the two slots of the vehicle unit. CardSlotsStatus ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(1)) Value assignment — Octet Aligned: ccccddddB ccccB Identification of the type of card inserted in the co-driver slot, ddddB Identification of the type of card inserted in the driver slot, with the following identification codes: 0000B no card is inserted, 0001B a driver card is inserted, 0010B a workshop card is inserted, 0011B a control card is inserted, 0100B a company card is inserted.
2.35. CardSlotsStatusRecordArray Generation 2: The CardSlotsStatus plus metadata as used in the download protocol. CardSlotsStatusRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF CardSlotsStatus } recordType denotes the type of the record (CardSlotsStatus). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the CardSlotsStatus in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is the set of CardSlotsStatus records.
2.36. CardStructureVersion Code indicating the version of the implemented structure in a tachograph card. CardStructureVersion ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(2)) Value assignment: aabbH: aaH Index for changes of the structure. bbH Index for changes concerning the use of the data elements defined for the structure given by the high byte.
00H for Generation 1 applications
01H for Generation 2 applications
00H for this version of Generation 1 applications
00H for this version of Generation 2 applications
2.37. CardVehicleRecord Information, stored in a driver or workshop card, related to a period of use of a vehicle during a calendar day (Annex 1C requirements 269, 294, 322, and 345).
Generation 1: CardVehicleRecord ::= SEQUENCE { vehicleOdometerBegin OdometerShort, vehicleOdometerEnd OdometerShort, vehicleFirstUse TimeReal, vehicleLastUse TimeReal, vehicleRegistration VehicleRegistrationIdentification, vuDataBlockCounter VuDataBlockCounter } vehicleOdometerBegin is the vehicle odometer value at the beginning of the period of use of the vehicle. vehicleOdometerEnd is the vehicle odometer value at the end of the period of use of the vehicle. vehicleFirstUse is the date and time of the beginning of the period of use of the vehicle. vehicleLastUse is the date and time of the end of the period of use of the vehicle. vehicleRegistration is the VRN and the registering Member State of the vehicle. vuDataBlockCounter is the value of the VuDataBlockCounter at last extraction of the period of use of the vehicle.
Generation 2: CardVehicleRecord ::= SEQUENCE { vehicleOdometerBegin OdometerShort, vehicleOdometerEnd OdometerShort, vehicleFirstUse TimeReal, vehicleLastUse TimeReal, vehicleRegistration VehicleRegistrationIdentification, vuDataBlockCounter VuDataBlockCounter, vehicleIdentificationNumber VehicleIdentificationNumber } In addition to generation 1 the following data element is used: VehicleIdentificationNumber is the vehicle identification number referring to the vehicle as a whole.
2.38. CardVehiclesUsed Information, stored in a driver or workshop card, related to the vehicles used by the card holder (Annex 1C requirements 270, 295, 323, and 346). CardVehiclesUsed := SEQUENCE { vehiclePointerNewestRecord INTEGER(0..NoOfCardVehicleRecords-1), cardVehicleRecords SET SIZE(NoOfCardVehicleRecords) OF CardVehicleRecord } vehiclePointerNewestRecord is the index of the last updated vehicle record. Value assignment: Number corresponding to the numerator of the vehicle record, beginning with 0 for the first occurrence of the vehicle records in the structure. cardVehicleRecords is the set of records containing information on vehicles used.
2.39. CardVehicleUnitRecord Generation 2: Information, stored in a driver or workshop card, related to a vehicle unit that was used (Annex 1C requirement 303 and 351). CardVehicleUnitRecord ::= SEQUENCE { timeStamp TimeReal, manufacturerCode ManufacturerCode, deviceID INTEGER(0..255), vuSoftwareVersion VuSoftwareVersion } timeStamp is the beginning of the period of use of the vehicle unit (i.e. first card insertion in the vehicle unit for the period). manufacturerCode identifies the manufacturer of the Vehicle Unit. deviceID identifies the Vehicle Unit type of a manufacturer. The value is manufacturer specific. vuSoftwareVersion is the software version number of the Vehicle Unit.
2.40. CardVehicleUnitsUsed Generation 2: Information, stored in a driver or workshop card, related to the vehicle units used by the card holder (Annex 1C requirement 306 and 352). CardVehicleUnitsUsed := SEQUENCE { vehicleUnitPointerNewestRecord INTEGER(0..NoOfCardVehicleUnitRecords-1), cardVehicleUnitRecords SET SIZE(NoOfCardVehicleUnitRecords) OF CardVehicleUnitRecord } vehicleUnitPointerNewestRecord is the index of the last updated vehicle unit record. Value assignment: Number corresponding to the numerator of the vehicle unit record, beginning with 0 for the first occurrence of the vehicle unit records in the structure. cardVehicleUnitRecords is the set of records containing information on vehicle units used.
2.41. Certificate The certificate of a public key issued by a Certification Authority.
Generation 1: Certificate ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(194)) Value assignment: digital signature with partial recovery of a CertificateContent according to Appendix 11 common security mechanisms: Signature (128 bytes) || Public Key remainder (58 bytes) || Certification Authority Reference (8 bytes).
Generation 2: Certificate ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(204..341)) Value assignment: See Appendix 11
2.42. CertificateContent Generation 1: The (clear) content of the certificate of a public key according to Appendix 11 common security mechanisms. CertificateContent ::= SEQUENCE { certificateProfileIdentifier INTEGER(0..255), certificationAuthorityReference KeyIdentifier, certificateHolderAuthorisation CertificateHolderAuthorisation, certificateEndOfValidity TimeReal, certificateHolderReference KeyIdentifier, publicKey PublicKey } certificateProfileIdentifier is the version of the corresponding certificate. Value assignment: 01h for this version. certificationAuthorityReference identifies the Certification Authority issuing the certificate. It also references the Public Key of this Certification Authority. certificateHolderAuthorisation identifies the rights of the certificate holder. certificateEndOfValidity is the date when the certificate expires administratively. certificateHolderReference identifies the certificate holder. It also references his Public Key. publicKey is the public key that is certified by this certificate.
2.43. CertificateHolderAuthorisation Identification of the rights of a certificate holder. CertificateHolderAuthorisation ::= SEQUENCE { tachographApplicationID OCTET STRING(SIZE(6)) equipmentType EquipmentType }
Generation 1:
tachographApplicationID is the application identifier for the tachograph application. Value assignment: FFh 54h 41h 43h 48h 4Fh. This AID is a proprietary non registered application identifier in accordance with ISO/IEC 7816-5.
equipmentType is the identification of the type of equipment to which the certificate is intended. Value assignment: in accordance with EquipmentType data type. 0 if certificate is the one of a Member State.
Generation 2:
tachographApplicationID denotes the 6 most significant bytes of the generation 2 tachograph card application identifier (AID). The AID for the tachograph card application is specified in chapter 6.2. Value assignment: FF 53 4D 52 44 54.
equipmentType is the identification of the type of equipment as specified for generation 2 to which the certificate is intended. Value assignment: in accordance with EquipmentType data type.
2.44. CertificateRequestID Unique identification of a certificate request. It can also be used as a Vehicle Unit Public Key Identifier if the serial number of the vehicle Unit to which the key is intended is not known at certificate generation time. CertificateRequestID ::= SEQUENCE{ requestSerialNumber INTEGER(0..232-1), requestMonthYear BCDString(SIZE(2)), crIdentifier OCTET STRING(SIZE(1)), manufacturerCode ManufacturerCode } requestSerialNumber is a serial number for the certificate request, unique for the manufacturer and the month below. requestMonthYear is the identification of the month and the year of the certificate request. Value assignment: BCD coding of Month (two digits) and Year (two last digits). crIdentifier: is an identifier to distinguish a certificate request from an extended serial number. Value assignment: FFh. manufacturerCode: is the numerical code of the manufacturer requesting the certificate.
2.45. CertificationAuthorityKID Identifier of the Public Key of a Certification Authority (a Member State or the European Certification Authority). CertificationAuthorityKID ::= SEQUENCE{ nationNumeric NationNumeric, nationAlpha NationAlpha, keySerialNumber INTEGER(0..255), additionalInfo OCTET STRING(SIZE(2)), caIdentifier OCTET STRING(SIZE(1)) } nationNumeric is the numerical nation code of the Certification Authority. nationAlpha is the alphanumerical nation code of the Certification Authority. keySerialNumber is a serial number to distinguish the different keys of the Certification Authority in the case keys are changed. additionalInfo is a two byte field for additional coding (Certification Authority specific). caIdentifier is an identifier to distinguish a Certification Authority Key Identifier from other Key Identifiers. Value assignment: 01h.
2.46. CompanyActivityData Information, stored in a company card, related to activities performed with the card (Annex 1C requirement 373 and 379). CompanyActivityData ::= SEQUENCE { companyPointerNewestRecord INTEGER(0..NoOfCompanyActivityRecords-1), companyActivityRecords SET SIZE(NoOfCompanyActivityRecords) OF companyActivityRecord SEQUENCE { companyActivityType CompanyActivityType, companyActivityTime TimeReal, cardNumberInformation FullCardNumber, vehicleRegistrationInformation VehicleRegistrationIdentification, downloadPeriodBegin TimeReal, downloadPeriodEnd TimeReal } } companyPointerNewestRecord is the index of the last updated companyActivityRecord. Value assignment: Number corresponding to the numerator of the company activity record, beginning with 0 for the first occurrence of the company activity record in the structure. companyActivityRecords is the set of all company activity records. companyActivityRecord is the sequence of information related to one company activity. companyActivityType is the type of the company activity. companyActivityTime is the date and time of the company activity. cardNumberInformation is the card number and the card issuing Member State of the card downloaded, if any. vehicleRegistrationInformation is the VRN and registering Member State of the vehicle downloaded or locked in or out. downloadPeriodBegin and downloadPeriodEnd is the period downloaded from the VU, if any.
2.47. CompanyActivityType Code indicating an activity carried out by a company using its company card. CompanyActivityType ::= INTEGER { card downloading (1), VU downloading (2), VU lock-in (3), VU lock-out (4) }
2.48. CompanyCardApplicationIdentification Information, stored in a company card related to the identification of the application of the card (Annex 1C requirement 369 and 375). CompanyCardApplicationIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { typeOfTachographCardId EquipmentType, cardStructureVersion CardStructureVersion, noOfCompanyActivityRecords NoOfCompanyActivityRecords } typeOfTachographCardId is specifying the implemented type of card. cardStructureVersion is specifying the the version of the structure that is implemented in the card. noOfCompanyActivityRecords is the number of company activity records the card can store.
2.49. CompanyCardHolderIdentification Information, stored in a company card, related to the cardholder identification (Annex 1C requirement 372 and 378). CompanyCardHolderIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { companyName Name, companyAddress Address, cardHolderPreferredLanguage Language } companyName is the name of the holder company. companyAddress is the address of the holder company. cardHolderPreferredLanguage is the preferred language of the card holder.
2.50. ControlCardApplicationIdentification Information, stored in a control card related to the identification of the application of the card (Annex 1C requirement 357 and 363). ControlCardApplicationIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { typeOfTachographCardId EquipmentType, cardStructureVersion CardStructureVersion, noOfControlActivityRecords NoOfControlActivityRecords } typeOfTachographCardId is specifying the implemented type of card. cardStructureVersion is specifying the version of the structure that is implemented in the card. noOfControlActivityRecords is the number of control activity records the card can store.
2.51. ControlCardControlActivityData Information, stored in a control card, related to control activity performed with the card (Annex 1C requirement 361 and 367). ControlCardControlActivityData ::= SEQUENCE { controlPointerNewestRecord INTEGER(0.. NoOfControlActivityRecords-1), controlActivityRecords SET SIZE(NoOfControlActivityRecords) OF controlActivityRecord SEQUENCE { controlType ControlType, controlTime TimeReal, controlledCardNumber FullCardNumber, controlledVehicleRegistration VehicleRegistrationIdentification, controlDownloadPeriodBegin TimeReal, controlDownloadPeriodEnd TimeReal } } controlPointerNewestRecord is the index of the last updated control activity record. Value assignment: Number corresponding to the numerator of the control activity record, beginning with 0 for the first occurrence of the control activity record in the structure. controlActivityRecords is the set of all control activity records. controlActivityRecord is the sequence of information related to one control. controlType is the type of the control. controlTime is the date and time of the control. controlledCardNumber is the card number and the card issuing Member State of the card controlled. controlledVehicleRegistration is the VRN and registering Member State of the vehicle in which the control happened. controlDownloadPeriodBegin and controlDownloadPeriodEnd is the period eventually downloaded.
2.52. ControlCardHolderIdentification Information, stored in a control card, related to the identification of the cardholder (Annex 1C requirement 360 and 366). ControlCardHolderIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { controlBodyName Name, controlBodyAddress Address, cardHolderName HolderName, cardHolderPreferredLanguage Language } controlBodyName is the name of the control body of the card holder. controlBodyAddress is the address of the control body of the card holder. cardHolderName is the name and first name(s) of the holder of the Control Card. cardHolderPreferredLanguage is the preferred language of the card holder.
2.53. ControlType Code indicating the activities carried out during a control. This data type is related to Annex 1C requirements 126, 274, 299, 327, and 350. ControlType ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(1))
Generation 1: Value assignment — Octet aligned: cvpdxxxxB (8 bits) cB card downloading: vB VU downloading: pB printing: dB display: xxxxB Not used.
0B: card not downloaded during this control activity,
1B: card downloaded during this control activity
0B: VU not downloaded during this control activity,
1B: VU downloaded during this control activity
0B: no printing done during this control activity,
1B: printing done during this control activity
0B: no display used during this control activity,
1B: display used during this control activity
Generation 2: Value assignment — Octet aligned: cvpdexxxB (8 bits) cB card downloading: vB VU downloading: pB printing: dB display: eB roadside calibration checking: xxxB RFU.
0B: card not downloaded during this control activity,
1B: card downloaded during this control activity
0B: VU not downloaded during this control activity,
1B: VU downloaded during this control activity
0B: no printing done during this control activity,
1B: printing done during this control activity
0B: no display used during this control activity,
1B: display used during this control activity
0B: calibration parameters not checked during this control activity,
1B: calibration parameters checked during this control activity
2.54. CurrentDateTime The current date and time of the recording equipment. CurrentDateTime ::= TimeReal Value assignment: not further specified.
2.55. CurrentDateTimeRecordArray Generation 2: The current date and time plus metadata as used in the download protocol. CurrentDateTimeRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF CurrentDateTime } recordType denotes the type of the record (CurrentDateTime). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the CurrentDateTime in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of current date and time records.
2.56. DailyPresenceCounter Counter, stored in a driver or workshop card, increased by one for each calendar day the card has been inserted in a VU. This data type is related to Annex 1C requirements 266, 299, 320, and 343. DailyPresenceCounter ::= BCDString(SIZE(2)) Value assignment: Consecutive Number with maximum value = 9 999, starting again with 0. At the time of first issuing of the card the number is set to 0.
2.57. Datef Date expressed in a readily printable numeric format. Datef ::= SEQUENCE { year BCDString(SIZE(2)), month BCDString(SIZE(1)), day BCDString(SIZE(1)) } Value assignment: yyyy Year mm Month dd Day 00000000H denotes explicitly no date.
2.58. DateOfDayDownloaded Generation 2: The date and time of the download. DateOfDayDownloaded ::= TimeReal Value assignment: not further specified.
2.59. DateOfDayDownloadedRecordArray Generation 2: The date and time of the download plus metadata as used in the download protocol. DateofDayDownloadedRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF DateOfDayDownloaded } recordType denotes the type of the record (DateOfDayDownloaded). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the CurrentDateTime in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is the set of date and time of the download records.
2.60. Distance A distance travelled (result of the calculation of the difference between two vehicle's odometer values in kilometers). Distance ::= INTEGER(0..216-1) Value assignment: Unsigned binary. Value in km in the operational range 0 to 9999 km.
2.61. DriverCardApplicationIdentification Information, stored in a driver card related to the identification of the application of the card (Annex 1C requirement 253 and 278).
Generation 1: DriverCardApplicationIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { typeOfTachographCardId EquipmentType, cardStructureVersion CardStructureVersion, noOfEventsPerType NoOfEventsPerType, noOfFaultsPerType NoOfFaultsPerType, activityStructureLength CardActivityLengthRange, noOfCardVehicleRecords NoOfCardVehicleRecords, noOfCardPlaceRecords NoOfCardPlaceRecords } typeOfTachographCardId is specifying the implemented type of card. cardStructureVersion is specifying the the version of the structure that is implemented in the card. noOfEventsPerType is the number of events per type of event the card can record. noOfFaultsPerType is the number of faults per type of fault the card can record. activityStructureLength indicates the number of bytes available for storing activity records. noOfCardVehicleRecords is the number of vehicle records the card can contain. noOfCardPlaceRecords is the number of places the card can record.
Generation 2: DriverCardApplicationIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { typeOfTachographCardId EquipmentType, cardStructureVersion CardStructureVersion, noOfEventsPerType NoOfEventsPerType, noOfFaultsPerType NoOfFaultsPerType, activityStructureLength CardActivityLengthRange, noOfCardVehicleRecords NoOfCardVehicleRecords, noOfCardPlaceRecords NoOfCardPlaceRecords, noOfGNSSCDRecords NoOfGNSSCDRecords, noOfSpecificConditionRecords NoOfSpecificConditionRecords } In addition to generation 1 the following data elements are used:
noOfGNSSCDRecords is the number of GNSS continuous driving records the card can store.
noOfSpecificConditionRecords is the number of specific condition records the card can store.
2.62. DriverCardHolderIdentification Information, stored in a driver card, related to the identification of the cardholder (Annex 1C requirement 256 and 281). DriverCardHolderIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { cardHolderName HolderName, cardHolderBirthDate Datef, cardHolderPreferredLanguage Language } cardHolderName is the name and first name(s) of the holder of the Driver Card. cardHolderBirthDate is the date of birth of the holder of the Driver Card. cardHolderPreferredLanguage is the preferred language of the card holder.
2.63. DSRCSecurityData Generation 2: The plain text information and the MAC to be transmitted via DSRC from the tachograph to the Remote Interrogator (RI), see Appendix 11 Part B chapter 13 for details. DSRCSecurityData ::= SEQUENCE { tagLenthPlainText OCTET STRING(SIZE(2)), currentDateTime CurrentDateTime, counter INTEGER(0..224-1), vuSerialNumber VuSerialNumber, dSRCMKVersionNumber INTEGER(SIZE(1)), tagLengthMac OCTET STRING(SIZE(2)), mac MAC } tagLength is part of the DER-TLV encoding and shall be set to 81 10 (see Appendix 11 Part B chapter 13). currentDateTime is the current date and time of the vehicle unit. counter enumerates the RTM messages. vuSerialNumber is the serial number of the vehicle unit. dSRCMKVersionNumber is the version number of the DSRC Master Key from which the VU specific DSRC keys were derived. tagLengthMac is the tag and length of the MAC data object as part of the DER-TLV encoding. The tag shall be set to 8E, the length shall encode the length of the MAC in octets (see Appendix 11 Part B chapter 13). mac is the MAC calculated over the RTM message (see Appendix 11 Part B chapter 13).
2.64. EGFCertificate Generation 2: Certificate of the external GNSS facility public key for mutual authentication with a VU. The structure of this certificate is specified in Appendix 11. EGFCertificate ::= Certificate
2.65. EmbedderIcAssemblerId Provides information about the IC embedder. EmbedderIcAssemblerId ::= SEQUENCE{ countryCode IA5String(SIZE(2)), moduleEmbedder BCDString(SIZE(2)), manufacturerInformation OCTET STRING(SIZE(1)) } countryCode is the 2 letter country code of the module embedder according to ISO 3166. moduleEmbedder identifies the module embedder. manufacturerInformation for manufacturer internal usage.
2.66. EntryTypeDailyWorkPeriod Code to distinguish between begin and end for an entry of a daily work period place and condition of the entry.
Generation 1 EntryTypeDailyWorkPeriod ::= INTEGER { Begin, related time = card insertion time or time of entry (0), End, related time = card withdrawal time or time of entry (1), Begin, related time manually entered (start time) (2), End, related time manually entered (end of work period) (3), Begin, related time assumed by VU (4), End, related time assumed by VU (5) } Value assignment: according to ISO/IEC8824-1.
Generation 2 EntryTypeDailyWorkPeriod ::= INTEGER { Begin, related time = card insertion time or time of entry (0), End, related time = card withdrawal time or time of entry (1), Begin, related time manually entered (start time) (2), End, related time manually entered (end of work period) (3), Begin, related time assumed by VU (4), End, related time assumed by VU (5), Begin, related time based on GNSS data (6), End related time based on GNSS data (7) } Value assignment: according to ISO/IEC8824-1.
2.67. EquipmentType Code to distinguish different types of equipment for the tachograph application. EquipmentType ::= INTEGER(0..255)
Generation 1: --Reserved (0), --Driver Card (1), --Workshop Card (2), --Control Card (3), --Company Card (4), --Manufacturing Card (5), --Vehicle Unit (6), --Motion Sensor (7), --RFU (8..255) Value assignment: According to ISO/IEC8824-1. Value 0 is reserved for the purpose of designating a Member State or Europe in the CHA field of certificates.
Generation 2: The same values as in generation 1 are used with the following additions: --GNSS Facility (8), --Remote Communication Module (9), --ITS interface module (10), --Plaque (11), -- may be used in SealRecord --M1/N1 Adapter (12), -- may be used in SealRecord --European Root CA (ERCA) (13), --Member State CA (MSCA) (14), --External GNSS connection (15), -- may be used in SealRecord --Unused (16), -- used in SealDataVu --RFU (17..255) Note: The generation 2 values for the Plaque, Adapter and the External GNSS connection as well as the generation 1 values for the Vehicle Unit and Motion Sensor may be used in SealRecord, i.e. if applicable.
2.68. EuropeanPublicKey Generation 1: The European public key. EuropeanPublicKey ::= PublicKey
2.69. EventFaultRecordPurpose Code explaining why an event or a fault has been recorded. EventFaultRecordPurpose ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(1)) Value assignment: ‘00’H ‘01’H ‘02’H ‘03’H ‘04’H ‘05’H ‘06’H '07'H ‘08’H to ‘7F’H ‘80’H to ‘FF’H one of the 10 most recent (or last) events or faults the longest event for one of the last 10 days of occurrence one of the 5 longest events over the last 365 days the last event for one of the last 10 days of occurrence the most serious event for one of the last 10 days of occurrence one of the 5 most serious events over the last 365 days the first event or fault having occurred after the last calibration an active/on-going event or fault RFU manufacturer specific
2.70. EventFaultType Code qualifying an event or a fault. EventFaultType ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(1)) Value assignment:
Generation 1: ‘0x’H ‘00’H ‘01’H ‘02’H ‘03’H ‘04’H ‘05’H ‘06’H ‘07’H ‘08’H ‘09’H ‘0A’H ‘0B’ to ‘0F’H General events, No further details, Insertion of a non valid card, Card conflict, Time overlap, Driving without an appropriate card, Card insertion while driving, Last card session not correctly closed, Over speeding, Power supply interruption, Motion data error, Vehicle Motion Conflict, RFU, ‘1x’H ‘10’H ‘11’H ‘12’H ‘13’H ‘14’H ‘15’H ‘16’H ‘17’H ‘18’H ‘19’H to ‘1F’H Vehicle unit related security breach attempt events, No further details, Motion sensor authentication failure, Tachograph card authentication failure, Unauthorised change of motion sensor, Card data input integrity error Stored user data integrity error, Internal data transfer error, Unauthorised case opening, Hardware sabotage, RFU, ‘2x’H ‘20’H ‘21’H ‘22’H ‘23’H ‘24’H ‘25’H ‘26’H to ‘2F’H Sensor related security breach attempt events, No further details, Authentication failure, Stored data integrity error, Internal data transfer error, Unauthorised case opening, Hardware sabotage, RFU, ‘3x’H ‘30’H ‘31’H ‘32’H ‘33’H ‘34’H ‘35’H ‘36’H to ‘3F’H Recording equipment faults, No further details, VU internal fault, Printer fault, Display fault, Downloading fault, Sensor fault, RFU, ‘4x’H ‘40’H ‘41’H to ‘4F’H Card faults, No further details, RFU, ‘50’H to ‘7F’H RFU, ‘80’H to ‘FF’H Manufacturer specific.
Generation 2: The same values as in generation 1 are used with the following additions: ‘0B’H ‘0C’ to ‘0F’H Time conflict (GNSS versus VU internal clock), RFU, ‘5x’H ‘50’H ‘51’H ‘52’H ‘53’H ‘54’H ‘55’H ‘56’H ‘57’H to ‘5F’H GNSS related faults, No further details, Internal GNSS receiver fault, External GNSS receiver fault, External GNSS communication fault, No GNSS position data, Tamper detection of GNSS, External GNSS facility certificate expired, RFU, ‘6x’H ‘60’H ‘61’H ‘62’H ‘63’H to ‘6F’H Remote Communication Module related faults, No further details, Remote Communication Module fault, Remote Communication Module communication fault, RFU, ‘7x’H ‘70’H ‘71’H to ‘7F’H ITS interface faults, No further details, RFU.
2.71. ExtendedSealIdentifier Generation 2: The extended seal identifier uniquely identifies a seal (Annex 1C requirement 401). ExtendedSealIdentifier ::= SEQUENCE{ manufacturerCode OCTET STRING (SIZE(2)), sealIdentifier OCTET STRING (SIZE(6)) } manufacturerCode is a code of the manufacturer of the seal. sealIdentifier is an identifier for the seal which is unique for the manufacturer.
2.72. ExtendedSerialNumber Unique identification of an equipment. It can also be used as an equipment Public Key Identifier.
Generation 1: ExtendedSerialNumber ::= SEQUENCE{ serialNumber INTEGER(0..232-1), monthYear BCDString(SIZE(2)), type OCTET STRING(SIZE(1)), manufacturerCode ManufacturerCode } serialNumber is a serial number for the equipment, unique for the manufacturer, the equipment's type and the month and year below. monthYear is the identification of the month and the year of manufacturing (or of serial number assignment). Value assignment: BCD coding of Month (two digits) and Year (two last digits). type is an identifier of the type of equipment. Value assignment: manufacturer specific, with FFh reserved value. manufacturerCode: is the numerical code identifying a manufacturer of type approved equipment.
Generation 2: ExtendedSerialNumber ::= SEQUENCE{ serialNumber INTEGER(0..232-1), monthYear BCDString(SIZE(2)), type EquipmentType, manufacturerCode ManufacturerCode } serialNumber see Generation 1 monthYear see Generation 1 type indicates the type of equipment manufacturerCode: see Generation 1.
2.73. FullCardNumber Code fully identifying a tachograph card. FullCardNumber ::= SEQUENCE { cardType EquipmentType, cardIssuingMemberState NationNumeric, cardNumber CardNumber } cardType is the type of the tachograph card. cardIssuingMemberState is the code of the Member State having issued the card. cardNumber is the card number.
2.74. FullCardNumberAndGeneration Generation 2: Code fully identifying a tachograph card and its generation. FullCardNumberAndGeneration ::= SEQUENCE { fullCardNumber FullCardNumber, generation Generation } fullcardNumber identifies the tachograph card. generation indicates the generation of the tachograph card used.
2.75. Generation Generation 2: Indicates the generation of tachograph used. Generation ::= INTEGER(0..255) Value assignment: 00H RFU 01H Generation 1 02H Generation 2 03H .. FFH RFU
2.76. GeoCoordinates Generation 2: The geo-coordinates are encoded as integers. These integers are multiples of the ±DDMM.M encoding for the latitude and ±DDDMM.M for the longitude. Here ±DD respectively ±DDD denotes the degrees and MM.M the minutes. GeoCoordinates ::= SEQUENCE { latitude INTEGER(-90000..90001), longitude INTEGER(-180000..180001) } latitude is encoded as a multiple (factor 10) of the ±DDMM.M representation. longitude is encoded as a multiple (factor 10) of the ±DDDMM.M representation.
2.77. GNSSAccuracy Generation 2: The accuracy of the GNSS position data (definition eee)). This accuracy is encoded as integer and is a multiple (factor 10) of the X.Y value provided by the GSA NMEA sentence. GNSSAccuracy ::= INTEGER(1..100)
2.78. GNSSContinuousDriving Generation 2: Information, stored in a driver or workshop card, related to the GNSS position of the vehicle if the continuous driving time of the driver reaches a multiple of three hours (Annex 1C requirement 306 and 354). GNSSContinuousDriving := SEQUENCE { gnssCDPointerNewestRecord INTEGER(0..NoOfGNSSCDRecords -1), gnssContinuousDrivingRecords SET SIZE(NoOfGNSSCDRecords) OF GNSSContinuousDrivingRecord } gnssCDPointerNewestRecord is the index of the last updated GNSS continuous driving record. Value assignment: Number corresponding to the numerator of the GNSS continuous driving record, beginning with 0 for the first occurrence of the GNSS continuous driving record in the structure. gnssContinuousDrivingRecords is the set of records containing the date and time the continuous driving reaches a multiple of three hours and information on the position of the vehicle.
2.79. GNSSContinuousDrivingRecord Generation 2: Information, stored in a driver or workshop card, related to the GNSS position of the vehicle if the continuous driving time of the driver reaches a multiple of three hours (Annex 1C requirement 305 and 353). GNSSContinuousDrivingRecord ::= SEQUENCE { timeStamp TimeReal, gnssPlaceRecord GNSSPlaceRecord } timeStamp is the date and time when the continuous driving time of the card holder reaches a multiple of three hours. gnssPlaceRecord contains information related to the position of the vehicle.
2.80. GNSSPlaceRecord Generation 2: Information related to the GNSS position of the vehicle (Annex 1C requirements 108, 109, 110, 296, 305, 347, and 353). GNSSPlaceRecord ::= SEQUENCE { timeStamp TimeReal, gnssAccuracy GNSSAccuracy, geoCoordinates GeoCoordinates } timeStamp is the date and time when the GNSS position of the vehicle was determined. gnssAccuracy is the accuracy of the GNSS position data. geoCoordinates is the recorded location using GNSS.
2.81. HighResOdometer Odometer value of the vehicle: Accumulated distance travelled by the vehicle during its operation. HighResOdometer ::= INTEGER(0..232-1) Value assignment: Unsigned binary. Value in 1/200 km in the operating range 0 to 21055406 km.
2.82. HighResTripDistance A distance travelled during all or part of a journey. HighResTripDistance ::= INTEGER(0..232-1) Value assignment: Unsigned binary. Value in 1/200 km in the operating range 0 to 21055406 km.
2.83. HolderName The surname and first name(s) of a card holder. HolderName ::= SEQUENCE { holderSurname Name, holderFirstNames Name } holderSurname is the surname (family name) of the holder. This surname does not include titles. Value assignment: When a card is not personal, holderSurname contains the same information as companyName or workshopName or controlBodyName. holderFirstNames is the first name(s) and initials of the holder.
2.84. InternalGNSSReceiver Generation 2: Information if the GNSS receiver is internal or external to the vehicle unit. True means that the GNSS receiver is internal to the VU. False means that the GNSS receiver is external. InternalGNSSReceiver ::= BOOLEAN
2.85. K-ConstantOfRecordingEquipment Constant of the recording equipment (definition m)). K-ConstantOfRecordingEquipment ::= INTEGER(0..216-1) Value assignment: Pulses per kilometer in the operating range 0 to 64255 pulses/km.
2.86. KeyIdentifier A unique identifier of a Public Key used to reference and select the key. It also identifies the holder of the key. KeyIdentifier ::= CHOICE { extendedSerialNumber ExtendedSerialNumber, certificateRequestID CertificateRequestID, certificationAuthorityKID CertificationAuthorityKID } The first choice is suitable to reference the public key of a Vehicle Unit or of a tachograph card. The second choice is suitable to reference the public key of a Vehicle Unit (in the case the serial number of the Vehicle Unit cannot be known at certificate generation time). The third choice is suitable to reference the public key of a Member State.
2.87. KMWCKey Generation 2: AES key and its associated key version used for VU — Motion Sensor pairing. For details see Appendix 11. KMWCKey ::= SEQUENCE { kMWCKey AESKey, keyVersion INTEGER (SIZE(1)) } kMWCKey is the length of the AES key concatenated with the key which is used for VU — Motion Sensor pairing. keyVersion denotes the key version of the AES key.
2.88. Language Code identifying a language. Language ::= IA5String(SIZE(2)) Value assignment: Two-letter lower-case coding according to ISO 639.
2.89. LastCardDownload Date and time, stored on a driver card, of last card download (for other purposes than control) Annex 1C requirement 257 and 282. This date is updateable by a VU or any card reader. LastCardDownload ::= TimeReal Value assignment: not further specified.
2.90. LinkCertificate Generation 2: The link certificate between European Root CA key pairs. LinkCertificate ::= Certificate
2.91. L-TyreCircumference Effective circumference of the wheel tyres (definition u)). L-TyreCircumference ::= INTEGER(0.. 216-1) Value assignment: Unsigned binary, value in 1/8 mm in the operating range 0 to 8031 mm.
2.92. MAC Generation 2: A cryptographic checksum of 8, 12 or 16 bytes length corresponding to the cipher suites specified in Appendix 11. MAC ::= CHOICE { mac8 OCTET STRING (SIZE(8)), mac12 OCTET STRING (SIZE(12)), mac16 OCTET STRING (SIZE(12)) }
2.93. ManualInputFlag Code identifying whether a cardholder has manually entered driver activities at card insertion or not (Annex 1B requirement 081 and Annex 1C requirement 102). ManualInputFlag ::= INTEGER { noEntry (0) manualEntries (1) } Value assignment: not further specified.
2.94. ManufacturerCode Code identifying a manufacturer of type approved equipment. ManufacturerCode ::= INTEGER(0..255) The laboratory competent for interoperability tests maintains and publishes the list of manufacturer codes on its web site (Annex 1C requirement 454). ManufacturerCodes are provisionally assigned to developers of tachograph equipment on application to the laboratory competent for interoperability tests.
2.95. ManufacturerSpecificEventFaultData Generation 2: Manufacturer specific error codes simplify the error analysis and maintenance of vehicle units. ManufacturerSpecificEventFaultData ::= SEQUENCE { manufacturerCode ManufacturerCode, manufacturerSpecificErrorCode OCTET STRING(SIZE(3)) } manufacturerCode identifies the manufacturer of the Vehicle Unit. manufacturerSpecificErrorCode is an error code specific to the manufacturer.
2.96. MemberStateCertificate The certificate of the public key of a member state issued by the European certification authority. MemberStateCertificate ::= Certificate
2.97. MemberStateCertificateRecordArray Generation 2: The member state certificate plus metadata as used in the download protocol. MemberStateCertificateRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF MemberStateCertificate } recordType denotes the type of the record (MemberStateCertificate). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the MemberStateCertificate in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. The value shall be set to 1 as the certficates may have different lengths. records is the set of member state certificates.
2.98. MemberStatePublicKey Generation 1: The public key of a Member State. MemberStatePublicKey ::= PublicKey
2.99. Name A name. Name ::= SEQUENCE { codePage INTEGER (0..255), name OCTET STRING (SIZE(35)) } codePage specifies a character set defined in Chapter 4, name is a name encoded using the specified character set.
2.100. NationAlpha Alphabetic reference to a country shall be in accordance with the distinguishing signs used on vehicles in international traffic (United Nations Vienna Convention on Road Traffic, 1968). NationAlpha ::= IA5String(SIZE(3)) The Nation Alpha and Numeric codes shall be held on a list maintained on the website of the laboratory appointed to carry out interoperability testing, as set out in Annex 1C requirement 440.
2.101. NationNumeric Numerical reference to a country. NationNumeric ::= INTEGER(0 .. 255) Value assignment: see data type 2.100 (NationAlpha). Any amendment or updating of the Nation Alpha or Numeric specification described in the above paragraph shall only be made out after the appointed laboratory has obtained the views of type approved digital and smart tachograph vehicle unit manufacturers.
2.102. NoOfCalibrationRecords Number of calibration records, a workshop card can store.
Generation 1: NoOfCalibrationRecords ::= INTEGER(0..255) Value assignment: see Appendix 2.
Generation 2: NoOfCalibrationRecords ::= INTEGER(0..216-1) Value assignment: see Appendix 2.
2.103. NoOfCalibrationsSinceDownload Counter indicating the number of calibrations performed with a workshop card since its last download (Annex 1C requirement 317 and 340). NoOfCalibrationsSinceDownload ::= INTEGER(0..216-1) Value assignment: Not specified further.
2.104. NoOfCardPlaceRecords Number of place records a driver or workshop card can store.
Generation 1: NoOfCardPlaceRecords ::= INTEGER(0..255) Value assignment: see Appendix 2.
Generation 2: NoOfCardPlaceRecords ::= INTEGER(0..216-1) Value assignment: see Appendix 2.
2.105. NoOfCardVehicleRecords Number of vehicles used records a driver or workshop card can store. NoOfCardVehicleRecords ::= INTEGER(0.. 216-1) Value assignment: see Appendix 2.
2.106. NoOfCardVehicleUnitRecords Generation 2: Number of vehicle units used records a driver or workshop card can store. NoOfCardVehicleUnitRecords ::= INTEGER(0.. 216-1) Value assignment: see Appendix 2.
2.107. NoOfCompanyActivityRecords Number of company activity records, a company card can store. NoOfCompanyActivityRecords ::= INTEGER(0.. 216-1) Value assignment: see Appendix 2.
2.108. NoOfControlActivityRecords Number of control activity records, a control card can store. NoOfControlActivityRecords ::= INTEGER(0.. 216-1) Value assignment: see Appendix 2.
2.109. NoOfEventsPerType Number of events per type of event a card can store. NoOfEventsPerType ::= INTEGER(0..255) Value assignment: see Appendix 2.
2.110. NoOfFaultsPerType Number of faults per type of fault a card can store. NoOfFaultsPerType ::= INTEGER(0..255) Value assignment: see Appendix 2.
2.111. NoOfGNSSCDRecords Generation 2: Number of GNSS continuous driving records a card can store. NoOfGNSSCDRecords ::= INTEGER(0..216-1) Value assignment: see Appendix 2.
2.112. NoOfSpecificConditionRecords Generation 2: Number of specific condition records a card can store. NoOfSpecificConditionRecords ::= INTEGER(0..216-1) Value assignment: see Appendix 2.
2.113. OdometerShort Odometer value of the vehicle in a short form. OdometerShort ::= INTEGER(0..224-1) Value assignment: Unsigned binary. Value in km in the operating range 0 to 9999999 km.
2.114. OdometerValueMidnight The vehicle's odometer value at midnight on a given day (Annex 1B requirement 090 and Annex 1C requirement 113). OdometerValueMidnight ::= OdometerShort Value assignment: not further specified.
2.115. OdometerValueMidnightRecordArray Generation 2: The OdometerValueMidnight plus metadata used in the download protocol. OdometerValueMidnightRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF OdometerValueMidnight } recordType denotes the type of the record (OdometerValueMidnight). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the OdometerValueMidnight in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is the set of OdometerValueMidnight records.
2.116. OverspeedNumber Number of over speeding events since the last over speeding control. OverspeedNumber ::= INTEGER(0..255) Value assignment: 0 means that no over speeding event has occurred since the last over speeding control, 1 means that one over speeding event has occurred since the last over speeding control …255 means that 255 or more over speeding events have occurred since the last over speeding control.
2.117. PlaceRecord Information related to a place where a daily work period begins or ends (Annex 1C requirements 108, 271, 296, 324, and 347).
Generation 1: PlaceRecord ::= SEQUENCE { entryTime TimeReal, entryTypeDailyWorkPeriod EntryTypeDailyWorkPeriod, dailyWorkPeriodCountry NationNumeric, dailyWorkPeriodRegion RegionNumeric, vehicleOdometerValue OdometerShort } entryTime is a date and time related to the entry. entryTypeDailyWorkPeriod is the type of entry. dailyWorkPeriodCountry is the country entered. dailyWorkPeriodRegion is the region entered. vehicleOdometerValue is the odometer value at the time of place entry.
Generation 2: PlaceRecord ::= SEQUENCE { entryTime TimeReal, entryTypeDailyWorkPeriod EntryTypeDailyWorkPeriod, dailyWorkPeriodCountry NationNumeric, dailyWorkPeriodRegion RegionNumeric, vehicleOdometerValue OdometerShort, entryGNSSPlaceRecord GNSSPlaceRecord } In addition to Generation 1 the following component is used: entryGNSSPlaceRecord is the recorded location and time.
2.118. PreviousVehicleInfo Information related to the vehicle previously used by a driver when inserting his card in a vehicle unit (Annex 1B requirement 081 and Annex 1C requirement 102).
Generation 1: PreviousVehicleInfo ::= SEQUENCE { vehicleRegistrationIdentification VehicleRegistrationIdentification, cardWithdrawalTime TimeReal } vehicleRegistrationIdentification is the VRN and the registering Member State of the vehicle. cardWithdrawalTime is the card withdrawal date and time.
Generation 2: PreviousVehicleInfo ::= SEQUENCE { vehicleRegistrationIdentification VehicleRegistrationIdentification, cardWithdrawalTime TimeReal, vuGeneration Generation } In addition to generation 1 the following data element is used: vuGeneration identifies the generation of the vehicle unit.
2.119. PublicKey Generation 1: A public RSA key. PublicKey ::= SEQUENCE { rsaKeyModulus RSAKeyModulus, rsaKeyPublicExponent RSAKeyPublicExponent } rsaKeyModulus is the Modulus of the key pair. rsaKeyPublicExponent is the public exponent of the key pair.
2.120. RecordType Generation 2: Reference to a record type. This data type is used in RecordArrays. RecordType ::= OCTET STRING(SIZE(1)) Value assignment: ‘01’H ‘02’H ‘03’H ‘04’H ‘05’H ‘06’H ‘07’H ‘08’H ‘09’H ‘0A’H ‘0B’H ‘0C’H ‘0D’H ‘0E’H ‘0F’H ‘10’H ‘11’H ‘12’H ‘13’H ‘14’H ‘15’H ‘16’H ‘17’H ‘18’H ‘19’H ‘1A’H ‘1B’H ‘1C’H ‘1D’H ‘1E’H ‘1F’H ‘20’H ‘21’H ‘22’H to ‘7F’H ‘80’H to ‘FF’H ActivityChangeInfo, CardSlotsStatus, CurrentDateTime, MemberStateCertificate, OdometerValueMidnight, DateOfDayDownloaded, SensorPaired, Signature, SpecificConditionRecord, VehicleIdentificationNumber, VehicleRegistrationNumber, VuCalibrationRecord, VuCardIWRecord, VuCardRecord, VuCertificate, VuCompanyLocksRecord, VuControlActivityRecord, VuDetailedSpeedBlock, VuDownloadablePeriod, VuDownloadActivityData, VuEventRecord, VuGNSSCDRecord, VuITSConsentRecord, VuFaultRecord, VuIdentification, VuOverSpeedingControlData, VuOverSpeedingEventRecord, VuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodRecord, VuTimeAdjustmentGNSSRecord, VuTimeAdjustmentRecord, VuPowerSupplyInterruptionRecord, SensorPairedRecord, SensorExternalGNSSCoupledRecord, RFU, Manufacturer specific.
2.121. RegionAlpha Alphabetic reference to a region within a specified country. RegionAlpha ::= IA5STRING(SIZE(3))
Generation 1: Value assignment: ‘ ’ No information available, Spain: ‘AN ’ Andalucía, ‘AR ’ Aragón, ‘AST’ Asturias, ‘C ’ Cantabria, ‘CAT’ Cataluña, ‘CL ’ Castilla-León, ‘CM ’ Castilla-La-Mancha, ‘CV’ Valencia, ‘EXT’ Extremadura, ‘G ’ Galicia, ‘IB ’ Baleares, ‘IC ’ Canarias, ‘LR ’ La Rioja, ‘M ’ Madrid, ‘MU ’ Murcia, ‘NA ’ Navarra, ‘PV ’ País Vasco
Generation 2: The RegionAlpha codes shall be held on a list maintained on the website of the laboratory appointed to carry out interoperability testing.
2.122. RegionNumeric Numerical reference to a region within a specified country. RegionNumeric ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(1))
Generation 1: Value assignment: ‘00’H No information available, Spain: ‘01’H Andalucía, ‘02’H Aragón, ‘03’H Asturias, ‘04’H Cantabria, ‘05’H Cataluña, ‘06’H Castilla-León, ‘07’H Castilla-La-Mancha, ‘08’H Valencia, ‘09’H Extremadura, ‘0A’H Galicia, ‘0B’H Baleares, ‘0C’H Canarias, ‘0D’H La Rioja, ‘0E’H Madrid, ‘0F’H Murcia, ‘10’H Navarra, ‘11’H País Vasco
Generation 2: The RegionNumeric codes shall be held on a list maintained on the website of the laboratory appointed to carry out interoperability testing.
2.123. RemoteCommunicationModuleSerialNumber Generation 2: Serial number of the Remote Communication Module. RemoteCommunicationModuleSerialNumber ::= ExtendedSerialNumber
2.124. RSAKeyModulus Generation 1: The modulus of a RSA key pair. RSAKeyModulus ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(128)) Value assignment: Unspecified.
2.125. RSAKeyPrivateExponent Generation 1: The private exponent of a RSA key pair. RSAKeyPrivateExponent ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(128)) Value assignment: Unspecified.
2.126. RSAKeyPublicExponent Generation1: The public exponent of a RSA key pair. RSAKeyPublicExponent ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(8)) Value assignment: Unspecified.
2.127. RtmData Generation2: For the definition of this data type see Appendix 14.
2.128. SealDataCard Generation 2: This data type stores information about the seals that are attached to the different components of a vehicle and is intended for storage on a card. This data type is related to Annex 1C requirement 337. SealDataCard ::= SEQUENCE { noOfSealRecords INTEGER(1..5), sealRecords SET SIZE(noOfSealRecords) OF SealRecord } noOfSealRecords is the number of records in sealRecords. sealRecords is a set of seal records.
2.129. SealDataVu Generation 2: This data type stores information about the seals that are attached to the different components of a vehicle and is intended for storage in a Vehicle Unit. SealDataVu ::= SEQUENCE SIZE(5) OF { sealRecords SealRecord } sealRecords is a set of seal records. If there are less than 5 seals available the value of the EquipmentType in all unused sealRecords shall be set to 16, i.e. unused.
2.130. SealRecord Generation 2: This data type stores information about a seal that is attached to a component. This data type is related to Annex 1C requirement 337. SealRecord ::= SEQUENCE { equipmentType EquipmentType, extendedSealIdentifier ExtendedSealIdentifier } equipmentType identifies the type of equipment the seal is attached to. extendedSealIdentifier is the identifier of the seal attached to the equipment.
2.131. SensorApprovalNumber Type approval number of the sensor.
Generation 1: SensorApprovalNumber ::= IA5String(SIZE(8)) Value assignment: Unspecified.
Generation 2: SensorApprovalNumber ::= IA5String(SIZE(16)) Value assignment: The approval number shall be provided as published on the corresponding European Commission web site, i.e. for example including hyphens if any. The approval number shall be left-aligned.
2.132. SensorExternalGNSSApprovalNumber Generation 2: Type approval number of the external GNSS facility. SensorExternalGNSSApprovalNumber ::= IA5String(SIZE(16)) Value assignment: The approval number shall be provided as published on the corresponding European Commission web site, i.e. for example including hyphens if any. The approval number shall be left-aligned.
2.133. SensorExternalGNSSCoupledRecord Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to the identification of the external GNSS facility coupled with the vehicle unit (Annex 1C requirement 100). SensorExternalGNSSCoupledRecord ::= SEQUENCE { sensorSerialNumber SensorGNSSSerialNumber, sensorApprovalNumber SensorExternalGNSSApprovalNumber, sensorCouplingDate SensorGNSSCouplingDate } sensorSerialNumber is the serial number of the external GNSS facility coupled with the vehicle unit. sensorApprovalNumber is the approval number of this external GNSS facility. sensorCouplingDate is a date of coupling of this external GNSS facility with the vehicle unit.
2.134. SensorExternalGNSSIdentification Generation 2: Information related to the identification of the external GNSS facility (Annex 1C requirement 98). SensorExternalGNSSIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { sensorSerialNumber SensorGNSSSerialNumber, sensorApprovalNumber SensorExternalGNSSApprovalNumber, sensorSCIdentifier SensorExternalGNSSSCIdentifier, sensorOSIdentifier SensorExternalGNSSOSIdentifier } sensorSerialNumber is the extended serial number of the external GNSS facility. sensorApprovalNumber is the approval number of the external GNSS facility. sensorSCIdentifier is the identifier of the security component of the external GNSS facility. sensorOSIdentifier is the identifier of the operating system of the external GNSS facility.
2.135. SensorExternalGNSSInstallation Generation 2: Information, stored in an external GNSS facility, related to the installation of the external GNSS sensor (Annex 1C requirement 123). SensorExternalGNSSInstallation ::= SEQUENCE { sensorCouplingDateFirst SensorGNSSCouplingDate, firstVuApprovalNumber VuApprovalNumber, firstVuSerialNumber VuSerialNumber, sensorCouplingDateCurrent SensorGNSSCouplingDate, currentVuApprovalNumber VuApprovalNumber, currentVUSerialNumber VuSerialNumber } sensorCouplingDateFirst is the date of the first coupling of external GNSS facility with a vehicle unit. firstVuApprovalNumber is the approval number of the first vehicle unit coupled with the external GNSS facility. firstVuSerialNumber is the serial number of the first vehicle unit paired with the external GNSS facility. sensorCouplingDateCurrent is the date of the current coupling of external GNSS facility with a vehicle unit. currentVuApprovalNumber is the approval number of the vehicle unit currently coupled with the external GNSS facility. currentVUSerialNumber is the serial number of the vehicle unit currently coupled with the external GNSS facility.
2.136. SensorExternalGNSSOSIdentifier Generation 2: Identifier of the operating system of the external GNSS facility. SensorOSIdentifier ::= IA5String(SIZE(2)) Value assignment: manufacturer specific.
2.137. SensorExternalGNSSSCIdentifier Generation 2: This type is used e.g. to identify the cryptographic module of the external GNSS facility. Identifier of the security component of the external GNSS facility. SensorExternalGNSSSCIdentifier ::= IA5String(SIZE(8)) Value assignment: component manufacturer specific.
2.138. SensorGNSSCouplingDate Generation 2: Date of a coupling of the external GNSS facility with a vehicle unit. SensorGNSSCouplingDate ::= TimeReal Value assignment: Unspecified.
2.139. SensorGNSSSerialNumber Generation 2: This type is used to store the serial number of the GNSS receiver both when it is inside the VU and when it is outside the VU. Serial number of the GNSS receiver. SensorGNSSSerialNumber ::= ExtendedSerialNumber
2.140. SensorIdentification Information, stored in a motion sensor, related to the identification of the motion sensor (Annex 1B requirement 077 and Annex 1C requirement 95). SensorIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { sensorSerialNumber SensorSerialNumber, sensorApprovalNumber SensorApprovalNumber, sensorSCIdentifier SensorSCIdentifier, sensorOSIdentifier SensorOSIdentifier } sensorSerialNumber is the extended serial number of the motion sensor (includes part number and manufacturer code). sensorApprovalNumber is the approval number of the motion sensor. sensorSCIdentifier is the identifier of the security component of the motion sensor. sensorOSIdentifier is the identifier of the operating system of the motion sensor.
2.141. SensorInstallation Information, stored in a motion sensor, related to the installation of the motion sensor (Annex 1B requirement 099 and Annex 1C requirement 122). SensorInstallation ::= SEQUENCE { sensorPairingDateFirst SensorPairingDate, firstVuApprovalNumber VuApprovalNumber, firstVuSerialNumber VuSerialNumber, sensorPairingDateCurrent SensorPairingDate, currentVuApprovalNumber VuApprovalNumber, currentVUSerialNumber VuSerialNumber } sensorPairingDateFirst is the date of the first pairing of the motion sensor with a vehicle unit. firstVuApprovalNumber is the approval number of the first vehicle unit paired with the motion sensor. firstVuSerialNumber is the serial number of the first vehicle unit paired with the motion sensor. sensorPairingDateCurrent is the date of the current pairing of the motion sensor with the vehicle unit. currentVuApprovalNumber is the approval number of the vehicle unit currently paired with the motion sensor. currentVUSerialNumber is the serial number of the vehicle unit currently paired with the motion sensor.
2.142. SensorInstallationSecData Information, stored in a workshop card, related to the security data needed for pairing motion sensors to vehicle units (Annex 1C requirement 308 and 331).
Generation 1: SensorInstallationSecData ::= TdesSessionKey Value assignment: in accordance with ISO 16844-3.
Generation 2: As described in Appendix 11 a workshop card shall store up to three keys for VU Motion Sensor pairing. These keys have different key versions. SensorInstallationSecData ::= SEQUENCE { kMWCKey1 KMWCKey, kMWCKey2 KMWCKey OPTIONAL, kMWCKey3 KMWCKey OPTIONAL }
2.143. SensorOSIdentifier Identifier of the operating system of the motion sensor. SensorOSIdentifier ::= IA5String(SIZE(2)) Value assignment: manufacturer specific.
2.144. SensorPaired Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to the identification of the motion sensor paired with the vehicle unit (Annex 1B requirement 079). SensorPaired ::= SEQUENCE { sensorSerialNumber SensorSerialNumber, sensorApprovalNumber SensorApprovalNumber, sensorPairingDateFirst SensorPairingDate } sensorSerialNumber is the serial number of the motion sensor currently paired with the vehicle unit. sensorApprovalNumber is the approval number of the motion sensor currently paired with the vehicle unit. sensorPairingDateFirst is the date of the first pairing with a vehicle unit of the motion sensor currently paired with the vehicle unit.
2.145. SensorPairedRecord Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to the identification of a motion sensor paired with the vehicle unit (Annex 1C requirement 97). SensorPairedRecord ::= SEQUENCE { sensorSerialNumber SensorSerialNumber, sensorApprovalNumber SensorApprovalNumber, sensorPairingDate SensorPairingDate } sensorSerialNumber is the serial number of a motion sensor paired with the vehicle unit. sensorApprovalNumber is the approval number of this motion sensor. sensorPairingDate is a date of pairing of this motion sensor with the vehicle unit.
2.146. SensorPairingDate Date of a pairing of the motion sensor with a vehicle unit. SensorPairingDate ::= TimeReal Value assignment: Unspecified.
2.147. SensorSCIdentifier Identifier of the security component of the motion sensor. SensorSCIdentifier ::= IA5String(SIZE(8)) Value assignment: component manufacturer specific.
2.148. SensorSerialNumber Serial number of the motion sensor. SensorSerialNumber ::= ExtendedSerialNumber
2.149. Signature A digital signature.
Generation 1: Signature ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(128)) Value assignment: in accordance with Appendix 11 Common security mechanisms.
Generation 2: Signature ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(64..132)) Value assignment: in accordance with Appendix 11 Common security mechanisms.
2.150. SignatureRecordArray Generation 2: A set of signatures plus metadata used in the download protocol. SignatureRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF Signature } recordType denotes the type of the record (Signature). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the Signature in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. The value shall be set to 1 as the signatures may have different lengths. records is the set of signatures.
2.151. SimilarEventsNumber The number of similar events for one given day (Annex 1B requirement 094 and Annex 1C requirement 117). SimilarEventsNumber ::= INTEGER(0..255) Value assignment: 0 is not used, 1 means that only one event of that type has occurred and has been stored on that day, 2 means that 2 events of that type has occurred on that day (one only has been stored), …255 means that 255 or more events of that type have occurred on that day.
2.152. SpecificConditionRecord Information, stored in a driver card, a workshop card or a vehicle unit, related to a specific condition (requirements Annex 1C 130, 276, 301, 328, and 355). SpecificConditionRecord ::= SEQUENCE { entryTime TimeReal, specificConditionType SpecificConditionType } entryTime is the date and time of the entry. specificConditionType is the code identifying the specific condition.
2.153. SpecificConditions Information, stored in a driver card, a workshop card or a vehicle unit, related to a specific condition (Annex 1C requirement 131, 277, 302, 329, and 356). Generation 2: SpecificConditions := SEQUENCE { conditionPointerNewestRecord INTEGER(0..NoOfSpecificConditionRecords-1), specificConditionRecords SET SIZE(NoOfSpecificConditionRecords) OF SpecificConditionRecord } conditionPointerNewestRecord is the index of the last updated specific condition record. Value assignment: Number corresponding to the numerator of the specific condition record, beginning with 0 for the first occurrence of the specific condition record in the structure. specificConditionRecords is the set of records containing information on the specific conditions recorded.
2.154. SpecificConditionType Code identifying a specific condition (Annex 1B requirements 050b, 105a, 212a and 230a and Annex 1C requirements 62). SpecificConditionType ::= INTEGER(0..255)
Generation 1: Value assignment: 00H RFU 01H Out of scope — Begin 02H Out of scope — End 03H Ferry / Train crossing 04H .. FFH RFU
Generation 2: Value assignment: 00H RFU 01H Out of scope — Begin 02H Out of scope — End 03H Ferry / Train crossing — Begin 04H Ferry / Train crossing — End 05H .. FFH RFU
2.155. Speed Speed of the vehicle (km/h). Speed ::= INTEGER(0..255) Value assignment: kilometers per hour in the operational range 0 to 220 km/h.
2.156. SpeedAuthorised Maximum authorised Speed of the vehicle (definition hh)). SpeedAuthorised ::= Speed
2.157. SpeedAverage Average speed in a previously defined duration (km/h). SpeedAverage ::= Speed
2.158. SpeedMax Maximum speed measured in a previously defined duration. SpeedMax ::= Speed
2.159. TachographPayload Generation 2: For the definition of this data type see Appendix 14.
2.160. TachographPayloadEncrypted Generation 2: The DER-TLV encrypted tachograph payload, i.e. the data sent encrypted in the RTM message. For the encryption see Appendix 11 Part B chapter 13. TachographPayloadEncrypted ::= SEQUENCE { tag OCTET STRING(SIZE(1)), length OCTET STRING(SIZE(1..2)), paddingContentIndicatorByte OCTET STRING(SIZE(1)), encryptedData OCTET STRING(SIZE(16..192)) } tag is part of the DER-TLV encoding and shall be set to 87 (see Appendix 11 Part B chapter 13). length is part of the DER-TLV encoding and shall encode the length of the following paddingContentIndicatorByte and the encryptedData. paddingContentIndicatorByte shall be set to 00. encryptedData is encrypted tachographPayload as specified in Appendix 11 Part B chapter 13. The length of this data in octests shall always be a multiple of 16.
2.161. TDesSessionKey Generation 1: A triple DES session key. TDesSessionKey ::= SEQUENCE { tDesKeyA OCTET STRING (SIZE(8)), tDesKeyB OCTET STRING (SIZE(8)) } Value assignment: not further specified.
2.162. TimeReal Code for a combined date and time field, where the date and time are expressed as seconds past 00h.00m.00s. on 1 January 1970 GMT. TimeReal{INTEGER:TimeRealRange} ::= INTEGER(0..TimeRealRange) Value assignment — Octet Aligned: Number of seconds since midnight 1 January 1970 GMT. The max. possible date/time is in the year 2106.
2.163. TyreSize Designation of tyre dimensions. TyreSize ::= IA5String(SIZE(15)) Value assignment: in accordance with Directive 92/23 (EEC) 31/03/92 O.J. L129 p.95.
2.164. VehicleIdentificationNumber Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) referring to the vehicle as a whole, normally chassis serial number or frame number. VehicleIdentificationNumber ::= IA5String(SIZE(17)) Value assignment: As defined in ISO 3779.
2.165. VehicleIdentificationNumberRecordArray Generation 2: The Vehicle Idenification Number plus metadata as used in the download protocol. VehicleIdentificationNumberRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VehicleIdentificationNumber } recordType denotes the type of the record (VehicleIdentificationNumber). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VehicleIdentificationNumber in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is the set of vehicle identification numbers.
2.166. VehicleRegistrationIdentification Identification of a vehicle, unique for Europe (VRN and Member State). VehicleRegistrationIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { vehicleRegistrationNation NationNumeric, vehicleRegistrationNumber VehicleRegistrationNumber } vehicleRegistrationNation is the nation where the vehicle is registered. vehicleRegistrationNumber is the registration number of the vehicle (VRN).
2.167. VehicleRegistrationNumber Registration number of the vehicle (VRN). The registration number is assigned by the vehicle licensing authority. VehicleRegistrationNumber ::= SEQUENCE { codePage INTEGER (0..255), vehicleRegNumber OCTET STRING (SIZE(13)) } codePage specifies a character set defined in Chapter 4, vehicleRegNumber is a VRN encoded using the specified character set. Value assignment: Country specific.
2.168. VehicleRegistrationNumberRecordArray Generation 2: The Vehicle Registration Number plus metadata as used in the download protocol. VehicleRegistrationNumberRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VehicleRegistrationNumber } recordType denotes the type of the record (VehicleRegistrationNumber). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VehicleRegistrationNumber in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is the set of vehicle registration numbers.
2.169. VuAbility Generation 2: Information stored in a VU on the ability of the VU to use generation 1 tachograph cards or not (Annex 1C requirement 121). VuAbility ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE(1)) Value assignment — Octet Aligned: xxxxxxxaB (8 bits) For the ability to support of generation 1: aB Ability to support generation 1 tachograph cards: xxxxxxxB RFU
0 B Generation 1 is supported,
1B Generation1 is not supported,
2.170. VuActivityDailyData Generation 1: Information, stored in a VU, related to changes of activity and/or changes of driving status and/or changes of card status for a given calendar day (Annex 1B requirement 084 and Annex 1C requirement 105, 106, 107) and to slots status at 00:00 that day. VuActivityDailyData ::= SEQUENCE { noOfActivityChanges INTEGER SIZE(0..1440), activityChangeInfos SET SIZE(noOfActivityChanges) OF ActivityChangeInfo } noOfActivityChanges is the number of ActivityChangeInfo words in the activityChangeInfos set. activityChangeInfos is the set of ActivityChangeInfo words stored in the VU for the day. It always includes two ActivityChangeInfo words giving the status of the two slots at 00:00 that day.
2.171. VuActivityDailyRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a VU, related to changes of activity and/or changes of driving status and/or changes of card status for a given calendar day (Annex 1C requirement 105, 106, 107) and to slots status at 00:00 that day. VuActivityDailyRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF ActivityChangeInfo } recordType denotes the type of the record (ActivityChangeInfo). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the ActivityChangeInfo in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is the set of ActivityChangeInfo words stored in the VU for the day. It always includes two ActivityChangeInfo words giving the status of the two slots at 00:00 that day.
2.172. VuApprovalNumber Type approval number of the vehicle unit.
Generation 1: VuApprovalNumber ::= IA5String(SIZE(8)) Value assignment: Unspecified.
Generation 2: VuApprovalNumber ::= IA5String(SIZE(16)) Value assignment: The approval number shall be provided as published on the corresponding European Commission web site, i.e. for example including hyphens if any. The approval number shall be left-aligned.
2.173. VuCalibrationData Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to the calibrations of the recording equipment (Annex 1B requirement 098). VuCalibrationData ::= SEQUENCE { noOfVuCalibrationRecords INTEGER(0..255), vuCalibrationRecords SET SIZE(noOfVuCalibrationRecords) OF VuCalibrationRecord } noOfVuCalibrationRecords is the number of records contained in the vuCalibrationRecords set. vuCalibrationRecords is the set of calibration records.
2.174. VuCalibrationRecord Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related a calibration of the recording equipment (Annex 1B requirement 098 and Annex 1C requirement 119 and 120).
Generation 1: VuCalibrationRecord ::= SEQUENCE { calibrationPurpose CalibrationPurpose, workshopName Name, workshopAddress Address, workshopCardNumber FullCardNumber, workshopCardExpiryDate TimeReal, vehicleIdentificationNumber VehicleIdentificationNumber, vehicleRegistrationIdentification VehicleRegistrationIdentification, wVehicleCharacteristicConstant W-VehicleCharacteristicConstant, kConstantOfRecordingEquipment K-ConstantOfRecordingEquipment, lTyreCircumference L-TyreCircumference, tyreSize TyreSize, authorisedSpeed SpeedAuthorised, oldOdometerValue OdometerShort, newOdometerValue OdometerShort, oldTimeValue TimeReal, newTimeValue TimeReal, nextCalibrationDate TimeReal } calibrationPurpose is the purpose of the calibration. workshopName, workshopAddress are the workshop name and address. workshopCardNumber identifies the workshop card used during the calibration. workshopCardExpiryDate is the card expiry date. vehicleIdentificationNumber is the VIN. vehicleRegistrationIdentification contains the VRN and registering Member State. wVehicleCharacteristicConstant is the characteristic coefficient of the vehicle. kConstantOfRecordingEquipment is the constant of the recording equipment. lTyreCircumference is the effective circumference of the wheel tyres. tyreSize is the designation of the dimension of the tyres mounted on the vehicle authorisedSpeed is the authorised speed of the vehicle. oldOdometerValue, newOdometerValue are the old and new values of the odometer. oldTimeValue, newTimeValue are the old and new values of date and time. nextCalibrationDate is the date of the next calibration of the type specified in CalibrationPurpose to be carried out by the authorised inspection authority.
Generation 2: VuCalibrationRecord ::= SEQUENCE { calibrationPurpose CalibrationPurpose, workshopName Name, workshopAddress Address, workshopCardNumber FullCardNumber, workshopCardExpiryDate TimeReal, vehicleIdentificationNumber VehicleIdentificationNumber, vehicleRegistrationIdentification VehicleRegistrationIdentification, wVehicleCharacteristicConstant W-VehicleCharacteristicConstant, kConstantOfRecordingEquipment K-ConstantOfRecordingEquipment, lTyreCircumference L-TyreCircumference, tyreSize TyreSize, authorisedSpeed SpeedAuthorised, oldOdometerValue OdometerShort, newOdometerValue OdometerShort, oldTimeValue TimeReal, newTimeValue TimeReal, nextCalibrationDate TimeReal, sealDataVu SealDataVu } In addition to generation 1 the following data element is used: sealDataVu gives information about the seals that are attached to different components of the vehicle.
2.175. VuCalibrationRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to the calibrations of the recording equipment (Annex 1C requirement 119 and 120). VuCalibrationRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuCalibrationRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuCalibrationRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuCalibrationRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is the set of calibration records.
2.176. VuCardIWData Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to insertion and withdrawal cycles of driver cards or of workshop cards in the vehicle unit (Annex 1B requirement 081 and Annex 1C requirement 103). VuCardIWData ::= SEQUENCE { noOfIWRecords INTEGER(0..216-1), vuCardIWRecords SET SIZE(noOfIWRecords) OF VuCardIWRecord } noOfIWRecords is the number of records in the set vuCardIWRecords. vuCardIWRecords is a set of records related to card insertion withdrawal cycles.
2.177. VuCardIWRecord Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to an insertion and withdrawal cycle of a driver card or of a workshop card in the vehicle unit (Annex 1B requirement 081 and Annex 1C requirement 102).
Generation 1: VuCardIWRecord ::= SEQUENCE { cardHolderName HolderName, fullCardNumber FullCardNumber, cardExpiryDate TimeReal, cardInsertionTime TimeReal, vehicleOdometerValueAtInsertion OdometerShort, cardSlotNumber CardSlotNumber, cardWithdrawalTime TimeReal, vehicleOdometerValueAtWithdrawal OdometerShort, previousVehicleInfo PreviousVehicleInfo, manualInputFlag ManualInputFlag } cardHolderName is the driver or workshop card holder's surname and first names as stored in the card. fullCardNumber is the type of card, its issuing Member State and its card number as stored in the card. cardExpiryDate is the card's expiry date as stored in the card. cardInsertionTime is the insertion date and time. vehicleOdometerValueAtInsertion is the vehicle odometer value at card insertion. cardSlotNumber is the slot in which the card is inserted. cardWithdrawalTime is the withdrawal date and time. vehicleOdometerValueAtWithdrawal is the vehicle odometer value at card withdrawal. previousVehicleInfo contains information about the previous vehicle used by the driver, as stored in the card. manualInputFlag is a flag identifying if the cardholder has manually entered driver activities at card insertion.
Generation 2: VuCardIWRecord ::= SEQUENCE { cardHolderName HolderName, fullCardNumberAndGeneration FullCardNumberAndGeneration, cardExpiryDate TimeReal, cardInsertionTime TimeReal, vehicleOdometerValueAtInsertion OdometerShort, cardSlotNumber CardSlotNumber, cardWithdrawalTime TimeReal, vehicleOdometerValueAtWithdrawal OdometerShort, previousVehicleInfo PreviousVehicleInfo, manualInputFlag ManualInputFlag } Instead of fullCardNumber the generation 2 data structure makes use of the following data element. fullCardNumberAndGeneration is the type of card, its issuing Member State, its card number and generation as stored in the card.
2.178. VuCardIWRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to insertion and withdrawal cycles of driver cards or of workshop cards in the vehicle unit (Annex 1C requirement 103). VuCardIWRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuCardIWRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuCardIWRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuCardIWRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of records related to card insertion withdrawal cycles.
2.179. VuCardRecord Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, about a tachograph card used (Annex 1C requirement 132). VuCardRecord ::= SEQUENCE { cardExtendedSerialNumber ExtendedSerialNumber, cardPersonaliserID OCTET STRING(SIZE(1)), typeofTachographCardID EquipmentType, cardStructureVersion CardStructureVersion, cardNumber CardNumber } cardExtendedSerialNumber as read from the file EF_ICC under the MF of the card. cardPersonaliserID as read from the file EF_ICC under the MF of the card. typeOfTachographCardId as read from the file EF_Application_Identification under the DF_Tachograph_G2 cardStructureVersion as read from the file EF_Application_Identification under the DF_Tachograph_G2. cardNumber as read from the file EF_Identification under the DF_Tachograph_G2.
2.180. VuCardRecordArray Generation 2: Information stored in a vehicle unit about the tachograph cards used with this VU. This information is intended for the analysis of VU — card problems (Annex 1C requirement 132). VuCardRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuCardRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuCardRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuCardRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of records related to the tachograph cards used with the VU.
2.181. VuCertificate Certificate of the public key of a vehicle unit. VuCertificate ::= Certificate
2.182. VuCertificateRecordArray Generation 2: The VU certificate plus metadata as used in the download protocol. VuCertificateRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuCertificate } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuCertificate). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuCertificate in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. The value shall be set to 1 as the certificates may have different lengths. records is a set of VU certificates.
2.183. VuCompanyLocksData Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to company locks (Annex 1B requirement 104). VuCompanyLocksData ::= SEQUENCE { noOfLocks INTEGER(0..255), vuCompanyLocksRecords SET SIZE(noOfLocks) OF VuCompanyLocksRecord } noOfLocks is the number of locks listed in vuCompanyLocksRecords. vuCompanyLocksRecords is the set of company locks records.
2.184. VuCompanyLocksRecord Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to one company lock (Annex 1B requirement 104 and Annex 1C requirement 128).
Generation 1: VuCompanyLocksRecord ::= SEQUENCE { lockInTime TimeReal, lockOutTime TimeReal, companyName Name, companyAddress Address, companyCardNumber FullCardNumber } lockInTime, lockOutTime are the date and time of lock-in and lock-out. companyName, companyAddress are the company name and address related with the lock-in. companyCardNumber identifies the card used at lock-in.
Generation 2: VuCompanyLocksRecord ::= SEQUENCE { lockInTime TimeReal, lockOutTime TimeReal, companyName Name, companyAddress Address, companyCardNumberAndGeneration FullCardNumberAndGeneration } Instead of companyCardNumber the generation 2 data structure makes use of the following data element. companyCardNumberAndGeneration identifies the card including its generation used at lock-in.
2.185. VuCompanyLocksRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to company locks (Annex 1C requirement 128). VuCompanyLocksRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuCompanyLocksRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuCompanyLocksRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuCompanyLocksRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. Value 0..255. records is the set of company locks records.
2.186. VuControlActivityData Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to controls performed using this VU (Annex 1B requirement 102). VuControlActivityData ::= SEQUENCE { noOfControls INTEGER(0..20), vuControlActivityRecords SET SIZE(noOfControls) OF VuControlActivityRecord } noOfControls is the number of controls listed in vuControlActivityRecords. vuControlActivityRecords is the set of control activity records.
2.187. VuControlActivityRecord Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to a control performed using this VU (Annex 1B requirement 102 and Annex 1C requirement 126).
Generation 1: VuControlActivityRecord ::= SEQUENCE { controlType ControlType, controlTime TimeReal, controlCardNumber FullCardNumber, downloadPeriodBeginTime TimeReal, downloadPeriodEndTime TimeReal } controlType is the type of the control. controlTime is the date and time of the control. controlCardNumber identifies the control card used for the control. downloadPeriodBeginTime is the begin time of the downloaded period, in case of downloading. downloadPeriodEndTime is the end time of the downloaded period, in case of downloading.
Generation 2: VuControlActivityRecord ::= SEQUENCE { controlType ControlType, controlTime TimeReal, controlCardNumberAndGeneration FullCardNumberAndGeneration, downloadPeriodBeginTime TimeReal, downloadPeriodEndTime TimeReal } Instead of controlCardNumber the generation 2 data structure makes use of the following data element. controlCardNumberAndGeneration identifies the control card including its generation used for the control.
2.188. VuControlActivityRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to controls performed using this VU (Annex 1C requirement 126). VuControlActivityRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuControlActivityRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuControlActivityRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuControlActivityRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is the set of VU control activity records.
2.189. VuDataBlockCounter Counter, stored in a card, identifying sequentially the insertion withdrawal cycles of the card in vehicle units. VuDataBlockCounter ::= BCDString(SIZE(2)) Value assignment: Consecutive Number with max, value 9 999, starting again with 0.
2.190. VuDetailedSpeedBlock Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to the vehicle's detailed speed for a minute during which the vehicle has been moving (Annnex 1B requirement 093 and Annex 1C requirement 116). VuDetailedSpeedBlock ::= SEQUENCE { speedBlockBeginDate TimeReal, speedsPerSecond SEQUENCE SIZE(60) OF Speed } speedBlockBeginDate is the date and time of the first speed value within the block. speedsPerSecond is the chronological sequence of measured speeds every seconds for the minute starting at speedBlockBeginDate (included).
2.191. VuDetailedSpeedBlockRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to the detailed speed of the vehicle. VuDetailedSpeedBlockRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuDetailedSpeedBlock } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuDetailedSpeedBlock). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuDetailedSpeedBlock in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is the set of detailed speed blocks.
2.192. VuDetailedSpeedData Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to the detailed speed of the vehicle. VuDetailedSpeedData ::= SEQUENCE { noOfSpeedBlocks INTEGER(0..216-1), vuDetailedSpeedBlocks SET SIZE(noOfSpeedBlocks) OF VuDetailedSpeedBlock } noOfSpeedBlocks is the number of speed blocks in the vuDetailedSpeedBlocks set. vuDetailedSpeedBlocks is the set of detailed speed blocks.
2.193. VuDownloadablePeriod Oldest and latest dates for which a vehicle unit holds data related to drivers activities (Annex 1B requirements 081, 084 or 087 and Annex 1C requirements 102, 105, 108). VuDownloadablePeriod ::= SEQUENCE { minDownloadableTime TimeReal maxDownloadableTime TimeReal } minDownloadableTime is the oldest card insertion or activity change or place entry date and time stored in the VU. maxDownloadableTime is the latest card withdrawal or activity change or place entry date and time stored in the VU.
2.194. VuDownloadablePeriodRecordArray Generation 2: The VUDownloadablePeriod plus metadata used in the download protocol. VuDownloadablePeriodRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuDownloadablePeriod } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuDownloadablePeriod). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuDownloadablePeriod in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is the set of VuDownloadablePeriod records.
2.195. VuDownloadActivityData Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to its last download (Annex 1B requirement 105 and Annex 1C requirement 129).
Generation 1: VuDownloadActivityData ::= SEQUENCE { downloadingTime TimeReal, fullCardNumber FullCardNumber, companyOrWorkshopName Name } downloadingTime is the date and time of downloading. fullCardNumber identifies the card used to authorise the download. companyOrWorkshopName is the company or workshop name.
Generation 2: VuDownloadActivityData ::= SEQUENCE { downloadingTime TimeReal, fullCardNumberAndGeneration FullCardNumberAndGeneration, companyOrWorkshopName Name } Instead of fullCardNumber the generation 2 data structure makes use of the following data element. fullCardNumberAndGeneration identifies the card including its generation used to authorise the download.
2.196. VuDownloadActivityDataRecordArray Generation 2: Information related to the last VU download (Annex 1C requirement 129). VuDownloadActivityDataRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuDownloadActivityData } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuDownloadActivityData). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuDownloadActivityData in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is the set of download activity data records.
2.197. VuEventData Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to events (Annex 1B requirement 094 except over speeding event). VuEventData ::= SEQUENCE { noOfVuEvents INTEGER(0..255), vuEventRecords SET SIZE(noOfVuEvents) OF VuEventRecord } noOfVuEvents is the number of events listed in the vuEventRecords set. vuEventRecords is a set of events records.
2.198. VuEventRecord Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to an event (Annex 1B requirement 094 and Annex 1C requirement 117 except over speeding event).
Generation 1: VuEventRecord ::= SEQUENCE { eventType EventFaultType, eventRecordPurpose EventFaultRecordPurpose, eventBeginTime TimeReal, eventEndTime TimeReal, cardNumberDriverSlotBegin FullCardNumber, cardNumberCodriverSlotBegin FullCardNumber, cardNumberDriverSlotEnd FullCardNumber, cardNumberCodriverSlotEnd FullCardNumber, similarEventsNumber SimilarEventsNumber } eventType is the type of the event. eventRecordPurpose is the purpose for which this event has been recorded. eventBeginTime is the date and time of beginning of event. eventEndTime is the date and time of end of event. cardNumberDriverSlotBegin identifies the card inserted in the driver slot at the beginning of the event. cardNumberCodriverSlotBegin identifies the card inserted in the co-driver slot at the beginning of the event. cardNumberDriverSlotEnd identifies the card inserted in the driver slot at the end of the event. cardNumberCodriverSlotEnd identifies the card inserted in the co-driver slot at the end of the event. similarEventsNumber is the number of similar events that day. This sequence can be used for all events other than over speeding events.
Generation 2: VuEventRecord ::= SEQUENCE { eventType EventFaultType, eventRecordPurpose EventFaultRecordPurpose, eventBeginTime TimeReal, eventEndTime TimeReal, cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotBegin FullCardNumberAndGeneration, cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlotBegin FullCardNumberAndGeneration, cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotEnd FullCardNumberAndGeneration, cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlotEnd FullCardNumberAndGeneration, similarEventsNumber SimilarEventsNumber, manufacturerSpecificEventFaultData ManufacturerSpecificEventFaultData } In addition to generation 1 the following data elements are used: manufacturerSpecificEventFaultData contains additional, manufacturer specific information about the event. Instead of cardNumberDriverSlotBegin, cardNumberCodriverSlotBegin, cardNumberDriverSlotEnd, and cardNumberCodriverSlotEnd the generation 2 data structure makes use of the following data elements: If the event is a time conflict the eventBeginTime and eventEndTime are to be interpreted as follows:
cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotBegin identifies the card including its generation which is inserted in the driver slot at the beginning of the event.
cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlotBegin identifies the card including its generation which is inserted in the co-driver slot at the beginning of the event.
cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotEnd identifies the card including its generation which is inserted in the driver slot at the end of the event.
cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlotEnd identifies the card including its generation which is inserted in the co-driver slot at the end of the event.
eventBeginTime is the recording equipment date and time.
eventEndTime is the GNSS date and time.
2.199. VuEventRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to events (Annex 1C requirement 117 except over speeding event). VuEventRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuEventRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuEventRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuEventRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of events records.
2.200. VuFaultData Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to faults (Annex 1B requirement 096). VuFaultData ::= SEQUENCE { noOfVuFaults INTEGER(0..255), vuFaultRecords SET SIZE(noOfVuFaults) OF VuFaultRecord } noOfVuFaults is the number of faults listed in the vuFaultRecords set. vuFaultRecords is a set of faults records.
2.201. VuFaultRecord Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to a fault (Annex 1B requirement 096 and Annex 1C requirement 118).
Generation 1: VuFaultRecord ::= SEQUENCE { faultType EventFaultType, faultRecordPurpose EventFaultRecordPurpose, faultBeginTime TimeReal, faultEndTime TimeReal, cardNumberDriverSlotBegin FullCardNumber, cardNumberCodriverSlotBegin FullCardNumber, cardNumberDriverSlotEnd FullCardNumber, cardNumberCodriverSlotEnd FullCardNumber } faultType is the type of recording equipment fault. faultRecordPurpose is the purpose for which this fault has been recorded. faultBeginTime is the date and time of beginning of fault. faultEndTime is the date and time of end of fault. cardNumberDriverSlotBegin identifies the card inserted in the driver slot at the beginning of the fault. cardNumberCodriverSlotBegin identifies the card inserted in the co-driver slot at the beginning of the fault. cardNumberDriverSlotEnd identifies the card inserted in the driver slot at the end of the fault. cardNumberCodriverSlotEnd identifies the card inserted in the co-driver slot at the end of the fault.
Generation 2: VuFaultRecord ::= SEQUENCE { faultType EventFaultType, faultRecordPurpose EventFaultRecordPurpose, faultBeginTime TimeReal, faultEndTime TimeReal, cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotBegin FullCardNumberAndGeneration, cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlotBegin FullCardNumberAndGeneration, cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotEnd FullCardNumberAndGeneration, cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlotEnd FullCardNumberAndGeneration, manufacturerSpecificEventFaultData ManufacturerSpecificEventFaultData } In addition to generation 1 the following data element is used: manufacturerSpecificEventFaultData contains additional, manufacturer specific information about the fault. Instead of cardNumberDriverSlotBegin, cardNumberCodriverSlotBegin, cardNumberDriverSlotEnd, and cardNumberCodriverSlotEnd the generation 2 data structure makes use of the following data elements:
cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotBegin identifies the card including its generation which is inserted in the driver slot at the beginning of the fault.
cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlotBegin identifies the card including its generation which is inserted in the co-driver slot at the beginning of the fault.
cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotEnd identifies the card including its generation which is inserted in the driver slot at the end of the fault.
cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlotEnd identifies the card including its generation which is inserted in the co-driver slot at the end of the fault.
2.202. VuFaultRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to faults (Annex 1C requirement 118). VuFaultRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuFaultRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuFaultRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuFaultRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of faults records.
2.203. VuGNSSCDRecord Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to the GNSS position of the vehicle if the continuous driving time of the driver reaches a multiple of three hours (Annex 1C requirement 108, 110). VuGNSSCDRecord ::= SEQUENCE { timeStamp TimeReal, cardNumberAndGenDriverSlot FullCardNumberAndGeneration, cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlot FullCardNumberAndGeneration, gnssPlaceRecord GNSSPlaceRecord } timeStamp is the date and time when the continuous driving time of the card holder reaches a multiple of three hours. cardNumberAndGenDriverSlot identifies the card including its generation which is inserted in the driver slot. cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlot identifies the card including its generation which is inserted in the co-driver slot. gnssPlaceRecord contains information related to the position of the vehicle.
2.204. VuGNSSCDRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to the GNSS position of the vehicle if the continuous driving time of the driver reaches a multiple of three hours (Annex 1C requirement 108 and 110). VuGNSSCDRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuGNSSCDRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuGNSSCDRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuGNSSCDRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of GNSS continuous driving records.
2.205. VuIdentification Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to the identification of the vehicle unit (Annex 1B requirement 075 and Annex 1C requirement 93 and 121).
Generation 1: VuIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { vuManufacturerName VuManufacturerName, vuManufacturerAddress VuManufacturerAddress, vuPartNumber VuPartNumber, vuSerialNumber VuSerialNumber, vuSoftwareIdentification VuSoftwareIdentification, vuManufacturingDate VuManufacturingDate, vuApprovalNumber VuApprovalNumber } vuManufacturerName is the name of the manufacturer of the vehicle unit. vuManufacturerAddress is the address of the manufacturer of the vehicle unit. vuPartNumber is the part number of the vehicle unit. vuSerialNumber is the serial number of the vehicle unit. vuSoftwareIdentification identifies the software implemented in the vehicle unit. vuManufacturingDate is the manufacturing date of the vehicle unit. vuApprovalNumber is the type approval number of the vehicle unit.
Generation 2: VuIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { vuManufacturerName VuManufacturerName, vuManufacturerAddress VuManufacturerAddress, vuPartNumber VuPartNumber, vuSerialNumber VuSerialNumber, vuSoftwareIdentification VuSoftwareIdentification, vuManufacturingDate VuManufacturingDate, vuApprovalNumber VuApprovalNumber, vuGeneration Generation, vuAbility VuAbility } In addition to generation 1 the following data element are used:
vuGeneration identifies the generation of the vehicle unit.
vuAbility provides information whether the VU supports generation 1 tachograph cards or not.
2.206. VuIdentificationRecordArray Generation 2: The VuIdentification plus metadata used in the download protocol. VuIdentificationRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuIdentification } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuIdentification). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuIdentification in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of VuIdentification records.
2.207. VuITSConsentRecord Generation 2: Information stored in a vehicle unit, related to the consent of a driver to use Intelligent Transport Systems. VuITSConsentRecord ::= SEQUENCE { cardNumberAndGen FullCardNumberAndGeneration, consent BOOLEAN } cardNumberAndGen identifies the card including its generation. This must be a driver card or a workshop card. consent is a flag which indicates whether the driver has given his consent on the usage of Intelligent Transport Systems with this vehicle / vehicle unit. Value assignment: TRUE indicates the driver's consent to use Intelligent Transport Systems FALSE indicates the driver's denial to use Intelligent Transport Systems
2.208. VuITSConsentRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to drivers' consent on the usage of Intelligent Transport Systems (Annex 1C requirement 200). VuITSConsentRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuITSConsentRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuITSConsentRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuITSConsentRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is the set of ITS consent records.
2.209. VuManufacturerAddress Address of the manufacturer of the vehicle unit. VuManufacturerAddress ::= Address Value assignment: Unspecified.
2.210. VuManufacturerName Name of the manufacturer of the vehicle unit. VuManufacturerName ::= Name Value assignment: Unspecified.
2.211. VuManufacturingDate Date of manufacture of the vehicle unit. VuManufacturingDate ::= TimeReal Value assignment: Unspecified.
2.212. VuOverSpeedingControlData Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to over speeding events since the last over speeding control (Annex 1B requirement 095 and Annex 1C requirement 117). VuOverSpeedingControlData ::= SEQUENCE { lastOverspeedControlTime TimeReal, firstOverspeedSince TimeReal, numberOfOverspeedSince OverspeedNumber } lastOverspeedControlTime is the date and time of the last over speeding control. firstOverspeedSince is the date and time of the first over speeding following this over speeding control. numberOfOverspeedSince is the number of over speeding events since the last over speeding control.
2.213. VuOverSpeedingControlDataRecordArray Generation 2: The VuOverSpeedingControlData plus metadata used in the download protocol. VuOverSpeedingControlDataRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuOverSpeedingControlData } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuOverSpeedingControlData). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuOverSpeedingControlData in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of over speeding control data records.
2.214. VuOverSpeedingEventData Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to over speeding events (Annex 1B requirement 094). VuOverSpeedingEventData ::= SEQUENCE { noOfVuOverSpeedingEvents INTEGER(0..255), vuOverSpeedingEventRecords SET SIZE(noOfVuOverSpeedingEvents) OF VuOverSpeedingEventRecord } noOfVuOverSpeedingEvents is the number of events listed in the vuOverSpeedingEventRecords set. vuOverSpeedingEventRecords is a set of over speeding events records.
2.215. VuOverSpeedingEventRecord
Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to over speeding events (Annex 1B requirement 094 and Annex 1C requirement 117). VuOverSpeedingEventRecord ::= SEQUENCE { eventType EventFaultType, eventRecordPurpose EventFaultRecordPurpose, eventBeginTime TimeReal, eventEndTime TimeReal, maxSpeedValue SpeedMax, averageSpeedValue SpeedAverage, cardNumberDriverSlotBegin FullCardNumber, similarEventsNumber SimilarEventsNumber } eventType is the type of the event. eventRecordPurpose is the purpose for which this event has been recorded. eventBeginTime is the date and time of beginning of event. eventEndTime is the date and time of end of event. maxSpeedValue is the maximum speed measured during the event. averageSpeedValue is the arithmetic average speed measured during the event. cardNumberDriverSlotBegin identifies the card inserted in the driver slot at the beginning of the event. similarEventsNumber is the number of similar events that day.
Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to over speeding events (Annex 1B requirement 094 and Annex 1C requirement 117). VuOverSpeedingEventRecord ::= SEQUENCE { eventType EventFaultType, eventRecordPurpose EventFaultRecordPurpose, eventBeginTime TimeReal, eventEndTime TimeReal, maxSpeedValue SpeedMax, averageSpeedValue SpeedAverage, cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotBegin FullCardNumberAndGeneration, similarEventsNumber SimilarEventsNumber } Instead of cardNumberDriverSlotBegin, the generation 2 data structure makes use of the following data element: cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotBegin identifies the card including its generation which is inserted in the driver slot at the beginning of the event.
2.216. VuOverSpeedingEventRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to over speeding events (Annex 1C requirement 117). VuOverSpeedingEventRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuOverSpeedingEventRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuOverSpeedingEventRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuOverSpeedingEventRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of over speeding events records.
2.217. VuPartNumber Part number of the vehicle unit. VuPartNumber ::= IA5String(SIZE(16)) Value assignment: VU manufacturer specific.
2.218. VuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodData Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to places where drivers begin or end a daily work period (Annex 1B requirement 087 and Annex 1C requirement 108 and 110). VuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodData ::= SEQUENCE { noOfPlaceRecords INTEGER(0..255), vuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodRecords SET SIZE(noOfPlaceRecords) OF VuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodRecord } noOfPlaceRecords is the number of records listed in the vuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodRecords set. vuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodRecords is a set of place related records.
2.219. VuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodRecord
Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to a place where a driver begins or ends a daily work period (Annex 1B requirement 087 and Annex 1C requirement 108 and 110). VuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodRecord ::= SEQUENCE { fullCardNumber FullCardNumber, placeRecord PlaceRecord } fullCardNumber is the driver's card type, card issuing Member State and card number. placeRecord contains the information related to the place entered.
Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to a place where a driver begins or ends a daily work period (Annex 1B requirement 087 and Annex 1C requirement 108 and 110). VuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodRecord ::= SEQUENCE { fullCardNumberAndGeneration FullCardNumberAndGeneration, placeRecord PlaceRecord } Instead of fullCardNumber, the generation 2 data structure makes use of the following data element: fullCardNumberAndGeneration is the type of card, its issuing Member State, its card number and generation as stored in the card.
2.220. VuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to places where drivers begin or end a daily work period (Annex 1C requirement 108 and 110). VuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuPlaceDailyWorkPeriodRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of place related records.
2.221. VuPrivateKey Generation 1: The private key of a vehicle unit. VuPrivateKey ::= RSAKeyPrivateExponent
2.222. VuPublicKey Generation 1: The public key of a vehicle unit. VuPublicKey ::= PublicKey
2.223. VuSerialNumber Serial number of the vehicle unit (Annex 1B requirement 075 and Annex 1C requirement 93). VuSerialNumber ::= ExtendedSerialNumber
2.224. VuSoftInstallationDate Date of installation of the vehicle unit software version. VuSoftInstallationDate ::= TimeReal Value assignment: Unspecified.
2.225. VuSoftwareIdentification Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to the software installed. VuSoftwareIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { vuSoftwareVersion VuSoftwareVersion, vuSoftInstallationDate VuSoftInstallationDate } vuSoftwareVersion is the software version number of the Vehicle Unit. vuSoftInstallationDate is the software version installation date.
2.226. VuSoftwareVersion Software version number of the vehicle unit. VuSoftwareVersion ::= IA5String(SIZE(4)) Value assignment: Unspecified.
2.227. VuSpecificConditionData Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to specific conditions. VuSpecificConditionData ::= SEQUENCE { noOfSpecificConditionRecords INTEGER(0..216-1) specificConditionRecords SET SIZE (noOfSpecificConditionRecords) OF SpecificConditionRecord } noOfSpecificConditionRecords is the number of records listed in the specificConditionRecords set. specificConditionRecords is a set of specific conditions related records.
2.228. VuSpecificConditionRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to specific conditions (Annex 1C requirement 130). VuSpecificConditionRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF SpecificConditionRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (SpecificConditionRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the SpecificConditionRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of specific conditions related records.
2.229. VuTimeAdjustmentData Generation 1: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to time adjustments performed outside the frame of a regular calibration (Annex 1B requirement 101). VuTimeAdjustmentData ::= SEQUENCE { noOfVuTimeAdjRecords INTEGER(0..6), vuTimeAdjustmentRecords SET SIZE(noOfVuTimeAdjRecords) OF VuTimeAdjustmentRecord } noOfVuTimeAdjRecords is the number of records in vuTimeAdjustmentRecords. vuTimeAdjustmentRecords is a set of time adjustment records.
2.230. VuTimeAdjustmentGNSSRecord Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to a time adjustment based on time data from GNSS (Annex 1C requirement 124 and 125). VuTimeAdjustmentGNSSRecord ::= SEQUENCE { oldTimeValue TimeReal, newTimeValue TimeReal } oldTimeValue, newTimeValue are the old and new values of date and time.
2.231. VuTimeAdjustmentGNSSRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to to a time adjustment performed bybased on time data from GNSS (Annex 1C requirement 124 and 125). VuTimeAdjustmentGNSSRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuTimeAdjustmentGNSSRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuTimeAdjustmentGNSSRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuTimeAdjustmentGNSSRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of GNSS time adjustment records.
2.232. VuTimeAdjustmentRecord Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related a time adjustment performed outside the frame of a regular calibration (Annex 1B requirement 101 and Annex 1C requirement 124 and 125).
Generation 1: VuTimeAdjustmentRecord ::= SEQUENCE { oldTimeValue TimeReal, newTimeValue TimeReal, workshopName Name, workshopAddress Address, workshopCardNumber FullCardNumber } oldTimeValue, newTimeValue are the old and new values of date and time. workshopName, workshopAddress are the workshop name and address. workshopCardNumber identifies the workshop card used to perform the time adjustment.
Generation 2: VuTimeAdjustmentRecord ::= SEQUENCE { oldTimeValue TimeReal, newTimeValue TimeReal, workshopName Name, workshopAddress Address, workshopCardNumberAndGeneration FullCardNumberAndGeneration } Instead of workshopCardNumber the generation 2 data structure makes use of the following data element. workshopCardNumberAndGeneration identifies the workshop card including its generation used to perform the time adjustment.
2.233. VuTimeAdjustmentRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to time adjustments performed outside the frame of a regular calibration (Annex 1C requirement 124 and 125). VuTimeAdjustmentRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuTimeAdjustmentRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuTimeAdjustmentRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuTimeAdjustmentRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of time adjustment records.
2.234. WorkshopCardApplicationIdentification Information, stored in a workshop card related to the identification of the application of the card (Annex 1C requirement 307 and 330).
Generation 1: WorkshopCardApplicationIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { typeOfTachographCardId EquipmentType, cardStructureVersion CardStructureVersion, noOfEventsPerType NoOfEventsPerType, noOfFaultsPerType NoOfFaultsPerType, activityStructureLength CardActivityLengthRange, noOfCardVehicleRecords NoOfCardVehicleRecords, noOfCardPlaceRecords NoOfCardPlaceRecords, noOfCalibrationRecords NoOfCalibrationRecords } typeOfTachographCardId is specifying the implemented type of card. cardStructureVersion is specifying the the version of the structure that is implemented in the card. noOfEventsPerType is the number of events per type of event the card can record. noOfFaultsPerType is the number of faults per type of fault the card can record. activityStructureLength indicates the number of bytes available for storing activity records. noOfCardVehicleRecords is the number of vehicle records the card can contain. noOfCardPlaceRecords is the number of places the card can record. noOfCalibrationRecords is the number of calibration records the card can store.
Generation 2: WorkshopCardApplicationIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { typeOfTachographCardId EquipmentType, cardStructureVersion CardStructureVersion, noOfEventsPerType NoOfEventsPerType, noOfFaultsPerType NoOfFaultsPerType, activityStructureLength CardActivityLengthRange, noOfCardVehicleRecords NoOfCardVehicleRecords, noOfCardPlaceRecords NoOfCardPlaceRecords, noOfCalibrationRecords NoOfCalibrationRecords, noOfGNSSCDRecords NoOfGNSSCDRecords, noOfSpecificConditionRecords NoOfSpecificConditionRecords } In addition to generation 1 the following data elements are used:
noOfGNSSCDRecords is the number of GNSS continuous driving records the card can store.
noOfSpecificConditionRecords is the number of specific condition records the card can store.
2.235. WorkshopCardCalibrationData Information, stored in a workshop card, related to workshop activity performed with the card (Annex 1C requirements 314, 316, 337, and 339). WorkshopCardCalibrationData ::= SEQUENCE { calibrationTotalNumber INTEGER(0 .. 216-1), calibrationPointerNewestRecord INTEGER(0 .. NoOfCalibrationRecords-1), calibrationRecords SET SIZE(NoOfCalibrationRecords) OF WorkshopCardCalibrationRecord } calibrationTotalNumber is the total number of calibrations performed with the card. calibrationPointerNewestRecord is the index of the last updated calibration record. Value assignment: Number corresponding to the numerator of the calibration record, beginning with 0 for the first occurrence of the calibration records in the structure. calibrationRecords is the set of records containing calibration and/or time adjustment information.
2.236. WorkshopCardCalibrationRecord Information, stored in a workshop card, related to a calibration performed with the card (Annex 1C requirement 314 and 337).
Generation 1: WorkshopCardCalibrationRecord ::= SEQUENCE { calibrationPurpose CalibrationPurpose, vehicleIdentificationNumber VehicleIdentificationNumber, vehicleRegistration VehicleRegistrationIdentification, wVehicleCharacteristicConstant W-VehicleCharacteristicConstant, kConstantOfRecordingEquipment K-ConstantOfRecordingEquipment, lTyreCircumference L-TyreCircumference, tyreSize TyreSize, authorisedSpeed SpeedAuthorised, oldOdometerValue OdometerShort, newOdometerValue OdometerShort, oldTimeValue TimeReal, newTimeValue TimeReal, nextCalibrationDate TimeReal, vuPartNumber VuPartNumber, vuSerialNumber VuSerialNumber, sensorSerialNumber SensorSerialNumber } calibrationPurpose is the purpose of the calibration. vehicleIdentificationNumber is the VIN. vehicleRegistration contains the VRN and registering Member State. wVehicleCharacteristicConstant is the characteristic coefficient of the vehicle. kConstantOfRecordingEquipment is the constant of the recording equipment. lTyreCircumference is the effective circumference of the wheel tyres. tyreSize is the designation of the dimensions of the tyres mounted on the vehicle. authorisedSpeed is the maximum authorised speed of the vehicle. oldOdometerValue, newOdometerValue are the old and new values of the odometer. oldTimeValue, newTimeValue are the old and new values of date and time. nextCalibrationDate is the date of the next calibration of the type specified in CalibrationPurpose to be carried out by the authorised inspection authority. vuPartNumber, vuSerialNumber and sensorSerialNumber are the data elements for recording equipment identification.
Generation 2: WorkshopCardCalibrationRecord ::= SEQUENCE { calibrationPurpose CalibrationPurpose, vehicleIdentificationNumber VehicleIdentificationNumber, vehicleRegistration VehicleRegistrationIdentification, wVehicleCharacteristicConstant W-VehicleCharacteristicConstant, kConstantOfRecordingEquipment K-ConstantOfRecordingEquipment, lTyreCircumference L-TyreCircumference, tyreSize TyreSize, authorisedSpeed SpeedAuthorised, oldOdometerValue OdometerShort, newOdometerValue OdometerShort, oldTimeValue TimeReal, newTimeValue TimeReal, nextCalibrationDate TimeReal, vuPartNumber VuPartNumber, vuSerialNumber VuSerialNumber, sensorSerialNumber SensorSerialNumber, sensorGNSSSerialNumber SensorGNSSSerialNumber, rcmSerialNumber RemoteCommunicationModuleSerialNumber, sealDataCard SealDataCard } In addition to generation 1 the following data elements are used:
sensorGNSSSerialNumber which identifies an external GNSS facility.
rcmSerialNumber which identifies a Remote Communication Module.
sealDataCard gives information about the seals that are attached to different components of the vehicle.
2.237. WorkshopCardHolderIdentification Information, stored in a workshop card, related to the identification of the cardholder (Annex 1C requirement 311 and 334). WorkshopCardHolderIdentification ::= SEQUENCE { workshopName Name, workshopAddress Address, cardHolderName HolderName, cardHolderPreferredLanguage Language } workshopName is name of the workshop of the card holder. workshopAddress is the address of the workshop of the card holder. cardHolderName is the name and first name(s) of the holder (e.g. the name of the mechanic). cardHolderPreferredLanguage is the preferred language of the card holder.
2.238. WorkshopCardPIN Personal identification number of the Workshop Card (Annex 1C requirement 309 and 332). WorkshopCardPIN ::= IA5String(SIZE(8)) Value assignment: The PIN known to the cardholder, right padded with FF bytes up to 8 bytes.
2.239. W-VehicleCharacteristicConstant Characteristic coefficient of the vehicle (definition k)). W-VehicleCharacteristicConstant ::= INTEGER(0..216-1)) Value assignment: Impulses per kilometer in the operating range 0 to 64255 pulses/km.
2.240. VuPowerSupplyInterruptionRecord Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to Power Supply Interruption events (Annex 1C requirement 117). VuPowerSupplyInterruptionRecord ::= SEQUENCE { eventType EventFaultType, eventRecordPurpose EventFaultRecordPurpose, eventBeginTime TimeReal, eventEndTime TimeReal, cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotBegin FullCardNumberAndGeneration, cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotEnd FullCardNumberAndGeneration, cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlotBegin FullCardNumberAndGeneration, cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlotEnd FullCardNumberAndGeneration, similarEventsNumber SimilarEventsNumber } eventType is the type of the event. eventRecordPurpose is the purpose for which this event has been recorded. eventBeginTime is the date and time of beginning of event. eventEndTime is the date and time of end of event. cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotBegin identifies the card including its generation inserted in the driver slot at the beginning of the event. cardNumberAndGenDriverSlotEnd identifies the card including its generation inserted in the driver slot at the end of the event. cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlotBegin identifies the card including its generation inserted in the co-driver slot at the beginning of the event. cardNumberAndGenCodriverSlotEnd identifies the card including its generation inserted in the co-driver slot at the end of the event. similarEventsNumber is the number of similar events that day.
2.241. VuPowerSupplyInterruptionRecordArray Generation 2: Information, stored in a vehicle unit, related to Power Supply Interruption events (Annex 1C requirement 117). VuPowerSupplyInterruptionRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF VuPowerSupplyInterruptionRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (VuPowerSupplyInterruptionRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the VuPowerSupplyInterruptionRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of power supply interruption events records.
2.242. VuSensorExternalGNSSCoupledRecordArray Generation 2: A set of SensorExternalGNSSCoupledRecord plus metadata used in the download protocol. VuSensorExternalGNSSCoupledRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF SensorExternalGNSSCoupledRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (SensorExternalGNSSCoupledRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the SensorExternalGNSSCoupledRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of Sensor External GNSS Coupled records.
2.243. VuSensorPairedRecordArray Generation 2: A set of SensorPairedRecord plus metadata used in the download protocol. VuSensorPairedRecordArray ::= SEQUENCE { recordType RecordType, recordSize INTEGER(1..65535), noOfRecords INTEGER(0..65535), records SET SIZE(noOfRecords) OF SensorPairedRecord } recordType denotes the type of the record (SensorPairedRecord). Value Assignment: See RecordType recordSize is the size of the SensorPairedRecord in bytes. noOfRecords is the number of records in the set records. records is a set of sensor paired records.
3. VALUE AND SIZE RANGE DEFINITIONS Definition of variable values used for definitions in paragraph 2. TimeRealRange ::= 232-1
4. CHARACTER SETS IA5Strings use the ASCII characters as defined by ISO/IEC 8824-1. For readability and for easy referencing the value assignment is given below. The ISO/IEC 8824-1 supersedes this informative note in case of discrepancy. ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~ Other character strings (Address, Name, VehicleRegistrationNumber) use, in addition, characters from the decimal character code range 161 — 255 of the following 8-bit, standard character sets, specified by the Code Page number: Standard Character Set Code Page (Decimal) ISO/IEC 8859-1 Latin-1 Western European 1 ISO/IEC 8859-2 Latin-2 Central European 2 ISO/IEC 8859-3 Latin-3 South European 3 ISO/IEC 8859-5 Latin / Cyrillic 5 ISO/IEC 8859-7 Latin / Greek 7 ISO/IEC 8859-9 Latin-5 Turkish 9 ISO/IEC 8859-13 Latin-7 Baltic Rim 13 ISO/IEC 8859-15 Latin-9 15 ISO/IEC 8859-16 Latin-10 South Eastern European 16 KOI8-R Latin / Cyrillic 80 KOI8-U Latin / Cyrillic 85
5. ENCODING When encoded with ASN.1 encoding rules, all data types defined shall be encoded according to ISO/IEC 8825-2, aligned variant.
6. OBJECT IDENTIFIERS UND APPLICATION IDENTIFIERS
6.
6.1. Object Identifiers The Object Identifiers (OIDs) listed in this chapter are only relevant for generation 2. These OIDs are specified in TR-03110-3 and repeated here for the sake of completeness. These OIDs are contained in the subtree of bsi-de: bsi-de OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { itu-t(0) identified-organization(4) etsi(0) reserved(127) etsi-identified-organization(0) 7 }
6.1. VU Authentication protocol identifiers
id-TA OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {bsi-de protocols(2) smartcard(2) 2} id-TA-ECDSA OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-TA 2} id-TA-ECDSA-SHA-256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-TA-ECDSA 3} id-TA-ECDSA-SHA-384 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-TA-ECDSA 4} id-TA-ECDSA-SHA-512 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-TA-ECDSA 5} Example: Suppose VU Authentication is to be done with SHA-384, then the object identifier to use is (in ASN.1 notation) bsi-de protocols(2) smartcard(2) 2 2 4 . The value of this object identifier in dot notation is 0.4.0.127.0.7.2.2.2.2.4 . Dot notation Byte notation id-TA-ECDSA-SHA-256 0.4.0.127.0.7.2.2.2.2.3 04 00 7F 00 07 02 02 02 02 03 id-TA-ECDSA-SHA-384 0.4.0.127.0.7.2.2.2.2.4 04 00 7F 00 07 02 02 02 02 04 id-TA-ECDSA-SHA-512 0.4.0.127.0.7.2.2.2.2.5 04 00 7F 00 07 02 02 02 02 05
Chip Authentication protocol identifiers
id-CA OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {bsi-de protocols(2) smartcard(2) 3} id-CA-ECDH OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-CA 2} id-CA-ECDH-AES-CBC-CMAC-128 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-CA-ECDH 2} id-CA-ECDH-AES-CBC-CMAC-192 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-CA-ECDH 3} id-CA-ECDH-AES-CBC-CMAC-256 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {id-CA-ECDH 4} Example: Suppose Chip Authentication is to be done by using the ECDH algorithm, resulting in an AES session key length of 128 bits. This session key will subsequently be used in the CBC mode of operation to ensure data confidentiality and with the CMAC algorithm to ensure data authenticity. Therefore, the object identifier to use is (in ASN.1 notation) bsi-de protocols(2) smartcard(2) 3 2 2 . The value of this object identifier in dot notation is 0.4.0.127.0.7.2.2.3.2.2 . Dot notation Byte notation id-CA-ECDH-AES-CBC-CMAC-128 0.4.0.127.0.7.2.2.3.2.2 04 00 7F 00 07 02 02 03 02 02 id-CA-ECDH-AES-CBC-CMAC-192 0.4.0.127.0.7.2.2.3.2.3 04 00 7F 00 07 02 02 03 02 03 id-CA-ECDH-AES-CBC-CMAC-256 0.4.0.127.0.7.2.2.3.2.4 04 00 7F 00 07 02 02 03 02 04
6.2. Application Identifiers Generation 2: The Application Identifier (AID) for the External GNSS Facility (Generation 2) is given by FF 44 54 45 47 4D. This is a proprietary AID according to ISO/IEC 7816-4. Note: The last 5 bytes encode DTEGM for smart Tachograph External GNSS Facility. The Application Identifier for the generation 2 tachograph card application is given by FF 53 4D 52 44 54. This is a proprietary AID according to ISO/IEC 7816-4.
Appendix 2 TACHOGRAPH CARDS SPECIFICATION
1. INTRODUCTION
1.
1.1. Abbreviations For the purpose of this appendix, the following abbreviations apply. AC Access conditions AES Advanced Encryption Standard AID Application Identifier ALW Always APDU Application Protocol Data Unit (structure of a command) ATR Answer To Reset AUT Authenticated. C6, C7 Contacts No 6 and 7 of the card as described in ISO/IEC 7816-2 cc clock cycles CHV Card holder Verification Information CLA Class byte of an APDU command DSRC Dedicated Short Range Communication DF Dedicated File. A DF can contain other files (EF or DF) ECC Elliptic Curve Cryptography EF Elementary File etu elementary time unit G1 Generation 1 G2 Generation 2 IC Integrated Circuit ICC Integrated Circuit Card ID Identifier IFD Interface Device IFS Information Field Size IFSC Information Field Size for the card IFSD Information Field Size Device (for the Terminal) INS Instruction byte of an APDU command Lc Length of the input data for a APDU command Le Length of the expected data (output data for a command) MF Master File (root DF) NAD Node Address used in T=1 protocol NEV Never P1-P2 Parameter bytes PIN Personal Identification Number PRO SM Protected with secure messaging PTS Protocol Transmission Selection RFU Reserved for Future Use RST Reset (of the card) SFID Short EF Identifier SM Secure Messaging SW1-SW2 Status bytes TS Initial ATR character VPP Programming Voltage VU Vehicle Unit XXh Value XX in hexadecimal notation XXh Value XX in hexadecimal notation || Concatenation symbol 03||04=0304
1.2. References The following references are used in this Appendix: ISO/IEC 7816-2 Identification cards — Integrated circuit cards — Part 2: Dimensions and location of the contacts. ISO/IEC 7816-2:2007. ISO/IEC 7816-3 Identification cards — Integrated circuit cards — Part 3: Electrical interface and transmission protocols. ISO/IEC 7816-3:2006. ISO/IEC 7816-4 Identification cards — Integrated circuit cards — Part 4: Organization, security and commands for interchange. ISO/IEC 7816-4:2013 + Cor 1: 2014. ISO/IEC 7816-6 Identification cards — Integrated circuit cards — Part 6: Interindustry data elements for interchange. ISO/IEC 7816-6:2004 + Cor 1: 2006. ISO/IEC 7816-8 Identification cards — Integrated circuit cards — Part 8: Commands for security operations. ISO/IEC 7816-8:2004. ISO/IEC 9797-2 Information technology — Security techniques — Message Authentication Codes (MACs) — Part 2: Mechanisms using a dedicated hash-function. ISO/IEC 9797-2:2011
2.TCS_01TCS_02
ELECTRICAL AND PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS All electronic signals shall be in accordance with ISO/IEC 7816-3 unless specified otherwise. The location and dimensions of the card contacts shall comply with the ISO/IEC 7816-2.
2.1.TCS_03TCS_04
Supply Voltage and Current Consumption The card shall work according to specifications within the consumption limits specified in ISO/IEC 7816-3. The card shall work with Vcc = 3V (± 0,3V) or with Vcc = 5V (± 0,5V). Voltage selection shall be performed according to ISO/IEC 7816-3.
2.2.TCS_05 Programming Voltage Vpp The card shall not require a programming voltage at pin C6. It is expected that pin C6 is not connected in an IFD. Contact C6 may be connected to Vcc in the card but shall not be connected to ground. This voltage should not be interpreted in any case.
2.3.TCS_06TCS_07
Clock generation and Frequency The card shall operate within a frequency range of 1 to 5 MHz and may support higher frequencies. Within one card session the clock frequency may vary ± 2 %. The clock frequency is generated by the Vehicle Unit and not the card itself. The duty cycle may vary between 40 and 60 %. Under conditions contained into the card file EF ICC, the external clock can be stopped. The first byte of the EF ICC file body codes the Clockstop mode conditions: Low High Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 0 0 1 Clockstop allowed, no preferred level 0 1 1 Clockstop allowed, high level preferred 1 0 1 Clockstop allowed, low level preferred 0 0 0 Clockstop not allowed 0 1 0 Clockstop only allowed on high level 1 0 0 Clockstop only allowed on low level Bits 4 to 8 are not used.
2.4.TCS_08 I/O Contact The I/O contact C7 is used to receive data from and to transmit data to the IFD. During operation only either the card or the IFD shall be in transmit mode. Should both units be in transmit mode no damage shall occur to the card. Unless transmitting, the card shall enter the reception mode.
2.5.TCS_09 States of the Card The card works in two states while the supply voltage is applied:
Operation state while executing commands or interfacing with Digital Unit,
Idle state at all other times; in this state all data shall be retained by the card.
3. HARDWARE AND COMMUNICATION
3.
3.1. Introduction This paragraph describes the minimum functionality required by Tachograph cards and VUs to ensure correct operation and interoperability. Tachograph cards are as compliant as possible with the available ISO/IEC applicable norms (especially ISO/IEC 7816). However, commands and protocols are fully described in order to specify some restricted usage or some differences if they exist. The commands specified are fully compliant with the referred norms except where indicated.
3.2.TCS_10 Transmission Protocol The Transmission protocol shall be compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-3 for T = 0 and T = 1. In particular, the VU shall recognise waiting time extensions sent by the card.
3.2.TCS_10
3.2.1TCS_11TCS_12TCS_13TCS_14TCS_15TCS_16
Protocols The card shall provide both protocol T=0 and protocol T=1. In addition the card may support further contact-oriented protocols. T=0 is the default protocol, a PTS command is therefore necessary to change the protocol to T=1. Devices shall support direct convention in both protocols: the direct convention is hence mandatory for the card. The Information Field Size Card byte shall be presented at the ATR in character TA3. This value shall be at least F0h (=240 bytes). The following restrictions apply to the protocols: T=0 T=1
The interface device shall support an answer on I/O after the rising edge of the signal on RST from 400 cc.
The interface device shall be able to read characters separated with 12 etu.
The interface device shall read an erroneous character and its repetition if separated with 13 etu. If an erroneous character is detected, the Error signal on I/O can occur between 1 etu and 2 etu. The device shall support a 1 etu delay.
The interface device shall accept a 33 bytes ATR (TS+32)
If TC1 is present in the ATR, the Extra Guard Time shall be present for characters sent by the interface device although characters sent by the card can still be separated with 12 etu. This is also true for the ACK character sent by the card after a P3 character emitted by the interface device.
The interface device shall take into account a NUL character emitted by the card.
The interface device shall accept the complementary mode for ACK.
The get-response command cannot be used in chaining mode to get a data which length could exceed 255 bytes.
NAD byte: not used (NAD shall be set to 00).
S-block ABORT: not used.
S-block VPP state error: not used.
The total chaining length for a data field will not exceed 255 bytes (to be ensured by the IFD).
The Information Field Size Device (IFSD) shall be indicated by the IFD immediately after the ATR: the IFD shall transmit the S-Block IFS request after the ATR and the card shall send back S-Block IFS. The recommended value for IFSD is 254 bytes.
The card will not ask for an IFS readjustment.
3.2.2TCS_17TCS_18
ATR The device checks ATR bytes, according to ISO/IEC 7816-3. No verification shall be done on ATR Historical Characters. Example of Basic Biprotocol ATR according to ISO/IEC 7816-3 Character Value Remarks TS 3Bh Indicates direct convention. T0 85h TD1 present; 5 historical bytes are presents. TD1 80h TD2 present; T=0 to be used TD2 11h TA3 present; T=1 to be used TA3 XXh (at least F0h) Information Field Size Card ( IFSC) TH1 to TH5 XXh Historical characters TCK XXh Check Character (exclusive OR) After the Answer To Reset (ATR), the Master File (MF) is implicitly selected and becomes the Current Directory.
3.2.3TCS_19TCS_20TCS_21
PTS The default Protocol is T=0. To set the T=1 protocol, a PTS (also known as PPS) must be sent to the card by the device. As both T=0 and T=1 protocols are mandatory for the card, the basic PTS for protocol switching is mandatory for the card. The PTS can be used, as indicated in ISO/IEC 7816-3, to switch to higher baud rates than the default one proposed by the card in the ATR if any (TA(1) byte). Higher baud rates are optional for the card. If no other baud rate than the default one are supported (or if the selected baud rate is not supported), the card shall respond to the PTS correctly according to ISO/IEC 7816-3 by omitting the PPS1 byte. Examples of basic PTS for protocol selection are the following: Character Value Remarks PPSS FFh The Initiate Character. PPS0 00h or 01h PPS1 to PPS3 are not present; 00h to select T0, 01h to select T1. PK XXh Check Character XXh = FFh if PPS0 = 00h, XXh = FEh if PPS0 = 01h.
3.3.TCS_22TCS_23TCS_24TCS_25——TCS_26——TCS_27——TCS_28
Access Rules An access rule specifies for an access mode, i.e. command, the corresponding security conditions. If these security conditions are fulfilled the corresponding command is processed. The following security conditions are used for the tachograph card: Abbreviation Meaning ALW The action is always possible and can be executed without any restriction. Command and response APDU are sent in plain text, i.e. without secure messaging. NEV The action is never possible. PLAIN-C The command APDU is sent in plain, i.e. without secure messaging. PWD The action may only be executed if the workshop card PIN has been successfully verified, i.e. if the card internal security status PIN_Verified is set. The command must be sent without secure messaging. EXT-AUT-G1 The action may only be executed if the External Authenticate command for the generation 1 authentication (see also Appendix 11 Part A) has been successfully performed. SM-MAC-G1 The APDU (command and response) must be applied with generation 1 secure messaging in authentication-only mode (see Appendix 11 Part A). SM-C-MAC-G1 The command APDU must be applied with generation 1 secure messaging in authentication only mode (see Appendix 11 Part A). SM-R-ENC-G1 The response APDU must be applied with generation 1 secure messaging in encryption mode (see Appendix 11 Part A), i.e. no message authentication code is returned. SM-R-ENC-MAC-G1 The response APDU must be applied with generation 1 secure messaging in encrypt-then-authenticate mode (see Appendix 11 Part A). SM-MAC-G2 The APDU (command and response) must be applied with generation 2 secure messaging in authentication-only mode (see Appendix 11 Part B). SM-C-MAC-G2 The command APDU must be applied with generation 2 secure messaging in authentication only mode (see Appendix 11 Part B). SM-R-ENC-MAC-G2 The response APDU must be applied with generation 2 secure messaging in encrypt-then-authenticate mode (see Appendix 11 Part B). These security conditions can be linked in the following ways: AND All security conditions must be fulfilled OR At least one security condition must be fulfilled The access rules for the file system, i.e. the SELECT, READ BINARY and UPDATE BINARY command, are specified in chapter 4. The access rules for the remaining commands are specified in the following tables. In the DF Tachograph G1 application the following access rules are used: Command Driver Card Workshop Card Control Card Company Card External Authenticate For generation 1 authentication ALW ALW ALW ALW For generation 2 authentication ALW PWD ALW ALW Internal Authenticate ALW PWD ALW ALW General Authenticate ALW ALW ALW ALW Get Challenge ALW ALW ALW ALW MSE:SET AT ALW ALW ALW ALW MSE:SET DST ALW ALW ALW ALW Process DSRC Message Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable PSO: Compute Digital Signature ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 Not applicable Not applicable PSO: Hash Not applicable Not applicable ALW Not applicable PSO: Hash of File ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 Not applicable Not applicable PSO: Verify Certificate ALW ALW ALW ALW PSO: Verify Digital Signature Not applicable Not applicable ALW Not applicable Verify Not applicable ALW Not applicable Not applicable In the DF Tachograph_G2 application the following access rules are used: Command Driver Card Workshop Card Control Card Company Card External Authenticate For generation 1 authentication Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable For generation 2 authentication ALW PWD ALW ALW Internal Authenticate Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable General Authenticate ALW ALW ALW ALW Get Challenge ALW ALW ALW ALW MSE:SET AT ALW ALW ALW ALW MSE:SET DST ALW ALW ALW ALW Process DSRC Message Not applicable ALW ALW Not applicable PSO: Compute Digital Signature ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 Not applicable Not applicable PSO: Hash Not applicable Not applicable ALW Not applicable PSO: Hash of File ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 Not applicable Not applicable PSO: Verify Certificate ALW ALW ALW ALW PSO: Verify Digital Signature Not applicable Not applicable ALW Not applicable Verify Not applicable ALW Not applicable Not applicable In the MF the following access rules are used: Command Driver Card Workshop Card Control Card Company Card External Authenticate For generation 1 authentication Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable For generation 2 authentication ALW PWD ALW ALW Internal Authenticate Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable General Authenticate ALW ALW ALW ALW Get Challenge ALW ALW ALW ALW MSE:SET AT ALW ALW ALW ALW MSE:SET DST ALW ALW ALW ALW Process DSRC Message Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable PSO: Compute Digital Signature Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable PSO: Hash Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable PSO: Hash of File Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable PSO: Verify Certificate ALW ALW ALW ALW Verify Not applicable ALW Not applicable Not applicable A tachograph card may or may not accept a command with a higher level of security than the one specified in the security conditions. I.e. if the security condition is ALW (or PLAIN-C) the card may accept a command with secure messaging (encryption and / or authentication mode). If the security condition requires secure messaging with authentication mode, the tachograph card may accept a command with secure messaging of the same generation in authentication and encryption mode. Note: The command descriptions provide more information on the support of the commands for the different tachograph card types and the different DFs.
3.4.————————TCS_29TCS_30
Commands and error codes overview Commands and file organisation are deduced from and complies with ISO/IEC 7816-4. This section describes the following APDU command-response pairs. The command variants which are supported by a generation 1 and 2 application are specified in the corresponding command descriptions. Command INS SELECT A4h READ BINARY B0h, B1h UPDATE BINARY D6h, D7h GET CHALLENGE 84h VERIFY 20h GET RESPONSE C0h PERFORM SECURITY OPERATION 2Ah VERIFY CERTIFICATE COMPUTE DIGITAL SIGNATURE VERIFY DIGITAL SIGNATURE HASH PERFORM HASH OF FILE PROCESS DSRC MESSAGE INTERNAL AUTHENTICATE 88h EXTERNAL AUTHENTICATE 82h MANAGE SECURITY ENVIRONMENT 22h SET DIGITAL SIGNATURE TEMPLATE SET AUTHENTICATION TEMPLATE GENERAL AUTHENTICATE 86h The status words SW1 SW2 are returned in any response message and denote the processing state of the command. SW1 SW2 Meaning 90 00 Normal processing. 61 XX Normal processing. XX = number of response bytes available. 62 81 Warning processing. Part of returned data may be corrupted 63 00 Authentication failed (Warning) 63 CX Wrong CHV (PIN). Remaining attempts counter provided by X. 64 00 Execution error — State of non-volatile memory unchanged. Integrity error. 65 00 Execution error — State of non-volatile memory changed 65 81 Execution error — State of non-volatile memory changed — Memory failure 66 88 Security error wrong cryptographic checksum (during Secure Messaging) or wrong certificate (during certificate verification) or wrong cryptogram (during external authentication) or wrong signature (during signature verification) 67 00 Wrong length (wrong Lc or Le) 68 82 Secure messaging not supported 68 83 Last command of the chain expected 69 00 Forbidden command (no response available in T=0) 69 82 Security status not satisfied. 69 83 Authentication method blocked. 69 85 Conditions of use not satisfied. 69 86 Command not allowed (no current EF). 69 87 Expected Secure Messaging Data Objects missing 69 88 Incorrect Secure Messaging Data Objects 6A 80 Incorrect parameters in data field 6A 82 File not found. 6A 86 Wrong parameters P1-P2. 6A 88 Referenced data not found. 6B 00 Wrong parameters (offset outside the EF). 6C XX Wrong length, SW2 indicates the exact length. No data field is returned. 6D 00 Instruction code not supported or invalid. 6E 00 Class not supported. 6F 00 Other checking errors If more than one error condition is fulfilled in one command APDU the card may return any of the appropriate status words.
3.5.TCS_31TCS_32TCS_33 Notes: TCS_34
Command descriptions The mandatory commands for the Tachograph cards are described in this chapter. Additional relevant details, related to cryptographic operations involved, are given in Appendix 11 Common security mechanisms for Tachograph Generation 1 and Generation 2. All commands are described independently of the used protocol (T=0 or T=1). The APDU bytes CLA, INS, P1, P2, Lc and Le are always indicated. If Lc or Le is not needed for the described command, the associated length, value and description are empty. If both length bytes (Lc and Le) are requested, the described command has to be split in two parts if the IFD is using protocol T=0: the IFD sends the command as described with P3=Lc + data and then sends a GET RESPONSE (see § 3.5.6) command with P3=Le. If both length bytes are requested, and Le=0 (secure messaging): A tachograph card may support extended length fields according to ISO/IEC 7816-4 as an optional feature. A tachograph card that supports extended length fields shall All commands are specified for short length fields. The usage of extended length APDUs is clear from ISO/IEC 7816-4. In general the commands are specified for the plain mode, i.e. without secure messaging, as the secure messaging layer is specified in Appendix 11. It is clear from the access rules for a command whether the command shall support secure messaging or not and whether the command shall support generation 1 and / or generation 2 secure messaging. Some command variants are described with secure messaging to illustrate the usage of secure messaging. The VU shall perform the complete generation 2 VU — card mutual authentication protocol for a session including the certificate verification (if required) either in the DF Tachograph, the DF Tachograph_G2 or the MF.
When using protocol T=1, the card shall answer to Le=0 by sending all available output data.
When using protocol T=0, the IFD shall send the first command with P3=Lc + data, the card shall answer (to this implicit Le=0) by the Status bytes 61La, where La is the number of response bytes available. The IFD shall then generate a GET RESPONSE command with P3 = La to read the data.
Indicate the extended length field support in the ATR
Provide the supported buffer sizes by means of the extended length information in the EF ATR/INFO see TCS_146.
Indicate whether it supports extended length fields for T = 1 and / or T = 0 in the EF Extended Length, see TCS_147.
Support extended length fields for the tachograph application generation 1 and 2.
3.5.1 SELECT This command is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-4, but has a restricted usage compared to the command defined in the norm. The SELECT command is used:
to select an application DF (selection by name must be used)
to select an elementary file corresponding to the submitted file ID
3.5.1
3.5.1.1TCS_35TCS_36TCS_37TCS_38
Selection by name (AID) This command allows selecting an application DF in the card. This command can be performed from anywhere in the file structure (after the ATR or at any time). The selection of an application resets the current security environment. After performing the application selection, no current public key is selected anymore. The EXT-AUT-G1 access condition is also lost. If the command was performed without secure messaging, the former secure messaging session keys are no longer available. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 A4h P1 1 04h Selection by name (AID) P2 1 0Ch No response expected Lc 1 NNh Number of bytes sent to the card (length of the AID): 06h for the Tachograph application #6-#(5+NN) NN XX..XXh AID: FF 54 41 43 48 4F for the Generation 1 tachograph application AID: FF 53 4D 52 44 54 for the Generation 2 tachograph application No response to the SELECT command is needed (Le absent in T=1, or no response asked in T=0). Response Message (no response asked) Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If the application corresponding with the AID is not found, the processing state returned is 6A82.
In T=1, if the byte Le is present, the state returned is 6700.
In T=0, if a response is asked after the SELECT command, the state returned is 6900.
If the selected application is considered corrupted (integrity error is detected within the file attributes), the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
3.5.1.2TCS_39TCS_40TCS_41
Selection of an Elementary File using its File Identifier Command Message A tachograph card shall support the generation 2 secure messaging as specified in Appendix 11 Part B for this command variant. Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 A4h P1 1 02h Selection of an EF under the current DF P2 1 0Ch No response expected Lc 1 02h Number of bytes sent to the card #6-#7 2 XXXXh File Identifier No response to the SELECT command is needed (Le absent in T=1, or no response asked in T=0). Response Message (no response asked) Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If the file corresponding with the file identifier is not found, the processing state returned is 6A82.
In T=1, if the byte Le is present, the state returned is 6700.
In T=0, if a response is asked after the SELECT command, the state returned is 6900.
If the selected file is considered corrupted (integrity error is detected within the file attributes), the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
3.5.2 READ BINARY This command is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-4, but has a restricted usage compared to the command defined in the norm. The READ BINARY command is used to read data from a transparent file. The response of the card consists of returning the data read, optionally encapsulated in a secure messaging structure.
3.5.2
3.5.2.1TCS_42TCS_43
Command with offset in P1-P2 This command enables the IFD to read data from the EF currently selected, without secure messaging. Note: This command without secure messaging can only be used to read a file that supports the ALW security condition for the Read access mode. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 B0h Read Binary P1 1 XXh Offset in bytes from the beginning of the file: Most Significant Byte P2 1 XXh Offset in bytes from the beginning of the file: Least Significant Byte Le 1 XXh Length of data expected. Number of Bytes to be read. Note: bit 8 of P1 must be set to 0. Response Message Byte Length Value Description #1-#X X XX..XXh Data read SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If no EF is selected, the processing state returned is 6986.
If the security conditions of the selected file are not satisfied, the command is interrupted with 6982.
If the Offset is not compatible with the size of the EF (Offset > EF size), the processing state returned is 6B00.
If the size of the data to be read is not compatible with the size of the EF (Offset + Le > EF size) the processing state returned is 6700 or 6Cxx where xx indicates the exact length.
If an integrity error is detected within the file attributes, the card shall consider the file as corrupted and unrecoverable, the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
If an integrity error is detected within the stored data, the card shall return the demanded data, and the processing state returned is 6281.
3.5.2.1.1TCS_44TCS_45TCS_46TCS_47
Command with secure messaging (examples) This command enables the IFD to read data from the EF currently selected with secure messaging, in order to verify the integrity of the data received and to protect the confidentiality of the data if the security condition SM-R-ENC-MAC-G1 (generation 1) or SM-R-ENC-MAC-G2 (generation 2) is applied. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 0Ch Secure Messaging asked INS 1 B0h Read Binary P1 1 XXh P1 ( offset in bytes from the beginning of the file): Most Significant Byte P2 1 XXh P2 ( offset in bytes from the beginning of the file): Least Significant Byte Lc 1 XXh Length of input data for secure messaging #6 1 97h TLE: Tag for expected length specification. #7 1 01h LLE: Length of expected length #8 1 NNh Expected length specification (original Le): Number of Bytes to be read #9 1 8Eh TCC: Tag for cryptographic checksum #10 1 XXh LCC: Length of following cryptographic checksum #11-#(10+L) L XX..XXh Cryptographic checksum Le 1 00h As specified in ISO/IEC 7816-4 Response Message if SM-R-ENC-MAC-G1 (generation 1) / SM-R-ENC-MAC-G2 (generation 2) is not required and if Secure Messaging input format is correct: Byte Length Value Description #1 1 99h Tag for Processing Status (SW1-SW2) — optional for generation 1 secure messaging #2 1 02h Length of Processing Status #3 — #4 2 XX XXh Processing Status of the unprotected response APDU #5 1 81h TPV: Tag for plain value data #6 L NNh or 81 NNh LPV: length of returned data (=original Le). L is 2 bytes if LPV>127 bytes. #(6+L)-#(5+L+NN) NN XX..XXh Plain Data value #(6+L+NN) 1 8Eh TCC: Tag for cryptographic checksum #(7+L+NN) 1 XXh LCC: Length of following cryptographic checksum #(8+L+NN)-#(7+M+L+NN) M XX..XXh Cryptographic checksum SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2) Response Message if SM-R-ENC-MAC-G1 (generation 1) / SM-R-ENC-MAC-G2 (generation 2) is required and if Secure Messaging input format is correct: Byte Length Value Description #1 1 87h TPI CG: Tag for encrypted data (cryptogram) #2 L MMh or 81 MMh LPI CG: length of returned encrypted data (different of original Le of the command due to padding). L is 2 bytes if LPI CG > 127 bytes. #(2+L)-#(1+L+MM) MM 01XX..XXh Encrypted Data: Padding Indicator and cryptogram #(2+L+MM) 1 99h Tag for Processing Status (SW1-SW2) — optional for generation 1 secure messaging #(3+L+MM) 1 02h Length of Processing Status #(4+L+MM) — #(5+L+MM) 2 XX XXh Processing Status of the unprotected response APDU #(6+L+MM) 1 8Eh TCC: Tag for cryptographic checksum #(7+L+MM) 1 XXh LCC: Length of following cryptographic checksum #(8+L+MM)-#(7+N+L+MM) N XX..XXh Cryptographic checksum SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2) The READ BINARY command may return regular processing states listed in TCS_43 under Tag 99h as described in TCS_59 using the secure messaging response structure. Additionally, some errors specifically related to secure messaging can happen. In that case, the processing state is simply returned, with no secure messaging structure involved: Response Message if incorrect Secure Messaging input format Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
04h for Generation 1 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part A)
08h, 0Ch or 10h depending on AES key length for Generation 2 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part B)
04h for Generation 1 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part A)
08h, 0Ch or 10h depending on AES key length for Generation 2 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part B)
04h for Generation 1 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part A)
08h, 0Ch or 10h depending on AES key length for Generation 2 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part B)
If no current session key is available, the processing state 6A88 is returned. It happens either if the session key has not already been generated or if the session key validity has expired (in this case the IFD must re-run a mutual authentication process to set a new session key).
If some expected data objects (as specified above) are missing in the secure messaging format, the processing state 6987 is returned: this error happens if an expected tag is missing or if the command body is not properly constructed.
If some data objects are incorrect, the processing state returned is 6988: this error happens if all the required tags are present but some lengths are different from the ones expected.
If the verification of the cryptographic checksum fails, the processing state returned is 6688.
3.5.2.2TCS_48TCS_49TCS_50
Command with short EF (Elementary File) identifier This command variant enables the IFD to select an EF by means of a short EF identifier and read data from this EF. A tachograph card shall support this command variant for all Elementary Files with a specified short EF identifier. These short EF identifiers are specified in chapter 4. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 B0h Read Binary P1 1 XXh Bit 8 is set to 1 Bit 7 and 6 are set to 00 Bit 5 — 1 encode the short EF identifier of the corresponding EF P2 1 XXh Encodes an offset from 0 to 255 bytes in the EF referenced by P1 Le 1 XXh Length of data expected. Number of Bytes to be read. Note: The short EF identifiers used for the Generation 2 tachograph application are specified in chapter 4. If P1 encodes a short EF identifier and the command is successful, the identified EF becomes the currently selected EF (current EF). Response Message Byte Length Value Description #1-#L L XX..XXh Data read SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If the file corresponding with the short EF identifier is not found, the processing state returned is 6A82.
If the security conditions of the selected file are not satisfied, the command is interrupted with 6982.
If the Offset is not compatible with the size of the EF (Offset > EF size), the processing state returned is 6B00.
If the size of the data to be read is not compatible with the size of the EF (Offset + Le > EF size) the processing state returned is 6700 or 6Cxx where xx indicates the exact length.
If an integrity error is detected within the file attributes, the card shall consider the file as corrupted and unrecoverable, the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
If an integrity error is detected within the stored data, the card shall return the demanded data, and the processing state returned is 6281.
3.5.2.3TCS_51TCS_52TCS_53
Command with odd instruction byte This command variant enables the IFD to read data from an EF with 32768 bytes or more. A tachograph card which supports EFs with 32768 bytes or more shall support this command variant for these EFs. A tachograph card may or may not support this command variant for other EFs with the exception of the EF Sensor_Installation_Data see TCS_156 and TCS_160. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 B1h Read Binary P1 1 00h Current EF P2 1 00h Lc 1 NNh Lc Length of offset data object. #6-#(5+NN) NN XX..XXh Offset data object: Tag 54h Length 01h or 02h Value offset Le 1 XXh Number of Bytes to be read. The IFD shall encode the offset data object's length with a minimum possible number of octets, i.e. using the length byte 01h the IFD shall encode an offset from 0 to 255 and using the length byte 02h an offset from 256 up to 65535 bytes. Response Message Byte Length Value Description #1-#L L XX..XXh Data read encapsulated in a discretionary data object with tag 53h. SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If no EF is selected, the processing state returned is 6986.
If the security conditions of the selected file are not satisfied, the command is interrupted with 6982.
If the Offset is not compatible with the size of the EF (Offset > EF size), the processing state returned is 6B00.
If the size of the data to be read is not compatible with the size of the EF (Offset + Le > EF size) the processing state returned is 6700 or 6Cxx where xx indicates the exact length.
If an integrity error is detected within the file attributes, the card shall consider the file as corrupted and unrecoverable, the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
If an integrity error is detected within the stored data, the card shall return the demanded data, and the processing state returned is 6281.
3.5.2.3.1TCS_54TCS_55
Command with secure messaging (example) The following example illustrates the usage of secure messaging if the security condition SM-MAC-G2 applies. Command message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 0Ch Secure Messaging asked INS 1 B1h Read Binary P1 1 00h Current EF P2 1 00h Lc 1 XXh Length of the secured data field #6 1 B3h Tag for plain value data encoded in BER-TLV #7 1 NNh LPV: length of transmitted data #(8)-#(7+NN) NN XX..XXh Plain Data encoded in BER-TLV, i.e. the offset data object with tag 54 #(8+NN) 1 97h TLE: Tag for expected length specification. #(9+NN) 1 01h LLE: Length of expected length #(10+NN) 1 XXh Expected length specification (original Le): Number of bytes to be read #(11+NN) 1 8Eh TCC: Tag for cryptographic checksum #(12+NN) 1 XXh LCC: Length of following cryptographic checksum 08h, 0Ch or 10h depending on AES key length for Generation 2 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part B) #(13+NN)-#(12+M+NN) M XX..XXh Cryptographic checksum Le 1 00h As specified in ISO/IEC 7816-4 Response message if the command is successful Byte Length Value Description #1 1 B3h Plain Data encoded in BER-TLV #2 L NNh or 81 NNh LPV: length of returned data (=original Le). L is 2 bytes if LPV>127 bytes. #(2+L)-#(1+L+NN) NN XX..XXh Plain Data value encoded in BER-TLV, i.e. data read encapsulated in a discretionary data object with tag 53h. #(2+L+NN) 1 99h Processing Status of the unprotected response APDU #(3+L+NN) 1 02h Length of Processing Status #(4+L+NN) — #(5+L+NN) 2 XX XXh Processing Status of the unprotected response APDU #(6+L+NN) 1 8Eh TCC: Tag for cryptographic checksum #(7+L+NN) 1 XXh LCC: Length of following cryptographic checksum 08h, 0Ch or 10h depending on AES key length for Generation 2 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part B) #(8+L+NN)-#(7+M+L+NN) M XX..XXh Cryptographic checksum SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
3.5.3 UPDATE BINARY This command is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-4, but has a restricted usage compared to the command defined in the norm. The UPDATE BINARY command message initiates the update (erase + write) of the bits already present in an EF binary with the bits given in the command APDU.
3.5.3
3.5.3.1TCS_56TCS_57
Command with offset in P1-P2 This command enables the IFD to write data into the EF currently selected, without the card verifying the integrity of data received. Note: This command without secure messaging can only be used to update a file that supports the ALW security condition for the Update access mode. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 D6h Update Binary P1 1 XXh Offset in bytes from the beginning of the file: Most Significant Byte P2 1 XXh Offset in bytes from the beginning of the file: Least Significant Byte Lc 1 NNh Lc Length of data to Update. Number of bytes to be written. #6-#(5+NN) NN XX..XXh Data to be written Note: bit 8 of P1 must be set to 0. Response Message Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If no EF is selected, the processing state returned is 6986.
If the security conditions of the selected file are not satisfied, the command is interrupted with 6982.
If the Offset is not compatible with the size of the EF (Offset > EF size), the processing state returned is 6B00.
If the size of the data to be written is not compatible with the size of the EF (Offset + Lc > EF size) the processing state returned is 6700.
If an integrity error is detected within the file attributes, the card shall consider the file as corrupted and unrecoverable, the processing state returned is 6400 or 6500.
If writing is unsuccessful, the processing state returned is 6581.
3.5.3.1.1TCS_58TCS_59TCS_60
Command with secure messaging (examples) This command enables the IFD to write data into the EF currently selected, with the card verifying the integrity of data received. As no confidentiality is required, the data are not encrypted. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 0Ch Secure Messaging asked INS 1 D6h Update Binary P1 1 XXh Offset in bytes from the beginning of the file: Most Significant Byte P2 1 XXh Offset in bytes from the beginning of the file: Least Significant Byte Lc 1 XXh Length of the secured data field #6 1 81h TPV: Tag for plain value data #7 L NNh or 81 NNh LPV: length of transmitted data. L is 2 bytes if LPV > 127 bytes. #(7+L)-#(6+L+NN) NN XX..XXh Plain Data value (Data to be written) #(7+L+NN) 1 8Eh TCC: Tag for cryptographic checksum #(8+L+NN) 1 XXh LCC: Length of following cryptographic checksum04h for Generation 1 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part A) 08h, 0Ch or 10h depending on AES key length for Generation 2 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part B) #(9+L+NN)-#(8+M+L+NN) M XX..XXh Cryptographic checksum Le 1 00h As specified in ISO/IEC 7816-4 Response message if correct Secure Messaging input format Byte Length Value Description #1 1 99h TSW: Tag for Status Words (to be protected by CC) #2 1 02h LSW: length of returned Status Words #3-#4 2 XXXXh Processing Status of the unprotected response APDU #5 1 8Eh TCC: Tag for cryptographic checksum #6 1 XXh LCC: Length of following cryptographic checksum #7-#(6+L) L XX..XXh Cryptographic checksum SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2) The regular processing states, described for the UPDATE BINARY command with no secure messaging (see §3.5.3.1), can be returned using the response message structure described above. Additionally, some errors specifically related to secure messaging can happen. In that case, the processing state is simply returned, with no secure messaging structure involved: Response Message if error in secure messaging Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
04h for Generation 1 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part A)
08h, 0Ch or 10h depending on AES key length for Generation 2 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part B)
If no current session key is available, the processing state 6A88 is returned.
If some expected data objects (as specified above) are missing in the secure messaging format, the processing state 6987 is returned: this error happens if an expected tag is missing or if the command body is not properly constructed.
If some data objects are incorrect, the processing state returned is 6988: this error happens if all the required tags are present but some lengths are different from the ones expected.
If the verification of the cryptographic checksum fails, the processing state returned is 6688.
3.5.3.2TCS_61TCS_62TCS_63
Command with short EF identifier This command variant enables the IFD to select an EF by means of a short EF identifier and write data from this EF. A tachograph card shall support this command variant for all Elementary Files with a specified short EF identifier. These short EF identifiers are specified in chapter 4. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 D6h Update Binary P1 1 XXh Bit 8 is set to 1 Bit 7 and 6 are set to 00 Bit 5 — 1 encode the short EF identifier of the corresponding EF P2 1 XXh Encodes an offset from 0 to 255 bytes in the EF referenced by P1 Lc 1 NNh Lc Length of data to Update. Number of bytes to be written. #6-#(5+NN) NN XX..XXh Data to be written Response Message Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2) Note: The short EF identifiers used for the generation 2 tachograph application are specified in chapter 4. If P1 encodes a short EF identifier and the command is successful, the identified EF becomes the currently selected EF (current EF).
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If the file corresponding with the short EF identifier is not found, the processing state returned is 6A82.
If the security conditions of the selected file are not satisfied, the command is interrupted with 6982.
If the Offset is not compatible with the size of the EF (Offset > EF size), the processing state returned is 6B00.
If the size of the data to be written is not compatible with the size of the EF (Offset + Lc > EF size) the processing state returned is 6700.
If an integrity error is detected within the file attributes, the card shall consider the file as corrupted and unrecoverable, the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
If writing is unsuccessful, the processing state returned is 6581.
3.5.3.3TCS_64TCS_65TCS_66
Command with odd instruction byte This command variant enables the IFD to write data to an EF with 32768 bytes or more. A tachograph card which supports EFs with 32768 bytes or more shall support this command variant for these EFs. A tachograph card may or may not support this command variant for other EFs. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 D7h Update Binary P1 1 00h Current EF P2 1 00h Lc 1 NNh Lc Length of data in the command data field #6-#(5+NN) NN XX..XXh Offset data object with tag 54h || Discretionary data object with tag 53h that encapsulates the data to be written The IFD shall encode the offset data object's and the discretionary data object's length with the minimum possible number of octets, i.e. using the length byte 01h the IFD shall encode an offset / length from 0 to 255 and using the length byte 02h an offset / length from 256 up to 65535 bytes. Response Message Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If no EF is selected, the processing state returned is 6986.
If the security conditions of the selected file are not satisfied, the command is interrupted with 6982.
If the Offset is not compatible with the size of the EF (Offset > EF size), the processing state returned is 6B00.
If the size of the data to be written is not compatible with the size of the EF (Offset + Lc > EF size) the processing state returned is 6700.
If an integrity error is detected within the file attributes, the card shall consider the file as corrupted and unrecoverable, the processing state returned is 6400 or 6500.
If writing is unsuccessful, the processing state returned is 6581.
3.5.3.3.1TCS_67TCS_68
Command with secure messaging (example) The following example illustrates the usage of secure messaging if the security condition SM-MAC-G2 applies. Command message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 0Ch Secure Messaging asked INS 1 D7h Update Binary P1 1 00h Current EF P2 1 00h Lc 1 XXh Length of the secured data field #6 1 B3h Tag for plain value data encoded in BER-TLV #7 L NNh or 81 NNh LPV: length of transmitted data. L is 2 bytes if LPV > 127 bytes. #(7+L)-#(6+L+NN) NN XX..XXh Plain Data encoded in BER-TLV, i.e. offset data object with tag 54h || Discretionary data object with tag 53h that encapsulates the data to be written #(7+L+NN) 1 8Eh TCC: Tag for cryptographic checksum #(8+L+NN) 1 XXh LCC: Length of following cryptographic checksum 08h, 0Ch or 10h depending on AES key length for Generation 2 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part B) #(9+L+NN)-#(8+M+L+NN) M XX..XXh Cryptographic checksum Le 1 00h As specified in ISO/IEC 7816-4 Response message if the command is successful Byte Length Value Description #1 1 99h TSW: Tag for Status Words (to be protected by CC) #2 1 02h LSW: length of returned Status Words #3-#4 2 XXXXh Processing Status of the unprotected response APDU #5 1 8Eh TCC: Tag for cryptographic checksum #6 1 XXh LCC: Length of following cryptographic checksum 08h, 0Ch or 10h depending on AES key length for Generation 2 secure messaging (see Appendix 11 Part B) #7-#(6+L) L XX..XXh Cryptographic checksum SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
3.5.4TCS_69TCS_70TCS_71
GET CHALLENGE This command is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-4, but has a restricted usage compared to the command defined in the norm. The GET CHALLENGE command asks the card to issue a challenge in order to use it in a security related procedure in which a cryptogram or some ciphered data are sent to the card. The Challenge issued by the card is only valid for the next command, which uses a challenge, sent to the card. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 84h INS P1 1 00h P1 P2 1 00h P2 Le 1 08h Le (Length of Challenge expected). Response Message Byte Length Value Description #1-#8 8 XX..XXh Challenge SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If Le is different from 08h, the processing state is 6700.
If parameters P1-P2 are incorrect, the processing state is 6A86.
3.5.5TCS_72TCS_73TCS_74TCS_75TCS_76TCS_77TCS_78
VERIFY This command is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-4, but has a restricted usage compared to the command defined in the norm. Only the workshop card is required to support this command. Other types of tachograph cards may or may not implement this command, but for these cards no reference CHV is personalized. Therefore these cards cannot perform this commend successfully. For other types of tachograph cards than workshop cards the behavior, i.e. the error code returned, is out of the scope of this specification, if this command is sent. The Verify command initiates the comparison in the card of the CHV (PIN) data sent from the command with the reference CHV stored in the card. The PIN entered by the user must be ASCI encoded and right padded with FFh bytes up to a length of 8 bytes by the IFD, see also the data type WorkshopCardPIN in Appendix 1. The tachograph applications generation 1 and 2 shall use the same reference CHV. The tachograph card shall check whether the command is encoded correctly. If the command is not encoded correctly the card shall not compare the CHV values, not decrement the remaining CHV attempt counter and not reset the security status PIN_Verified, but abort the command. A command is encoded correctly, if the CLA, INS, P1, P2, Lc bytes have the specified values, Le is absent, and the command data field has the correct length. If the command is successful, the remaining CHV attempt counter is reinitialised. The initial value of the remaining CHV attempt counter is 5. If the command is successful the card shall set the internal security status PIN_Verified. The card shall reset this security status, if the card is reset or if the CHV code transmitted in the command does not match the stored reference CHV. Note: Using the same reference CHV and a global security status prevents that a workshop employee must re-enter the PIN after a selection of another tachograph application DF. An unsuccessful comparison is recorded in the card, i.e. the remaining CHV attempts counter shall be decremented by one, in order to limit the number of further attempts of the use of the reference CHV. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 20h INS P1 1 00h P1 P2 1 00h P2 (the verified CHV is implicitly known) Lc 1 08h Length of CHV code transmitted #6-#13 8 XX..XXh CHV Response Message Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If the reference CHV is not found, the processing state returned is 6A88.
If the CHV is blocked, (the remaining attempt counter of the CHV is null), the processing state returned is 6983. Once in that state, the CHV can never be successfully presented anymore.
If the comparison is unsuccessful, the remaining attempt Counter is decreased and the status 63CX is returned (X>0 and X equals the remaining CHV attempts counter.
If the reference CHV is considered corrupted, the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
If Lc is different from 08h, the processing state is 6700.
3.5.6TCS_79TCS_80
GET RESPONSE This command is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-4. This command (only necessary and available for T=0 Protocol) is used to transmit prepared data from the card to the interface device (case where a command had included both Lc and Le). The GET RESPONSE command has to be issued immediately after the command preparing the data, otherwise, the data are lost. After the execution of the GET RESPONSE command (except if the error 61xx or 6Cxx occur, see below), the previously prepared data are no longer available. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 C0h P1 1 00h P2 1 00h Le 1 XXh Number of bytes expected Response Message Byte Length Value Description #1-#X X XX..XXh Data SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If no data have been prepared by the card, the processing state returned is 6900 or 6F00.
If Le exceeds the number of available bytes or if Le is null, the processing state returned is 6Cxx, where xx denotes the exact number of available bytes. In that case, the prepared data are still available for a subsequent GET RESPONSE command.
If Le is not null and is smaller than the number of available bytes, the required data are sent normally by the card, and the processing state returned is 61xx, where xx indicates a number of extra bytes still available by a subsequent GET RESPONSE command.
If the command is not supported (protocol T=1), the card returns 6D00.
3.5.7 PSO: VERIFY CERTIFICATE This command is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-8, but has a restricted usage compared to the command defined in the norm. The VERIFY CERTIFICATE command is used by the card to obtain a Public Key from the outside and to check its validity.
3.5.7
3.5.7.1TCS_81TCS_82TCS_83TCS_84TCS_85
Generation 1 Command — Response pair This command variant is only supported by a generation 1 tachograph application. When a VERIFY CERTIFICATE command is successful, the Public Key is stored for a future use in the Security environment. This key shall be explicitly set for the use in security related commands (INTERNAL AUTHENTICATE, EXTERNAL AUTHENTICATE or VERIFY CERTIFICATE) by the MSE command (see § 3.5.11) using its key identifier. In any case, the VERIFY CERTIFICATE command uses the public key previously selected by the MSE command to open the certificate. This public key must be the one of a Member State or of Europe. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 2Ah Perform Security Operation P1 1 00h P1 P2 1 AEh P2: non BER-TLV coded data (concatenation of data elements) Lc 1 C2h Lc: Length of the certificate, 194 bytes #6-#199 194 XX..XXh Certificate: concatenation of data elements (as described in Appendix 11) Response Message Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If the certificate verification fails, the processing state returned is 6688. The verification and unwrapping process of the certificate is described in Appendix 11 for G1 and G2.
If no Public Key is present in the Security Environment, 6A88 is returned.
If the selected public key (used to unwrap the certificate) is considered corrupted, the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
Generation 1 only: If the selected public key (used to unwrap the certificate) has a CHA.LSB ( CertificateHolderAuthorisation.equipmentType ) different from 00 (i.e. is not the one of a Member State or of Europe), the processing state returned is 6985.
3.5.7.2TCS_86TCS_87TCS_88TCS_89TCS_90
Generation 2 Command — Response pair Depending on the curve size ECC certificates may be so long that they cannot be transmitted in a single APDU. In this case command chaining according to ISO/IEC 7816-4 must be applied and the certificate transmitted in two consecutive PSO: Verify Certificate APDUs. The certificate structure and the domain parameters are defined in Appendix 11. The command can be performed in the MF, DF Tachograph and DF Tachograph_G2, see also TCS_33. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 X0h CLA byte indicating command chaining: INS 1 2Ah Perform Security Operation P1 1 00h P2 1 BEh Verify self-descriptive certificate Lc 1 XXh Length of the command data field, see TCS_88 and TCS_89. #6-#5+L L XX..XXh DER-TLV encoded data: ECC Certificate Body data object as first data object concatenated with the ECC Certificate Signature data object as second data object or a part of this concatenation. The tag 7F21 and the corresponding length shall not be transmitted. The order of these data objects is fixed. For short length APDUs the following provisions apply: The IFD shall use the minimum number of APDUs required to transmit the command payload and transmit the maximum number of bytes in the first command APDU according to the value of the Information Field Size Card Byte, see TCS_14. If the IFD behaves differently, the behavior of the card is out of scope. For extended length APDUs the following provisions apply: If the certificate does not fit into a single APDU, the card shall support command chaining. The IFD shall use the minimum number of APDUs required to transmit the command payload and transmit the maximum number of bytes in the first command APDU. If the IFD behaves differently, the behavior of the card is out of scope. Note: According to Appendix 11 the card stores the certificate or the relevant contents of the certificate and updates its currentAuthenticatedTime. The response message structure and status words are as defined in TCS_85. In addition to the error codes listed in TCS_85, the card may return the following error codes:
00h the only or last command of the chain
10h not the last command of a chain
If the selected public key (used to unwrap the certificate) has a CHA.LSB (CertificateHolderAuthorisation.equipmentType) that is not suitable for the certificate verification according to Appendix 11, the processing state returned is 6985.
If the currentAuthenticatedTime of the card is later than the Certificate Expiration Date, the processing state returned is 6985.
If the last command of the chain is expected, the card returns 6883.
If incorrect parameters are sent in the command data field, the card returns 6A80 (also used in case the data objects are not sent in the specified order).
3.5.8TCS_91TCS_92TCS_93TCS_94TCS_95
INTERNAL AUTHENTICATE This command is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-4. All tachograph cards shall support this command in the DF Tachograph generation 1. The command may or may not be accessible in the MF and / or the DF Tachograph_G2. If so, the command shall terminate with a suitable error code as the private key of the card (Card.SK) for the generation 1 authentication protocol is only accessible in the DF_Tachograph generation 1. Using the INTERNAL AUTHENTICATE command, the IFD can authenticate the card. The authentication process is described in Appendix 11. It includes the following statements: The INTERNAL AUTHENTICATE command uses the card Private Key (implicitly selected) to sign authentication data including K1 (first element for session key agreement) and RND1, and uses the Public Key currently selected (through the last MSE command) to encrypt the signature and form the authentication token (more details in Appendix 11). Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h CLA INS 1 88h INS P1 1 00h P1 P2 1 00h P2 Lc 1 10h Length of data sent to the card #6 — #13 8 XX..XXh Challenge used to authenticate the card #14 -#21 8 XX..XXh VU.CHR (see Appendix 11) Le 1 80h Length of the data expected from the card Response Message Byte Length Value Description #1-#128 128 XX..XXh Card authentication token (see Appendix 11) SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2) If the INTERNAL AUTHENTICATE command is successful, the current session key, if existing, is erased and no longer available. In order to have a new session key available, the EXTERNAL AUTHENTICATE command for the generation 1 authentication mechanism must be successfully performed.
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If no Public Key is present in the Security Environment, the processing state returned is 6A88.
If no Private Key is present in the Security Environment, the processing state returned is 6A88.
If VU.CHR does not match the current public key identifier, the processing state returned is 6A88.
If the selected private key is considered corrupted, the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
3.5.9TCS_96TCS_97TCS_98TCS_99
EXTERNAL AUTHENTICATE This command is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-4. Using the EXTERNAL AUTHENTICATE command, the card can authenticate the IFD. The authentication process is described in Appendix 11 for Tachograph G1 and G2 (VU authentication). The command variant for the generation 1 mutual authentication mechanism is only supported by a generation 1 tachograph application. The command variant for the second generation VU-card mutual authentication can be performed in the MF, DF Tachograph and DF Tachograph_G2, see also TCS_34. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h CLA INS 1 82h INS P1 1 00h Keys and algorithms implicitly known P2 1 00h Lc 1 XXh Lc (Length of the data sent to the card ) #6-#(5+L) L XX..XXh Generation 1 authentication: Cryptogram (see Appendix 11 Part A) Generation 2 authentication: Signature generated by the IFD (see Appendix 11 Part B) Response Message Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2) The Generation 1 Tachograph application may return the following additional error codes: The command variant for the Generation 2 authentication may return the following additional error code:
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If the CHA of the currently set public key is not the concatenation of the Tachograph application AID and of a VU equipment Type, the processing state returned is 6F00.
If the command is not immediately preceded with a GET CHALLENGE command, the processing state returned is 6985.
If no Public Key is present in the Security Environment, 6A88 is returned.
If no Private Key is present in the Security Environment, the processing state returned is 6A88.
If the verification of the cryptogram is wrong, the processing state returned is 6688.
If the selected private key is considered corrupted, the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
If signature verification failed, the card returns 6300.
3.5.10TCS_100TCS_101TCS_102
GENERAL AUTHENTICATE This command is used for the generation 2 chip authentication protocol specified in Appendix 11 Part B and is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-4. The command can be performed in the MF, DF Tachograph and DF Tachograph_G2, see also TCS_34. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 86h P1 1 00h Keys and protocol implicitly known P2 1 00h Lc 1 NNh Lc: length of subsequent data field #6-#(5+L) L 7Ch + L7C + 80h + L80 + XX..XXh DER-TLV encoded ephemeral public key value (see Appendix 11) The VU shall send the data objects in this order. Response Message Byte Length Value Description #1-#L L 7Ch + L7C + 81h + 08h + XX..XXh + 82h + L82 + XX..XXh DER-TLV encoded Dynamic Authentication Data: nonce and authentication token (see Appendix 11) SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2) The response Dynamic Authentication Data object 7Ch
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
The card returns 6A80 to indicate incorrect parameters in data field.
The card returns 6982 if the External Authenticate command has not been performed successfully
must be present if the operation is successful, i.e. the Status Words are 9000,
must be absent in case of an execution error or checking error, i.e. if the Status Words are in the range 6400 — 6FFF, and
may be absent in case of a warning, i.e. if the Status Words are in the range 6200 — 63FF.
3.5.11 MANAGE SECURITY ENVIRONMENT This command is used to set a public key for authentication purpose.
3.5.11
3.5.11.1TCS_103TCS_104TCS_105TCS_106TCS_107
Generation 1 Command — Response pair This command is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-4. The use of this command is restricted regarding the related standard. This command is only supported by a generation 1 tachograph application. The key referenced in the MSE data field remains the current public key until the next correct MSE command, a DF is selected or the card is reset. If the key referenced is not (already) present into the card, the security environment remains unchanged. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h CLA INS 1 22h INS P1 1 C1h P1: referenced key valid for all cryptographic operations P2 1 B6h P2 (referenced data concerning Digital Signature) Lc 1 0Ah Lc: length of subsequent data field #6 1 83h Tag for referencing a public key in asymmetric cases #7 1 08h Length of the key reference (key identifier) #8-#15 8 XX..XXh Key identifier as specified in Appendix 11 Response Message Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If the referenced key is not present into the card, the processing state returned is 6A88.
If some expected data objects are missing in the secure messaging format, the processing state 6987 is returned. This can happen if the tag 83h is missing.
If some data objects are incorrect, the processing state returned is 6988. This can happen if the length of the key identifier is not 08h.
If the selected key is considered corrupted, the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
3.5.11.2 Generation 2 Command — Response pairs For the Generation 2 authentication the tachograph card supports the following MSE: Set command versions which are compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-4. These command versions are not supported for the Generation 1 authentication.
3.5.11.2
3.5.11.2.1TCS_108TCS_109
MSE:SET AT for Chip Authentication The following MSE:SET AT command is used to select the parameters for the Chip Authentication that is performed by a subsequent General Authenticate command. The command can be performed in the MF, DF Tachograph and DF Tachograph_G2, see also TCS_34. MSE:SET AT Command Message for Chip Authentication Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 22h P1 1 41h Set for internal authentication P2 1 A4h Authentication Lc 1 NNh Lc: length of subsequent data field #6-#(5+L) L 80h + 0Ah + XX..XXh DER-TLV encoded cryptographic mechanism reference: Object Identifier of Chip Authentication (value only, Tag 06h is omitted). See Appendix 1 for the values of object identifiers; the byte notation shall be used. See Appendix 11 for guidance on how to select one of these object identifiers.
3.5.11.2.2TCS_110TCS_111
MSE:SET AT for VU Authentication The following MSE:SET AT command is used to select the parameters and keys for the VU Authentication that is performed by a subsequent External Authenticate command. The command can be performed in the MF, DF Tachograph and DF Tachograph_G2, see also TCS_34. MSE:SET AT Command Message for VU Authentication Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 22h P1 1 81h Set for external authentication P2 1 A4h Authentication Lc 1 NNh Lc: length of subsequent data field #6-#(5+L) L 80h + 0Ah + XX..XXh DER-TLV encoded cryptographic mechanism reference: Object Identifier of VU Authentication (value only, Tag 06h is omitted). See Appendix 1 for the values of object identifiers; the byte notation shall be used. See Appendix 11 for guidance on how to select one of these object identifiers. 83h + 08h + XX..XXh DER-TLV encoded reference of the VU public key by the Certificate Holder Reference mentioned in its certificate. 91h + L91 + XX..XXh DER-TLV encoded compressed representation of the ephemeral public key of the VU that will be used during Chip Authentication (see Appendix 11)
3.5.11.2.3TCS_112TCS_113TCS_114
MSE:SET DST The following MSE:SET DST command is used to set a public key either The command can be performed in the MF, DF Tachograph and DF Tachograph_G2, see also TCS_33. MSE:SET DST Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h INS 1 22h P1 1 81h Set for verification P2 1 B6h Digital Signature Lc 1 NNh Lc: length of subsequent data field #6-#(5+L) L 83h + 08h + XX...XXh DER-TLV encoded reference of a public key, i.e. the Certificate Holder Reference in the certificate of the public key (see Appendix 11) For all command versions the response message structure and status words are given by: Response Message Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
for the verification of a signature that is provided in a subsequent PSO: Verify Digital Signature command or
for the signature verification of a certificate that is provided in a subsequent PSO: Verify Certificate command
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000. The protocol has been selected and initialised.
6A80 indicates incorrect parameters in the command data field.
6A88 indicates that referenced data (i.e. a referenced key) is not available.
3.5.12TCS_115TCS_116TCS_117
PSO: HASH This command is used to transfer to the card the result of a hash calculation on some data. This command is used for the verification of digital signatures. The hash value is stored temporarily for the subsequent command PSO: Verify Digital Signature This command is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-8. The use of this command is restricted regarding the related standard. Only the control card is required to support this command in the DF Tachograph and DF Tachograph_G2. Other types of tachograph cards may or may not implement this command. The command may or may not be accessible in the MF. The control card application generation 1 supports only SHA-1. The temporarily stored hash value shall be deleted if a new hash value is computed by means of the PSO: HASH command, if a DF is selected, and if the tachograph card is reset. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h CLA INS 1 2Ah Perform Security Operation P1 1 90h Return Hash code P2 1 A0h Tag: data field contains DOs relevant for hashing Lc 1 XXh Length Lc of the subsequent data field #6 1 90h Tag for the hash code #7 1 XXh Length L of the hash code: #8-#(7+L) L XX..XXh Hash code Response Message Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
14h in Generation 1 application (see Appendix 11 Part A)
20h, 30h or 40h in Generation 2 application (see Appendix 11 Part B)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If some expected data objects (as specified above) are missing, the processing state 6987 is returned. This can happen if one of the tag 90h is missing.
If some data objects are incorrect, the processing state returned is 6988. This error happens if the required tag is present but with a length different from 14h for SHA-1, 20h for SHA-256, 30h for SHA-384, 40h for SHA-512 (Generation 2 application).
3.5.13TCS_118TCS_119TCS_120TCS_121TCS_122TCS_123TCS_124TCS_125
PERFORM HASH of FILE This command is not compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-8. Thus the CLA byte of this command indicates that there is a proprietary use of the PERFORM SECURITY OPERATION / HASH. Only the driver card and the workshop card are required to support this command in the DF Tachograph and DF Tachograph_G2. Other types of tachograph cards may or may not implement this command. If a company or control card implements this command, the command shall be implemented as specified in this chapter. The command may or may not be accessible in the MF. If so, the command shall be implemented as specified in this chapter, i.e. shall not allow the calculation of a hash value, but terminate with a suitable error code. The PERFORM HASH of FILE command is used to hash the data area of the currently selected transparent EF. A tachograph card shall support this command only for the EFs that are listed in chapter 4 under the DF_Tachograph and DF_Tachograph_G2 with the following exception. A tachograph card shall not support the command for the EF Sensor_Installation_Data of DF Tachograph_G2.. The result of the hash operation is stored temporarily in the card. It can then be used to get a digital signature of the file, using the PSO: COMPUTE DIGITAL SIGNATURE command. The temporarily stored hash of file value shall be deleted if a new hash of file value is computed by means of the PSO: Hash of File command, if a DF is selected, and if the tachograph card is reset. The Tachograph Generation 1 application shall support SHA-1. The Tachograph Generation 2 application shall support SHA-1 and SHA-2 (256, 384 and 512 bits). Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 80h CLA INS 1 2Ah Perform Security Operation P1 1 90h Tag: Hash P2 1 XXh P2: Indicates the algorithm to be used for hashing of the data of the currently selected transparent file: Response Message Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
00h for SHA-1
01h for SHA-256
02h for SHA-384
03h for SHA-512
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If the current EF does not allow this command (EF Sensor_Installation_Data in DF Tachograph_G2), the processing state 6985 is returned.
If the selected EF is considered corrupted (file attributes or stored data integrity errors), the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
If the selected file is not a transparent file or if there is no current EF, the processing state returned is 6986.
3.5.14TCS_126TCS_127TCS_128TCS_129TCS_130TCS_131
PSO: COMPUTE DIGITAL SIGNATURE This command is used to compute the digital signature of previously computed hash code (see PERFORM HASH of FILE, §3.5.13). Only the driver card and the workshop card are required to support this command in the DF Tachograph and DF Tachograph_G2. Other types of tachograph cards may or may not implement this command, but shall not have a signature key. Therefore these cards cannot perform the command successfully, but terminate with a suitable error code. The command may or may not be accessible in the MF. If so, the command shall terminate with a suitable error code. This command is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-8. The use of this command is restricted regarding the related standard. This command shall not compute a digital signature of previously computed hash code with the PSO: HASH command. The card private key is used to compute the digital signature and is implicitly known by the card. The Generation 1 tachograph application performs a digital signature using a padding method compliant with PKCS1 (see Appendix 11 for details). The Generation 2 tachograph application computes an elliptic curve based digital signature (see Appendix 11 for details). Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h CLA INS 1 2Ah Perform Security Operation P1 1 9Eh Digital signature to be returned P2 1 9Ah Tag: data field contains data to be signed. As no data field is included, the data are supposed to be already present in the card (hash of file) Le 1 NNh Length of the expected signature Response Message Byte Length Value Description #1-#L L XX..XXh Signature of the previously computed hash SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If the implicitly selected private key is considered as corrupted, the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
If the hash which was computed in a previous Perform Hash of File command is not available, the processing state returned is 6985.
3.5.15TCS_132TCS_133TCS_134
PSO: VERIFY DIGITAL SIGNATURE This command is used to verify the digital signature, provided as an input, whose hash is known to the card. The signature algorithm is implicitly known by the card. This command is compliant with ISO/IEC 7816-8. The use of this command is restricted regarding the related standard. Only the control card is required to support this command in the DF Tachograph and DF Tachograph_G2. Other types of tachograph cards may or may not implement this command. The command may or may not be accessible in the MF. The VERIFY DIGITAL SIGNATURE command always uses the public key selected by the previous Manage Security Environment MSE: Set DST command and the previous hash code entered by a PSO: HASH command. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 00h CLA INS 1 2Ah Perform Security Operation P1 1 00h P2 1 A8h Tag: data field contains DOs relevant for verification Lc 1 83h Length Lc of the subsequent data field 6 1 9Eh Tag for Digital Signature #7-#8 2 81 XXh Length of digital signature: #9-#(8+L) L XX..XXh Digital signature content Response Message Byte Length Value Description SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
128 bytes coded in accordance with Appendix 11 Part A for Tachograph Generation 1 application
Depending on the selected curve for Tachograph Generation 2 application (see Appendix 11 Part B)
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
If the verification of the signature fails, the processing state returned is 6688. The verification process is described in Appendix 11.
If no public key is selected, the processing state returned is 6A88.
If some expected data objects (as specified above) are missing, the processing state 6987 is returned. This can happen if one of the required tag is missing.
If no hash code is available to process the command (as a result of a previous PSO: Hash command), the processing state returned is 6985.
If some data objects are incorrect, the processing state returned is 6988. This can happen if one of the required data objects length is incorrect.
If the selected public key is considered corrupted, the processing state returned is 6400 or 6581.
3.5.16TCS_135TCS_136TCS_137TCS_138TCS_139
PROCESS DSRC MESSAGE This command is used to verify the integrity and authenticity of the DSRC message and to decipher the data communicated from a VU to a control authority or a workshop over the DSRC link. The card derives the encryption key and the MAC key used to secure the DSRC message as described in Appendix 11 Part B chapter 13. Only the control card and the workshop card are required to support this command in the DF Tachograph_G2. Other types of tachograph cards may or may not implement this command, but shall not have a DSRC master key. Therefore these cards cannot perform the command successfully, but terminate with a suitable error code. The command may or may not be accessible in the MF and / or the DF Tachograph. If so, the command shall terminate with a suitable error code. The DSRC master key is accessible only in the DF Tachograph_G2, i.e. the control and workshop card shall support a successful execution of the command only in the DF Tachograph_G2. The command shall only decrypt the DSRC data and verify the cryptographic checksum, but not interpret the input data. The order of the data objects in the command data field is fixed by this specification. Command Message Byte Length Value Description CLA 1 80h Proprietary CLA INS 1 2Ah Perform Security Operation P1 1 80h Response data: plain value P2 1 B0h Command data: plain value encoded in BER-TLV and including SM DOs Lc 1 NNh Length Lc of the subsequent data field #6-#(5+L) L 87h + L87 + XX..XXh DER-TLV encoded padding-content indicator byte followed by encrypted tachograph payload. For the padding-content indicator byte the value 00h (no further indication according to ISO/IEC 7816-4:2013 Table 52) shall be used. For the encryption mechanism see Appendix 11, Part B chapter 13. Allowed values for the length L87 are the multiples of the AES block length plus 1 for the padding-content indicator byte, i.e. from 17 bytes up to and including 193 bytes. Note: See ISO/IEC 7816-4:2013 Table 49 for the SM data object with tag 87h. 81h + 10h DER-TLV encoded Control Reference Template for Confidentiality nesting the concatenation of the following data elements (see Appendix 1 DSRCSecurityData and Appendix 11 Part B chapter 13): Note: See ISO/IEC 7816-4:2013 Table 49 for the SM data object with tag 81h. 8Eh + L8E + XX..XXh DER-TLV encoded MAC over the DSRC message. For the MAC algorithm and calculation see Appendix 11, Part B chapter 13. Note: See ISO/IEC 7816-4:2013 Table 49 for the SM data object with tag 8Eh. Response Message Byte Length Value Description #1-#L L XX..XXh Absent (in case of an error) or deciphered data (padding removed) SW 2 XXXXh Status Words (SW1,SW2)
4 byte time stamp
3 byte counter
8 byte VU serial number
1 byte DSRC master key version
If the command is successful, the card returns 9000.
6A80 indicates incorrect parameters in the command data field (also used in case the data objects are not sent in the specified order).
6A88 indicates that referenced data is not available, i.e. the referenced DSRC master key is not available.
6900 indicates that the verification of the cryptographic checksum or the decryption of the data failed
4.TCS_140TCS_141
TACHOGRAPH CARDS STRUCTURE This paragraph specifies the file structures of the Tachograph cards for storage of accessible data. It does not specify card manufacturer dependent internal structures, such as e.g. file headers, nor storage and handling of data elements needed for internal use only such as EuropeanPublicKey , CardPrivateKey , TdesSessionKey or WorkshopCardPin . A generation 2 tachograph card shall host the Master File MF and a generation 1 and a generation 2 tachograph application of the same type (e.g. driver card applications). A tachograph card shall support at least the minimum number of records specified for the corresponding applications and shall not support more records than the maximum number of records specified for the corresponding applications. The maximum and minimum numbers of records are specified in this chapter for the different applications. For the security conditions used in the access rules throughout this chapter please refer to chapter 3.3. In general the access mode read denotes the READ BINARY command with even and if supported odd INS byte with the exception of the EF Sensor_Installation_Data on the workshop card, see TCS_156 and TCS_160. The access mode update denotes the Update Binary command with even and if supported odd INS byte and the access mode select the SELECT command.
4.1.TCS_142TCS_143TCS_144TCS_145TCS_146TCS_147
Master File MF After its personalisation, the master file MF shall have the following permanent file structure and file access rules: Note: The short EF identifier SFID is given as decimal number, e.g. the value 30 corresponds to 11110 in binary. Access rules File File ID SFID Read / Select Update MF ‘3F00h’ EF ICC ‘0002h’ ALW NEV EF IC ‘0005h’ ALW NEV EF DIR ‘2F00h’ 30 ALW NEV EF ATR/INFO (conditional) ‘2F01h’ 29 ALW NEV EF Extended_Length (conditional) ‘0006h’ 28 ALW NEV DF Tachograph ‘0500h’ SC1 DF Tachograph_G2 SC1 The following abbreviation for the security condition is used in this table: SC1 ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 All EF structures shall be transparent. The Master File MF shall have the following data structure: No of Records Size (bytes) Default Values File / Data element Min Max MF 63 184 EF ICC 25 25 CardIccIdentification 25 25 clockStop 1 1 {00} cardExtendedSerialNumber 8 8 {00..00} cardApprovalNumber 8 8 {20..20} cardPersonaliserID 1 1 {00} embedderIcAssemblerId 5 5 {00..00} icIdentifier 2 2 {00 00} EF IC 8 8 CardChipIdentification 8 8 icSerialNumber 4 4 {00..00} icManufacturingReferences 4 4 {00..00} EF DIR 20 20 See TCS_145 20 20 {00..00} EF ATR/INFO 7 128 See TCS_146 7 128 {00..00} EF EXTENDED_LENGTH 3 3 See TCS_147 3 3 {00..00} DF Tachograph DF Tachograph_G2 The elementary file EF DIR shall contain the following application related data objects: 61 08 4F 06 FF 54 41 43 48 4F 61 08 4F 06 FF 53 4D 52 44 54 The elementary file EF ATR/INFO shall be present if the tachograph card indicates in its ATR that it supports extended length fields. In this case the EF ATR/INFO shall contain the extended length information data object (DO7F66) as specified in ISO/IEC 7816-4:2013 clause 12.7.1. The elementary file EF Extended_Length shall be present if the tachograph card indicates in its ATR that it supports extended length fields. In this case the EF shall contain the following data object: 02 01 xx where the value xx indicates whether extended length fields are supported for the T = 1 and / or T = 0 protocol. The value 01 indicates extended length field support for the T = 1 protocol. The value 10 indicates extended length field support for the T = 0 protocol. The value 11 indicates extended length field support for the T = 1 and the T = 0 protocol.
4.2. Driver card applications
4.2.
4.2.1TCS_148TCS_149TCS_150TCS_151
Driver card application generation 1 After its personalisation, the driver card application generation 1 shall have the following permanent file structure and file access rules: Access rules File File ID Read Select Update DF Tachograph ‘0500h’ SC1 EF Application_Identification ‘0501h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF Card_Certificate ‘C100h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF CA_Certificate ‘C108h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF Identification ‘0520h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF Card_Download ‘050Eh’ SC2 SC1 SC1 EF Driving_Licence_Info ‘0521h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF Events_Data ‘0502h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Faults_Data ‘0503h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Driver_Activity_Data ‘0504h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Vehicles_Used ‘0505h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Places ‘0506h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Current_Usage ‘0507h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Control_Activity_Data ‘0508h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Specific_Conditions ‘0522h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 The following abbreviations for the security conditions are used in this table: SC1 ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 SC2 ALW OR SM-MAC-G1 OR SM-MAC-G2 SC3 SM-MAC-G1 OR SM-MAC-G2 All EF structures shall be transparent. The driver card application generation 1 shall have the following data structure: No of Records Size (bytes) Default Values File / Data element Min Max DF Tachograph 11378 24926 EF Application_Identification 10 10 DriverCardApplicationIdentification 10 10 typeOfTachographCardId 1 1 {00} cardStructureVersion 2 2 {00 00} noOfEventsPerType 1 1 {00} noOfFaultsPerType 1 1 {00} activityStructureLength 2 2 {00 00} noOfCardVehicleRecords 2 2 {00 00} noOfCardPlaceRecords 1 1 {00} EF Card_Certificate 194 194 CardCertificate 194 194 {00..00} EF CA_Certificate 194 194 MemberStateCertificate 194 194 {00..00} EF Identification 143 143 CardIdentification 65 65 cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} cardIssuingAuthorityName 36 36 {20..20} cardIssueDate 4 4 {00..00} cardValidityBegin 4 4 {00..00} cardExpiryDate 4 4 {00..00} DriverCardHolderIdentification 78 78 cardHolderName 72 72 holderSurname 36 36 {00, 20..20} holderFirstNames 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardHolderBirthDate 4 4 {00..00} cardHolderPreferredLanguage 2 2 {20 20} EF Card_Download 4 4 LastCardDownload 4 4 EF Driving_Licence_Info Driving_Licence_Info 53 53 CardDrivingLicenceInformation 53 53 drivingLicenceIssuingAuthority 36 36 {00, 20..20} drivingLicenceIssuingNation 1 1 {00} drivingLicenceNumber 16 16 {20..20} EF Events_Data Events_Data 864 1728 CardEventData 864 1728 cardEventRecords 6 144 288 CardEventRecord n1 24 24 eventType 1 1 {00} eventBeginTime 4 4 {00..00} eventEndTime 4 4 {00..00} eventVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} EF Faults_Data Faults_Data 576 1152 CardFaultData 576 1152 cardFaultRecords 2 288 576 CardFaultRecord n2 24 24 faultType 1 1 {00} faultBeginTime 4 4 {00..00} faultEndTime 4 4 {00..00} faultVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} EF Driver_Activity_Data Driver_Activity_Data 5548 13780 CardDriverActivity 5548 13780 activityPointerOldestDayRecord 2 2 {00 00} activityPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} activityDailyRecords n6 5544 13776 {00..00} EF Vehicles_Used Vehicles_Used 2606 6202 CardVehiclesUsed 2606 6202 vehiclePointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} cardVehicleRecords 2604 6200 CardVehicleRecord n3 31 31 vehicleOdometerBegin 3 3 {00..00} vehicleOdometerEnd 3 3 {00..00} vehicleFirstUse 4 4 {00..00} vehicleLastUse 4 4 {00..00} vehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} vuDataBlockCounter 2 2 {00 00} EF Places 841 1121 CardPlaceDailyWorkPeriod 841 1121 placePointerNewestRecord 1 1 {00} placeRecords 840 1120 PlaceRecord n4 10 10 entryTime 4 4 {00..00} entryTypeDailyWorkPeriod 1 1 {00} dailyWorkPeriodCountry 1 1 {00} dailyWorkPeriodRegion 1 1 {00} vehicleOdometerValue 3 3 {00..00} EF Current_Usage 19 19 CardCurrentUse 19 19 sessionOpenTime 4 4 {00..00} sessionOpenVehicle vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} EF Control_Activity_Data 46 46 CardControlActivityDataRecord 46 46 controlType 1 1 {00} controlTime 4 4 {00..00} controlCardNumber cardType 1 1 {00} cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} controlVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} controlDownloadPeriodBegin 4 4 {00..00} controlDownloadPeriodEnd 4 4 {00..00} EF Specific_Conditions 280 280 SpecificConditionRecord 56 5 5 entryTime 4 4 {00..00} SpecificConditionType 1 1 {00} The following values, used to provide sizes in the table above, are the minimum and maximum record number values the driver card data structure must use for a generation 1 application: Min Max n1 NoOfEventsPerType 6 12 n2 NoOfFaultsPerType 12 24 n3 NoOfCardVehicleRecords 84 200 n4 NoOfCardPlaceRecords 84 112 n6 CardActivityLengthRange 5 544 bytes (28 days * 93 activity changes) 13 776 Bytes (28 days * 240 activity changes)
4.2.2TCS_152TCS_153TCS_154TCS_155
Driver card application generation 2 After its personalisation, the driver card application generation 2 shall have the following permanent file structure and file access rules. Note: The short EF identifier SFID is given as decimal number, e.g. the value 30 corresponds to 11110 in binary. Access rules File File ID SFID Read / Select Update DF Tachograph_G2 SC1 EF Application_Identification ‘0501h’ 1 SC1 NEV EF CardMA_Certificate ‘C100h’ 2 SC1 NEV EF CardSignCertificate ‘C101h’ 3 SC1 NEV EF CA_Certificate ‘C108h’ 4 SC1 NEV EF Link_Certificate ‘C109h’ 5 SC1 NEV EF Identification ‘0520h’ 6 SC1 NEV EF Card_Download ‘050Eh’ 7 SC1 SC1 EF Driving_Licence_Info ‘0521h’ 10 SC1 NEV EF Events_Data ‘0502h’ 12 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Faults_Data ‘0503h’ 13 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Driver_Activity_Data ‘0504h’ 14 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Vehicles_Used ‘0505h’ 15 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Places ‘0506h’ 16 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Current_Usage ‘0507h’ 17 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Control_Activity_Data ‘0508h’ 18 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Specific_Conditions ‘0522h’ 19 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF VehicleUnits_Used ‘0523h’ 20 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF GNSS_Places ‘0524h’ 21 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 The following abbreviation for the security condition is used in this table: SC1 ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 All EF structures shall be transparent. The driver card application generation 2 shall have the following data structure: No of Records Size (bytes) Default Values File / Data element Min Max DF Tachograph_G2 19510 39306 EF Application_Identification 15 15 DriverCardApplicationIdentification 15 15 typeOfTachographCardId 1 1 {00} cardStructureVersion 2 2 {00 00} noOfEventsPerType 1 1 {00} noOfFaultsPerType 1 1 {00} activityStructureLength 2 2 {00 00} noOfCardVehicleRecords 2 2 {00 00} noOfCardPlaceRecords 2 2 {00} noOfGNSSCDRecords 2 2 {00 00} noOfSpecificConditionRecords 2 2 {00} EF CardMA_Certificate 204 341 CardMACertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF CardSignCertificate 204 341 CardSignCertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF CA_Certificate 204 341 MemberStateCertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF Link_Certificate 204 341 LinkCertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF Identification 143 143 CardIdentification 65 65 cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} cardIssuingAuthorityName 36 36 {20..20} cardIssueDate 4 4 {00..00} cardValidityBegin 4 4 {00..00} cardExpiryDate 4 4 {00..00} DriverCardHolderIdentification 78 78 cardHolderName 72 72 holderSurname 36 36 {00, 20..20} holderFirstNames 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardHolderBirthDate 4 4 {00..00} cardHolderPreferredLanguage 2 2 {20 20} EF Card_Download 4 4 LastCardDownload 4 4 EF Driving_Licence_Info Driving_Licence_Info 53 53 CardDrivingLicenceInformation 53 53 drivingLicenceIssuingAuthority 36 36 {00, 20..20} drivingLicenceIssuingNation 1 1 {00} drivingLicenceNumber 16 16 {20..20} EF Events_Data Events_Data 1584 3168 CardEventData 1584 3168 cardEventRecords 11 144 288 CardEventRecord n1 24 24 eventType 1 1 {00} eventBeginTime 4 4 {00..00} eventEndTime 4 4 {00..00} eventVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} EF Faults_Data Faults_Data 576 1152 CardFaultData 576 1152 cardFaultRecords 2 288 576 CardFaultRecord n2 24 24 faultType 1 1 {00} faultBeginTime 4 4 {00..00} faultEndTime 4 4 {00..00} faultVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} EF Driver_Activity_Data Driver_Activity_Data 5548 13780 CardDriverActivity 5548 13780 activityPointerOldestDayRecord 2 2 {00 00} activityPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} activityDailyRecords n6 5544 13776 {00..00} EF Vehicles_Used Vehicles_Used 4034 9602 CardVehiclesUsed 4034 9602 vehiclePointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} cardVehicleRecords 4032 9600 CardVehicleRecord n3 48 48 vehicleOdometerBegin 3 3 {00..00} vehicleOdometerEnd 3 3 {00..00} vehicleFirstUse 4 4 {00..00} vehicleLastUse 4 4 {00..00} vehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} vuDataBlockCounter 2 2 {00 00} vehicleIdentificationNumber 17 17 {20..20} EF Places 1766 2354 CardPlaceDailyWorkPeriod 1766 2354 placePointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} placeRecords 1764 2352 PlaceRecord n4 21 21 entryTime 4 4 {00..00} entryTypeDailyWorkPeriod 1 1 {00} dailyWorkPeriodCountry 1 1 {00} dailyWorkPeriodRegion 1 1 {00} vehicleOdometerValue 3 3 {00..00} entryGNSSPlaceRecord 11 11 timeStamp 4 4 {00..00} gnssAccuracy 1 1 {00} geoCoordinates 6 6 {00..00} EF Current_Usage 19 19 CardCurrentUse 19 19 sessionOpenTime 4 4 {00..00} sessionOpenVehicle vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} EF Control_Activity_Data 46 46 CardControlActivityDataRecord 46 46 controlType 1 1 {00} controlTime 4 4 {00..00} controlCardNumber cardType 1 1 {00} cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} controlVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} controlDownloadPeriodBegin 4 4 {00..00} controlDownloadPeriodEnd 4 4 {00..00} EF Specific_Conditions 282 562 SpecificConditions 282 562 conditionPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} specificConditionRecords 280 560 SpecificConditionRecord n9 5 5 entryTime 4 4 {00..00} specificConditionType 1 1 {00} EF VehicleUnits_Used 842 2002 CardVehicleUnitsUsed 842 2002 vehicleUnitPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} cardVehicleUnitRecords 840 2000 CardVehicleUnitRecord n7 10 10 timeStamp 4 4 {00..00} manufacturerCode 1 1 {00} deviceID 1 1 {00} vuSoftwareVersion 4 4 {00..00} EF GNSS_Places 3782 5042 GNSSContinuousDriving 3782 5042 gnssCDPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} gnssContinuousDrivingRecords 3780 5040 {00} GNSSContinuousDrivingRecord n8 15 15 timeStamp 4 4 {00..00} gnssPlaceRecord 11 11 timeStamp 4 4 {00..00} gnssAccuracy 1 1 {00} geoCoordinates 6 6 {00..00} The following values, used to provide sizes in the table above, are the minimum and maximum record number values the driver card data structure must use for a generation 2 application: Min Max n1 NoOfEventsPerType 6 12 n2 NoOfFaultsPerType 12 24 n3 NoOfCardVehicleRecords 84 200 n4 NoOfCardPlaceRecords 84 112 n6 CardActivityLengthRange 5 544 bytes (28 days * 93 activity changes) 13 776 Bytes (28 days * 240 activity changes) n7 NoOfCardVehicleUnitRecords 84 200 n8 NoOfGNSSCDRecords 252 336 n9 NoOfSpecificConditionRecords 56 112
4.3. Workshop card applications
4.3.
4.3.1TCS_156TCS_157TCS_158TCS_159
Workshop card application generation 1 After its personalisation, the workshop card application generation 1 shall have the following permanent file structure and file access rules: Access rules File File ID Read Select Update DF Tachograph ‘0500h’ SC1 EF Application_Identification ‘0501h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF Card_Certificate ‘C100h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF CA_Certificate ‘C108h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF Identification ‘0520h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF Card_Download ‘0509h’ SC2 SC1 SC1 EF Calibration ‘050Ah’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Sensor_Installation_Data ‘050Bh’ SC4 SC1 NEV EF Events_Data ‘0502h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Faults_Data ‘0503h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Driver_Activity_Data ‘0504h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Vehicles_Used ‘0505h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Places ‘0506h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Current_Usage ‘0507h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Control_Activity_Data ‘0508h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 EF Specific_Conditions ‘0522h’ SC2 SC1 SC3 The following abbreviations for the security conditions are used in this table: SC1 ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 SC2 ALW OR SM-MAC-G1 OR SM-MAC-G2 SC3 SM-MAC-G1 OR SM-MAC-G2 SC4 For the READ BINARYcommand with even INS byte: All EF structures shall be transparent. The workshop card application generation 1 shall have the following data structure: No of Records Size (Bytes) Default Values File / Data element Min Max DF Tachograph 11055 29028 EF Application_Identification 11 11 WorkshopCardApplicationIdentification 11 11 typeOfTachographCardId 1 1 {00} cardStructureVersion 2 2 {00 00} noOfEventsPerType 1 1 {00} noOfFaultsPerType 1 1 {00} activityStructureLength 2 2 {00 00} noOfCardVehicleRecords 2 2 {00 00} noOfCardPlaceRecords 1 1 {00} noOfCalibrationRecords 1 1 {00} EF Card_Certificate 194 194 CardCertificate 194 194 {00..00} EF CA_Certificate 194 194 MemberStateCertificate 194 194 {00..00} EF Identification 211 211 CardIdentification 65 65 cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} cardIssuingAuthorityName 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardIssueDate 4 4 {00..00} cardValidityBegin 4 4 {00..00} cardExpiryDate 4 4 {00..00} WorkshopCardHolderIdentification 146 146 workshopName 36 36 {00, 20..20} workshopAddress 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardHolderName holderSurname 36 36 {00, 20..20} holderFirstNames 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardHolderPreferredLanguage 2 2 {20 20} EF Card_Download 2 2 NoOfCalibrationsSinceDownload 2 2 {00 00} EF Calibration 9243 26778 WorkshopCardCalibrationData 9243 26778 calibrationTotalNumber 2 2 {00 00} calibrationPointerNewestRecord 1 1 {00} calibrationRecords 9240 26775 WorkshopCardCalibrationRecord n5 105 105 calibrationPurpose 1 1 {00} vehicleIdentificationNumber 17 17 {20..20} vehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} wVehicleCharacteristicConstant 2 2 {00 00} kConstantOfRecordingEquipment 2 2 {00 00} lTyreCircumference 2 2 {00 00} tyreSize 15 15 {20..20} authorisedSpeed 1 1 {00} oldOdometerValue 3 3 {00..00} newOdometerValue 3 3 {00..00} oldTimeValue 4 4 {00..00} newTimeValue 4 4 {00..00} nextCalibrationDate 4 4 {00..00} vuPartNumber 16 16 {20..20} vuSerialNumber 8 8 {00..00} sensorSerialNumber 8 8 {00..00} EF Sensor_Installation_Data 16 16 SensorInstallationSecData 16 16 {00..00} EF Events_Data 432 432 CardEventData 432 432 cardEventRecords 6 72 72 CardEventRecord n1 24 24 eventType 1 1 {00} eventBeginTime 4 4 {00..00} eventEndTime 4 4 {00..00} eventVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} EF Faults_Data 288 288 CardFaultData 288 288 cardFaultRecords 2 144 144 CardFaultRecord n2 24 24 faultType 1 1 {00} faultBeginTime 4 4 {00..00} faultEndTime 4 4 {00..00} faultVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} EF Driver_Activity_Data 202 496 CardDriverActivity 202 496 activityPointerOldestDayRecord 2 2 {00 00} activityPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} activityDailyRecords n6 198 492 {00..00} EF Vehicles_Used 126 250 CardVehiclesUsed 126 250 vehiclePointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} cardVehicleRecords 124 248 CardVehicleRecord n3 31 31 vehicleOdometerBegin 3 3 {00..00} vehicleOdometerEnd 3 3 {00..00} vehicleFirstUse 4 4 {00..00} vehicleLastUse 4 4 {00..00} vehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} vuDataBlockCounter 2 2 {00 00} EF Places 61 81 CardPlaceDailyWorkPeriod 61 81 placePointerNewestRecord 1 1 {00} placeRecords 60 80 PlaceRecord n4 10 10 entryTime 4 4 {00..00} entryTypeDailyWorkPeriod 1 1 {00} dailyWorkPeriodCountry 1 1 {00} dailyWorkPeriodRegion 1 1 {00} vehicleOdometerValue 3 3 {00..00} EF Current_Usage 19 19 CardCurrentUse 19 19 sessionOpenTime 4 4 {00..00} sessionOpenVehicle vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} EF Control_Activity_Data 46 46 CardControlActivityDataRecord 46 46 controlType 1 1 {00} controlTime 4 4 {00..00} controlCardNumber cardType 1 1 {00} cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} controlVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} controlDownloadPeriodBegin 4 4 {00..00} controlDownloadPeriodEnd 4 4 {00..00} EF Specific_Conditions 10 10 SpecificConditionRecord 2 5 5 entryTime 4 4 {00..00} SpecificConditionType 1 1 {00} The following values, used to provide sizes in the table above, are the minimum and maximum record number values the workshop card data structure must use for a generation 1 application: Min Max n1 NoOfEventsPerType 3 3 n2 NoOfFaultsPerType 6 6 n3 NoOfCardVehicleRecords 4 8 n4 NoOfCardPlaceRecords 6 8 n5 NoOfCalibrationRecords 88 255 n6 CardActivityLengthRange 198 bytes (1 day * 93 activity changes) 492 bytes (1 day * 240 activity changes)
(PLAIN-C AND SM-R-ENC-G1) OR (SM-C-MAC-G1 AND SM-R-ENC-MAC-G1) OR
(SM-C-MAC-G2 AND SM-R-ENC-MAC-G2)
For the READ BINARY command with odd INS byte (if supported): NEV
4.3.2TCS_160TCS_161TCS_162TCS_163
Workshop card application generation 2 After its personalisation, the workshop card application generation 2 shall have the following permanent file structure and file access rules. Note: The short EF identifier SFID is given as decimal number, e.g. the value 30 corresponds to 11110 in binary. Access rules File File ID SFID Read Select Update DF Tachograph_G2 SC1 SC1 EF Application_Identification ‘0501h’ 1 SC1 SC1 NEV EF CardMA_Certificate ‘C100h’ 2 SC1 SC1 NEV EF CardSignCertificate ‘C101h’ 3 SC1 SC1 NEV EF CA_Certificate ‘C108h’ 4 SC1 SC1 NEV EF Link_Certificate ‘C109h’ 5 SC1 SC1 NEV EF Identification ‘0520h’ 6 SC1 SC1 NEV EF Card_Download ‘0509h’ 7 SC1 SC1 SC1 EF Calibration ‘050Ah’ 10 SC1 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Sensor_Installation_Data ‘050Bh’ 11 SC5 SM-MAC-G2 NEV EF Events_Data ‘0502h’ 12 SC1 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Faults_Data ‘0503h’ 13 SC1 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Driver_Activity_Data ‘0504h’ 14 SC1 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Vehicles_Used ‘0505h’ 15 SC1 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Places ‘0506h’ 16 SC1 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Current_Usage ‘0507h’ 17 SC1 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Control_Activity_Data ‘0508h’ 18 SC1 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF Specific_Conditions ‘0522h’ 19 SC1 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF VehicleUnits_Used ‘0523h’ 20 SC1 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 EF GNSS_Places ‘0524h’ 21 SC1 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 The following abbreviations for the security conditions are used in this table: SC1 ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 SC5 For the Read Binary command with even INS byte: SM-C-MAC-G2 AND SM-R-ENC-MAC-G2 For the Read Binary command with odd INS byte (if supported): NEV All EFs structures shall be transparent. The workshop card application generation 2 shall have the following data structure: No of Records Size (Bytes) Default Values File / Data element Min Max DF Tachograph_G2 17837 47163 EF Application_Identification 17 17 WorkshopCardApplicationIdentification 17 17 typeOfTachographCardId 1 1 {00} cardStructureVersion 2 2 {00 00} noOfEventsPerType 1 1 {00} noOfFaultsPerType 1 1 {00} activityStructureLength 2 2 {00 00} noOfCardVehicleRecords 2 2 {00 00} noOfCardPlaceRecords 2 2 {00} noOfCalibrationRecords 2 2 {00} noOfGNSSCDRecords 2 2 {00..00} noOfSpecificConditionRecords 2 2 {00..00} EF CardMA_Certificate 204 341 CardMACertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF CardSignCertificate 204 341 CardSignCertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF CA_Certificate 204 341 MemberStateCertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF Link_Certificate 204 341 LinkCertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF Identification 211 211 CardIdentification 65 65 cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} cardIssuingAuthorityName 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardIssueDate 4 4 {00..00} cardValidityBegin 4 4 {00..00} cardExpiryDate 4 4 {00..00} WorkshopCardHolderIdentification 146 146 workshopName 36 36 {00, 20..20} workshopAddress 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardHolderName holderSurname 36 36 {00, 20..20} holderFirstNames 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardHolderPreferredLanguage 2 2 {20 20} EF Card_Download 2 2 NoOfCalibrationsSinceDownload 2 2 {00 00} EF Calibration 14788 42844 WorkshopCardCalibrationData 14788 42844 calibrationTotalNumber 2 2 {00 00} calibrationPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00} calibrationRecords 14784 42840 WorkshopCardCalibrationRecord n5 168 168 calibrationPurpose 1 1 {00} vehicleIdentificationNumber 17 17 {20..20} vehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} wVehicleCharacteristicConstant 2 2 {00 00} kConstantOfRecordingEquipment 2 2 {00 00} lTyreCircumference 2 2 {00 00} tyreSize 15 15 {20..20} authorisedSpeed 1 1 {00} oldOdometerValue 3 3 {00..00} newOdometerValue 3 3 {00..00} oldTimeValue 4 4 {00..00} newTimeValue 4 4 {00..00} nextCalibrationDate 4 4 {00..00} vuPartNumber 16 16 {20..20} vuSerialNumber 8 8 {00..00} sensorSerialNumber 8 8 {00..00} sensorGNSSSerialNumber 8 8 {00..00} rcmSerialNumber 8 8 {00..00} vuAbility 1 1 {00} sealDataCard 46 46 noOfSealRecords 1 1 {00} SealRecords 45 45 SealRecord 5 9 9 equipmentType 1 1 {00} extendedSealIdentifier 8 8 {00..00} EF Sensor_Installation_Data 18 102 SensorInstallationSecData 18 102 {00..00} EF Events_Data 792 792 CardEventData 792 792 cardEventRecords 11 72 72 CardEventRecord n1 24 24 eventType 1 1 {00} eventBeginTime 4 4 {00..00} eventEndTime 4 4 {00..00} eventVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} EF Faults_Data 288 288 CardFaultData 288 288 cardFaultRecords 2 144 144 CardFaultRecord n2 24 24 faultType 1 1 {00} faultBeginTime 4 4 {00..00} faultEndTime 4 4 {00..00} faultVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} EF Driver_Activity_Data 202 496 CardDriverActivity 202 496 activityPointerOldestDayRecord 2 2 {00 00} activityPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} activityDailyRecords n6 198 492 {00..00} EF Vehicles_Used 194 386 CardVehiclesUsed 194 386 vehiclePointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} cardVehicleRecords 192 384 CardVehicleRecord n3 48 48 vehicleOdometerBegin 3 3 {00..00} vehicleOdometerEnd 3 3 {00..00} vehicleFirstUse 4 4 {00..00} vehicleLastUse 4 4 {00..00} vehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} vuDataBlockCounter 2 2 {00 00} vehicleIdentificationNumber 17 17 {20..20} EF Places 128 170 CardPlaceDailyWorkPeriod 128 170 placePointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} placeRecords 126 168 PlaceRecord n4 21 21 entryTime 4 4 {00..00} entryTypeDailyWorkPeriod 1 1 {00} dailyWorkPeriodCountry 1 1 {00} dailyWorkPeriodRegion 1 1 {00} vehicleOdometerValue 3 3 {00..00} entryGNSSPlaceRecord 11 11 {00..00} timeStamp 4 4 {00..00} gnssAccuracy 1 1 {00} geoCoordinates 6 6 {00..00} EF Current_Usage 19 19 CardCurrentUse 19 19 sessionOpenTime 4 4 {00..00} sessionOpenVehicle vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} EF Control_Activity_Data 46 46 CardControlActivityDataRecord 46 46 controlType 1 1 {00} controlTime 4 4 {00..00} controlCardNumber cardType 1 1 {00} cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} controlVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} controlDownloadPeriodBegin 4 4 {00..00} controlDownloadPeriodEnd 4 4 {00..00} EF VehicleUnits_Used 42 42 CardVehicleUnitsUsed 42 82 vehicleUnitPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} cardVehicleUnitRecords 40 80 CardVehicleUnitRecord n7 10 10 timeStamp 4 4 {00..00} manufacturerCode 1 1 {00..00} deviceID 1 1 {00..00} vuSoftwareVersion 4 4 {00..00} EF GNSS_Places 262 362 GNSSContinuousDriving 262 362 gnssCDPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} gnssContinuousDrivingRecords 260 360 GNSSContinuousDrivingRecord n8 15 15 timeStamp 4 4 {00..00} gnssPlaceRecord 11 11 timeStamp 4 4 {00..00} gnssAccuracy 1 1 {00} geoCoordinates 6 6 {00..00} EF Specific_Conditions 12 22 SpecificConditions 12 22 conditionPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} specificConditionRecords 10 20 SpecificConditionRecord n9 5 5 entryTime 4 4 {00..00} specificConditionType 1 1 {00} The following values, used to provide sizes in the table above, are the minimum and maximum record number values the workshop card data structure must use for a generation 2 application: Min Max n1 NoOfEventsPerType 3 3 n2 NoOfFaultsPerType 6 6 n3 NoOfCardVehicleRecords 4 8 n4 NoOfCardPlaceRecords 6 8 n5 NoOfCalibrationRecords 88 255 n6 CardActivityLengthRange 198 bytes (1 day * 93 activity changes) 492 bytes (1 day * 240 activity changes) n7 NoOfCardVehicleUnitRecords 4 8 n8 NoOfGNSSCDRecords 18 24 n9 NoOfSpecificConditionRecords 2 4
4.4. Control card applications
4.4.
4.4.1TCS_164TCS_165TCS_166TCS_167
Control Card application generation 1 After its personalisation, the control card application generation 1 shall have the following permanent file structure and file access rules: Access rules File File ID Read Select Update DF Tachograph ‘0500h’ EF Application_Identification ‘0501h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF Card_Certificate ‘C100h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF CA_Certificate ‘C108h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF Identification ‘0520h’ SC6 SC1 NEV EF Controller_Activity_Data ‘050Ch’ SC2 SC1 SC3 The following abbreviations for the security conditions are used in this table: SC1 ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 SC2 ALW OR SM-MAC-G1 OR SM-MAC-G2 SC3 SM-MAC-G1 OR SM-MAC-G2 SC6 EXT-AUT-G1 OR SM-MAC-G1 OR SM-MAC-G2 All EF structures shall be transparent. The control card application generation 1 shall have the following data structure: No of Records Size (Bytes) File / Data element Min Max DF Tachograph 11186 24526 EF Application_Identification 5 5 ControlCardApplicationIdentification 5 5 typeOfTachographCardId 1 1 {00} cardStructureVersion 2 2 {00 00} noOfControlActivityRecords 2 2 {00 00} EF Card_Certificate 194 194 CardCertificate 194 194 {00..00} EF CA_Certificate 194 194 MemberStateCertificate 194 194 {00..00} EF Identification 211 211 CardIdentification 65 65 cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} cardIssuingAuthorityName 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardIssueDate 4 4 {00..00} cardValidityBegin 4 4 {00..00} cardExpiryDate 4 4 {00..00} ControlCardHolderIdentification 146 146 controlBodyName 36 36 {00, 20..20} controlBodyAddress 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardHolderName holderSurname 36 36 {00, 20..20} holderFirstNames 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardHolderPreferredLanguage 2 2 {20 20} EF Controller_Activity_Data 10582 23922 ControlCardControlActivityData 10582 23922 controlPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} controlActivityRecords 10580 23920 controlActivityRecord n7 46 46 controlType 1 1 {00} controlTime 4 4 {00..00} controlledCardNumber cardType 1 1 {00} cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} controlledVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} controlDownloadPeriodBegin 4 4 {00..00} controlDownloadPeriodEnd 4 4 {00..00} The following values, used to provide sizes in the table above, are the minimum and maximum record number values the control card data structure must use for a generation 1 application: Min Max n7 NoOfControlActivityRecords 230 520
4.4.2TCS_168TCS_169TCS_170TCS_171
Control card application generation 2 After its personalisation, the control card application generation 2 shall have the following permanent file structure and file access rules. Note: The short EF identifier SFID is given as decimal number, e.g. the value 30 corresponds to 11110 in binary. Access rules File File ID SFID Read / Select Update DF Tachograph_G2 SC1 EF Application_Identification ‘0501h’ 1 SC1 NEV EF CardMA_Certificate ‘C100h’ 2 SC1 NEV EF CA_Certificate ‘C108h’ 4 SC1 NEV EF Link_Certificate ‘C109h’ 5 SC1 NEV EF Identification ‘0520h’ 6 SC1 NEV EF Controller_Activity_Data ‘050Ch’ 14 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 The following abbreviation for the security condition is used in this table: SC1 ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 All EF structures shall be transparent. The control card application generation2 shall have the following data structure: No of Records Size (Bytes) File / Data element Min Max DF Tachograph_G2 11410 25161 EF Application_Identification 5 5 ControlCardApplicationIdentification 5 5 typeOfTachographCardId 1 1 {00} cardStructureVersion 2 2 {00 00} noOfControlActivityRecords 2 2 {00 00} EF CardMA_Certificate 204 341 CardMACertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF CA_Certificate 204 341 MemberStateCertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF Link_Certificate 204 341 LinkCertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF Identification 211 211 CardIdentification 65 65 cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} cardIssuingAuthorityName 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardIssueDate 4 4 {00..00} cardValidityBegin 4 4 {00..00} cardExpiryDate 4 4 {00..00} ControlCardHolderIdentification 146 146 controlBodyName 36 36 {00, 20..20} controlBodyAddress 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardHolderName holderSurname 36 36 {00, 20..20} holderFirstNames 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardHolderPreferredLanguage 2 2 {20 20} EF Controller_Activity_Data 10582 23922 ControlCardControlActivityData 10582 23922 controlPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} controlActivityRecords 10580 23920 controlActivityRecord n7 46 46 controlType 1 1 {00} controlTime 4 4 {00..00} controlledCardNumber cardType 1 1 {00} cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} controlledVehicleRegistration vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} controlDownloadPeriodBegin 4 4 {00..00} controlDownloadPeriodEnd 4 4 {00..00} The following values, used to provide sizes in the table above, are the minimum and maximum record number values the control card data structure must use for a generation 2 application: Min Max n7 NoOfControlActivityRecords 230 520
4.5. Company card applications
4.5.
4.5.1TCS_172TCS_173TCS_174TCS_175
Company card application generation 1 After its personalisation, the company card application generation 1 shall have the following permanent file structure and file access rules: Access rules File File ID Read Select Update DF Tachograph ‘0500h’ SC1 EF Application_Identification ‘0501h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF Card_Certificate ‘C100h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF CA_Certificate ‘C108h’ SC2 SC1 NEV EF Identification ‘0520h’ SC6 SC1 NEV EF Company_Activity_Data ‘050Dh’ SC2 SC1 SC3 The following abbreviations for the security conditions are used in this table: SC1 ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 SC2 ALW OR SM-MAC-G1 OR SM-MAC-G2 SC3 SM-MAC-G1 OR SM-MAC-G2 SC6 EXT-AUT-G1 OR SM-MAC-G1 OR SM-MAC-G2 All EF structures shall be transparent. The company card application generation 1 shall have the following data structure: File / Data element No of Records Size (bytes) Default Values Min Max DF Tachograph 11114 24454 EF Application_Identification 5 5 CompanyCardApplicationIdentification 5 5 typeOfTachographCardId 1 1 {00} cardStructureVersion 2 2 {00 00} noOfCompanyActivityRecords 2 2 {00 00} EF Card_Certificate 194 194 CardCertificate 194 194 {00..00} EF CA_Certificate 194 194 MemberStateCertificate 194 194 {00..00} EF Identification 139 139 CardIdentification 65 65 cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} cardIssuingAuthorityName 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardIssueDate 4 4 {00..00} cardValidityBegin 4 4 {00..00} cardExpiryDate 4 4 {00..00} CompanyCardHolderIdentification 74 74 companyName 36 36 {00, 20..20} companyAddress 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardHolderPreferredLanguage 2 2 {20 20} EF Company_Activity_Data 10582 23922 CompanyActivityData 10582 23922 companyPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} companyActivityRecords 10580 23920 companyActivityRecord n8 46 46 companyActivityType 1 1 {00} companyActivityTime 4 4 {00..00} cardNumberInformation cardType 1 1 {00} cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} vehicleRegistrationInformation vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} downloadPeriodBegin 4 4 {00..00} downloadPeriodEnd 4 4 {00..00} The following values, used to provide sizes in the table above, are the minimum and maximum record number values the company card data structure must use for a generation 1 application: Min Max n8 NoOfCompanyActivityRecords 230 520
4.5.2TCS_176TCS_177TCS_178TCS_179
Company card application generation 2 After its personalisation, the company card application generation 2 shall have the following permanent file structure and file access rules. Note: The short EF identifier SFID is given as decimal number, e.g. the value 30 corresponds to 11110 in binary. Access rules File File ID SFID Read / Select Update DF Tachograph_G2 SC1 EF Application_Identification ‘0501h’ 1 SC1 NEV EF CardMA_Certificate ‘C100h’ 2 SC1 NEV EF CA_Certificate ‘C108h’ 4 SC1 NEV EF Link_Certificate ‘C109h’ 5 SC1 NEV EF Identification ‘0520h’ 6 SC1 NEV EF Company_Activity_Data ‘050Dh’ 14 SC1 SM-MAC-G2 The following abbreviation for the security condition is used in this table: SC1 ALW OR SM-MAC-G2 All EF structures shall be transparent. The company card application generation 2 shall have the following data structure: File / Data element No of Records Size (bytes) Default Values Min Max DF Tachograph_G2 11338 25089 EF Application_Identification 5 5 CompanyCardApplicationIdentification 5 5 typeOfTachographCardId 1 1 {00} cardStructureVersion 2 2 {00 00} noOfCompanyActivityRecords 2 2 {00 00} EF CardMA_Certificate 204 341 CardMACertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF CA_Certificate 204 341 MemberStateCertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF Link_Certificate 204 341 LinkCertificate 204 341 {00..00} EF Identification 139 139 CardIdentification 65 65 cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} cardIssuingAuthorityName 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardIssueDate 4 4 {00..00} cardValidityBegin 4 4 {00..00} cardExpiryDate 4 4 {00..00} CompanyCardHolderIdentification 74 74 companyName 36 36 {00, 20..20} companyAddress 36 36 {00, 20..20} cardHolderPreferredLanguage 2 2 {20 20} EF Company_Activity_Data 10582 23922 CompanyActivityData 10582 23922 companyPointerNewestRecord 2 2 {00 00} companyActivityRecords 10580 23920 companyActivityRecord n8 46 46 companyActivityType 1 1 {00} companyActivityTime 4 4 {00..00} cardNumberInformation cardType 1 1 {00} cardIssuingMemberState 1 1 {00} cardNumber 16 16 {20..20} vehicleRegistrationInformation vehicleRegistrationNation 1 1 {00} vehicleRegistrationNumber 14 14 {00, 20..20} downloadPeriodBegin 4 4 {00..00} downloadPeriodEnd 4 4 {00..00} The following values, used to provide sizes in the table above, are the minimum and maximum record number values the company card data structure must use for a generation 2 application: Min Max n8 NoOfCompanyActivityRecords 230 520
Appendix 3
PICTOGRAMS PIC_001
The tachograph may optionally use the following pictograms and pictogram combinations (or pictograms and combination similar enough to be unambiguously identifiable with these): Note: Additional pictogram combinations to form printout blocks or record identifiers are defined in Appendix 4.
1. BASIC PICTOGRAMS People Actions Modes of operation Company Company mode Controller Control Control mode Driver Driving Operational mode Workshop/test station Inspection/calibration Calibration mode Manufacturer Activities Duration Available Current availability period Driving Continuous driving time Rest Current rest period Other Work Current work period Break Cumulative break time Unknown Equipment Functions Driver slot Co-driver slot Card Clock Display Displaying External storage Downloading Power supply Printer/printout Printing Sensor Tyre size Vehicle/vehicle unit GNSS facility Remote Detection facility ITS interface Specific conditions Out of scope Ferry/train crossing Miscellaneous Events Faults Start of daily work period End of daily work period Location Manual entry of driver activities Security Speed Time Total/summary Qualifiers 24h Daily Weekly Two weeks From or to
2. PICTOGRAM COMBINATIONS Miscellaneous Control place Location start of daily work period Location end of daily work period From time To time From vehicle Out of scope begin Out of scope end Cards Driver card Company card Control card Workshop card No card Driving Crew driving Driving time for one week Driving time for two weeks Printouts Driver activities from card daily printout Driver activities from VU daily printout Events and faults from card printout Events and faults from VU printout Technical data printout Over speeding printout Events Insertion of a non valid card Card conflict Time overlap Driving without an appropriate card Card insertion while driving Last card session not correctly closed Over speeding Power supply interruption Motion data error Vehicle motion conflict Security breach Time adjustment (by workshop) Over speeding control Faults Card fault (driver slot) Card fault (co-driver slot) Display fault Downloading fault Printer fault Sensor fault VU internal fault GNSS fault Remote Detection fault Manual entries procedure Still same daily work period ? End of previous work period ? Confirm or enter location of end of work period Enter start time Enter location of start of work period.
Appendix 4 PRINTOUTS
1. GENERALITIES Each printout is built up by chaining various data blocks, possibly identified with a block identifier. A data block contains one or more records, possibly identified with a record identifier. PRT_001 When a block identifier immediately precedes a record identifier, the record identifier is not printed. PRT_002 In the case where a data item is unknown, or must not be printed for data access rights reasons, spaces are printed instead. PRT_003 If the content of a complete line is unknown, or need not to be printed, then the complete line is omitted. PRT_004 Numerical data fields are printed right aligned, with a space separator for thousands and millions, and without leading zeros. PRT_005 String data fields are printed left aligned and filled up with spaces to data item length, or truncated to data item length when needed (names and addresses). PRT_006 In case of a line-break due to a long text a special character (dot at middle line-height, ߦ) should be printed as first character in the new line.
2.PRT_007 DATA BLOCKS SPECIFICATION In this chapter the following format notation conventions have been used: Printouts shall use the following data blocks and/or data records, in accordance with the following meanings and formats: Block or record number Meaning Data Format 1 Date and time at which the document is printed. dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm (UTC) 2 Type of printout. Block identifier ----------------------- Printout pictogram combination (see App. 3), Speed limiting device setting (Over speeding printout only) Picto xxx km/h 3 Card holder identification. Block identifier. P= people pictogram -----------P------------ Card holder surname P Last_Name Card holder first name(s) (if any) First_Name Card identification Card_Identification Card expiry date (if any) and Card generation number (GEN 1 or GEN 2) (*) dd/mm/yyyy - GEN 2 In the case where the card is a non-personal card, and holds no card holder surname, the company or workshop or control body name shall be printed instead. (*) The card generation number can only be printed by smart tachograph. 4 Vehicle identification. Block identifier ----------------------- VIN VIN Registering Member State and VRN Nat/VRN 5 VU identification. Block identifier ----------------------- VU manufacturer’s name VU_Manufacturer VU part number VU generation number (*) VU_Part_Number GEN 2 (*) The card generation number can only be printed by smart tachograph. 6 Last calibration of the tachograph Block identifier ----------------------- Workshop name Last_Name Workshop card identification Card_Identification Date of the calibration dd/mm/yyyy 7 Last control (by a control officer) Block identifier ----------------------- Controller’s card identification Card_Identification Control date, time and type dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm ppppp Type of the control: Up to five pictograms. The type of control can be (a combination) of: : Card downloading, : VU downloading, : printing, : Displaying, : Roadside calibration checking 8 Driver activities stored on a card in order of occurrence Block identifier ----------------------- Enquiry date (calendar day subject of the printout) + Daily card presence counter dd/mm/yyyy xxx 8a Out of scope condition in the beginning of this day (leave blank if no out of scope condition open) ----------OUT----------- 8.1 Period during which the card was not inserted 8.1a Record identifier (start of period) -------------------- 8.1b Unknown period. Start time, duration hh:mm hhhmm 8.1c Activity manually entered. Activity pictogram, start time, duration A hh:mm hhhmm 8.2 Card insertion in slot S Record identifier; S = Slot pictogram ---------S--------- Vehicle registering Member State and VRN Nat/VRN Vehicle odometer at card insertion x xxx xxx km 8.3 Activity (while card was inserted) Activity pictogram, start time, duration, crew status (crew pictogram if CREW, blanks if SINGLE). A hh:mm hhhmm 8.3a Specific condition. Time of entry, specific condition pictogram (or pictogram combination). hh:mm ---pppp--- 8.4 Card withdrawal Vehicle odometer and distance travelled since last insertion for which odometer is known x xxx xxx km; x xxx km 9 Driver activities stored in a VU per slot in chronological order Block identifier ----------------------- Enquiry date (calendar day subject of the printout) dd/mm/yyyy Vehicle odometer at 00:00 and 24:00 x xxx xxx - x xxx xxx km 10 Activities carried in slot S Block identifier -----------S------------ 10a Out of scope condition in the beginning of this day (leave blank if no out of scope condition open) ----------OUT----------- 10.1 Period where no card is inserted in slot S Record identifier. -------------------- No Card inserted --- Vehicle odometer at beginning of period x xxx xxx km 10.2 Card insertion Card insertion Record identifier -------------------- Driver’s name Last_Name Driver’s first name First_Name Driver’s Card identification Card_Identification Card expiry date (if any) and Card generation number (GEN 1 or GEN 2) (*) dd/mm/yyyy - GEN 2 Registering MS and VRN of previous vehicle used Nat/VRN Date and time of card withdrawal from previous vehicle dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm Blank line Vehicle odometer at card insertion, Manual entry of driver activities flag (M if yes, Blank if No). If no card insertion of a driver card happened on the day for which the printout is done then for block 10.2 the odometer data reading from the last available card insertion before that day shall be used. x xxx xxx km M 10.3 Activity Activity pictogram, start time, duration, crew Status (crew pictogram if CREW, blanks if SINGLE). A hh:mm hhhmm 10.3a Specific condition. Time of entry, specific condition pictogram (or pictogram combination). hh:mm ---pppp--- 10.4 Card withdrawal or End of ‘No Card’ period Vehicle odometer at card withdrawal or at end of ‘no card’ period and distance travelled since insertion, or since beginning of the ‘No Card’ period. x xxx xxx km; x xxx km (*) The card generation number can only be printed by smart tachograph. 11 Daily summary Block identifier ----------------------- 11.1 VU summary of periods without card in driver slot Block identifier 1--- 11.2 VU summary of periods without card in co-driver slot Block identifier 2--- 11.3 VU daily summary per driver Record identifier -------------------- Driver’s surname Last_Name Driver’s first name(s) First_Name Driver’s card identification Card_Identification 11.4 Entry of place where a daily work period begins and/or ends pi=location begin / end pictogram, time, country, region, pihh:mm Cou Reg Odometer x xxx xxx km 11.5 Entry of place where a daily work period begins and/or ends and after 3 hours continuous driving time hh:mm Odometer x xxx xxx km 11.6 Activity totals (from a card) Total driving duration, distance travelled hhhmm x xxx km Total working and availability duration hhhmm hhhmm Total resting and unknown duration hhhmm hhhmm Total duration of crew activities hhhmm 11.7 Activity totals (periods without card driver slot) Total driving duration, distance travelled hhhmm x xxx km Total working and availability duration hhhmm hhhmm Total resting duration hhhmm 11.8 Activity totals (periods without card co-driver slot) Total working and availability duration hhhmm hhhmm Total resting duration hhhmm 11.9 Activity totals (per driver both slots included) Total driving duration, distance travelled hhhmm x xxx km Total working and availability duration hhhmm hhhmm Total resting duration hhhmm Total duration of crew activities hhhmm When a daily printout is required for the current day, daily summary information is computed with available data at the time of the printout. 12 Events and/or faults stored on a card 12.1 Block identifier last 5 ‘Events and Faults’ from a card --------------------- 12.2 Block identifier all recorded ‘Events’ on a card ---------------------- 12.3 Block identifier all recorded ‘Faults’ on a card ---------------------- 12.4 Event and/or Fault record Record identifier -------------------- Event/fault pictogram, record purpose, date time of start, Pic (p) dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm Additional event/fault code (if any), duration xx hhhmm Registering Member State & VRN of vehicle in which the event or fault occurred Nat/VRN 13 Events and/or faults stored or on-going in a VU 13.1 Block identifier last 5 ‘Events and Faults’ from VU --------------------- 13.2 Block identifier all recorded or on-going ‘Events’ in a VU ---------------------- 13.3 Block identifier all recorded or on-going ‘Faults’ in a VU ---------------------- 13.4 Event and/or fault record Record identifier -------------------- Event/fault pictogram, record purpose, date time of start, Pic (p) dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm Additional event/fault code (if any), No of similar events this day, duration xx (xxx) hhhmm Identification of the cards inserted at start or end of the event or fault (up to 4 lines without repeating twice the same card numbers) Card_Identification Card_Identification Card_Identification Card_Identification Case where no card was inserted Manufacturer specific data --- < Literal><ErrorCode> The record purpose (p) is a numerical code explaining why the event or fault was recorded, coded in accordance with the data element EventFaultRecordPurpose. The Literal is a tachograph manufacturer specific literal with 12 characters maximum. The ErrorCode is a tachograph manufacturer specific error code with 12 characters maximum. 14 VU Identification Block identifier ----------------------- VU manufacturer name Name VU manufacturer address Address VU part number PartNumber VU approval number Apprv VU serial number S/N VU year of manufacture yyyy VU software version and installation date V xxxx dd/mm/yyyy 15 Sensor identification Block identifier ----------------------- 15.1 Pairing record Sensor serial number S/N Sensor approval number Apprv Sensor pairing date dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm 16 GNSS identification Block identifier ---------------------- 16.1 Coupling record External GNSS facility serial number S/N External GNSS facility approval number Apprv External GNSS facility coupling date dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm 17 Calibration data Block identifier ----------------------- 17.1 Calibration record Record identifier -------------------- Workshop having performed the calibration Workshop_name Workshop address Workshop_address Workshop card identification Card_Identification Workshop card expiry date dd/mm/yyyy Blank line Calibration date + calibration purpose dd/mm/yyyy (p) VIN VIN Registering Member State & VRN Nat/VRN Characteristic coefficient of vehicle w xx xxx Imp/km Constant of the recording equipment k xx xxx Imp/km Effective circumference of wheel tyres l xx xxx mm Size of tyres mounted TyreSize Speed limiting device setting xxx km/h Old and new odometer values x xxx xxx – x xxx xxx km The calibration purpose (p) is a numerical code explaining why these calibration parameters were recorded, coded in accordance with the data element CalibrationPurpose. 18 Time adjustment Block identifier ----------------------- 18.1 Time adjustment record Record identifier -------------------- Old date and time dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm New date and time dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm Workshop having performed the time adjustment Workshop_name Workshop address Workshop_address Workshop card identification Card_Identification Workshop card expiry date dd/mm/yyyy 19 Most recent event and Fault recorded in the VU Block identifier --------------------- Most recent event date time dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm Most recent fault date time dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm 20 Over speeding control information Block identifier ---------------------- Date and time of last OVER SPEEDING CONTROL dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm Date/time of first over speeding and number of over speeding events since dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm (nnn) 21 Over speeding record 21.1 Block identifier ‘First over speeding after the last calibration’ ----------------- 21.2 Block identifier ‘The 5 most serious over the last 365 days’ -------(365)------ 21.3 Block identifier ‘The most serious for each of the last 10 days of occurrence’ -------(10)------- 21.4 Record identifier -------------------- Date time and duration dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm hhhmm Max and average speeds, No. of similar events this day xxx km/h xxx km/h(xxx) Driver’s surname Last_Name Driver’s first name(s) First_Name Driver card identification Card_Identification 21.5 If no over speeding record exists in a block --- 22 Hand-written information Block identifier ------------------------ 22.1 Control Place .................. 22.2 Controller’s signature .................. 22.3 From time .................. 22.4 To time .................. 22.5 Driver’s signature .................. ‘Hand-written information’; Insert enough blank lines above a hand-written item, to be able to actually write the required information or to put a signature. 23 Most recent cards inserted in VU Block identifier -------- -------- 23.1 Inserted Card Record identifier ---- Type of card, Generation, Version, Manufacturer (*) <gen> <version> <MC> Card Identification Card Serial Number Date and time of last card insertion Card Identification Card Serial Number dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm (*) (everything in one line) with type of card: Pictogram, one character + space gen: GEN1 or GEN2, 4 characters + space version: up to 10 characters MC: manufacturer code, 3 characters
Characters printed in bold denote plain text to be printed (printing remains in normal characters),
Normal characters denote variables (pictograms or data) to be replaced by their values for printing,
Variable names have been padded with underscores to show the data item length available for the variable,
Dates are specified with a dd/mm/yyyy (day, month, year) format. A dd.mm.yyyy format may also be used,
The term card identification denotes the composition of: the type of card through a card pictograms combination, the card issuing Member State code, a forward slash character and the card number with the replacement index and the renewal index separated with a space: P x x x / x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Card Pictogram combination Issuing Member State code First 14 characters of card number (possibly including a consecutive index) Replacement index Renewal index
3. PRINTOUT SPECIFICATIONS In this chapter the following notation conventions have been used: N Print block or record number N N Print block or record number N repeated as many times as necessary X/Y Print blocks or records X and/or Y as needed, and repeating as many times as necessary.
3.
3.1.PRT_008 Driver Activities from Card Daily Printout The driver activities from card daily printout shall be in accordance with the following format: 1 Date and time at which the document is printed 2 Type of printout 3 Controller identification (if a control card is inserted in the VU) 3 Driver identification (from card subject of the printout + GEN) 4 Vehicle identification (vehicle from which printout is taken) 5 VU identification (VU from which printout is taken + GEN) 6 Last calibration of this VU 7 Last control the inspected driver has been subject to 8 Driver activities delimiter 8a Out of scope condition in the beginning of this day 8.1a/8.1b/8.1c/8.2/8.3/8.3a/8.4 Activities of the driver in order of occurrence 11 Daily summary delimiter 11.4 Places entered in chronological order 11.5 GNSS data 11.6 Activity totals 12.1 Events or faults from card delimiter 12.4 Event/Fault records (Last 5 events or faults stored in the card) 13.1 Events or faults from VU delimiter 13.4 Event/Fault records (Last 5 events or faults stored or on-going in the VU) 22.1 Control place 22.2 Controller's signature 22.5 Driver's signature
3.2.PRT_009 Driver Activities from VU Daily Printout The driver activities from VU daily printout shall be in accordance with the following format: 1 Date and time at which the document is printed 2 Type of printout 3 Card holder identification (for all cards inserted in VU + GEN) 4 Vehicle identification (vehicle from which printout is taken) 5 VU identification (VU from which printout is taken + GEN) 6 Last calibration of this VU 7 Last control on this tachograph 9 Driver activities delimiter 10 Driver slot delimiter (slot 1) 10a Out of scope condition in the beginning of this day 10.1/10.2/10.3/10.3a/10.4 Activities in chronological order (driver slot) 10 Co-driver slot delimiter (slot 2) 10a Out of scope condition in the beginning of this day 10.1/10.2/10.3/10.3a/10.4 Activities in chronological order (co-driver slot) 11 Daily summary delimiter 11.1 Summary of periods without card in driver slot 11.4 Places entered in chronological order 11.5 GNSS data 11.6 Activity totals 11.2 Summary of periods without card in co-driver slot 11.4 Places entered in chronological order 11.5 GNSS data 11.7 Activity totals 11.3 Summary of activities for a driver both slots included 11.4 Places entered by this driver in chronological order 11.5 GNSS data 11.8 Activity totals for this driver 13.1 Events faults delimiter 12.4 Event/Fault records (Last 5 events or faults stored or on-going in the VU) 13.1 Control place 22.2 Controller's signature 22.3 From time (space available for a driver without a card to indicate which periods are relevant to himself) 22.4 To time 22.5 Driver's signature
3.3.PRT_010 Events and Faults from Card Printout The events and faults from card printout shall be in accordance with the following format: 1 Date and time at which the document is printed 2 Type of printout 3 Controller identification (if a control card is inserted in the VU + GEN) 3 Driver identification (from card subject of the printout) 4 Vehicle identification (vehicle from which printout is taken) 12.2 Events delimiter 12.4 Event records (all events stored on the card) 12.3 Faults delimiter 12.4 Fault records (all faults stored on the card) 22.1 Control place 22.2 Controller's signature 22.5 Driver's signature
3.4.PRT_011 Events and Faults from VU Printout The events and faults from VU printout shall be in accordance with the following format: 1 Date and time at which the document is printed 2 Type of printout 3 Card holder identification (for all cards inserted in VU + GEN) 4 Vehicle identification (vehicle from which printout is taken) 13.2 Events delimiter 13.4 Event records (All Events stored or on-going in the VU) 13.3 Faults delimiter 13.4 Fault records (All Faults stored or on-going in the VU) 22.1 Control place 22.2 Controller's signature 22.5 Driver's signature
3.5.PRT_012 Technical data Printout The technical data printout shall be in accordance with the following format: 1 Date and time at which the document is printed 2 Type of printout 3 Card holder identification (for all cards inserted in VU + GEN) 4 Vehicle identification (vehicle from which printout is taken) 14 VU identification 15 Sensor identification 15.1 Sensor Pairing data (all data available in chronological order) 16 GNSS identification 16.1 External GNSS facility coupling data (all data available in chronological order) 17 Calibration data delimiter 17.1 Calibration records (all records available in chronological order) 18 Time adjustment delimiter 18.1 Time adjustment records (all records available from time adjustment and from calibration data records) 19 Most recent event and Fault recorded in the VU
3.6.PRT_013 Over speeding Printout The over speeding printout shall be in accordance with the following format: 1 Date and time at which the document is printed 2 Type of printout 3 Card holder identification (for all cards inserted in VU + GEN) 4 Vehicle identification (vehicle from which printout is taken) 20 Over speeding control information 21.1 Over speeding data identifier 21.4/21.5 First over speeding after the last calibration 21.2 Over speeding data identifier 21.4/21.5 The 5 most serious over speeding events over the last 365 days 21.3 Over speeding data identifier 21.4/21.5 The most serious over speeding for each of the last 10 days of occurrence 22.1 Control place 22.2 Controller's signature 22.5 Driver's signature
3.7.PRT_014 Historic of inserted cards The historic of inserted cards printout shall be in accordance with the following format: 1 Date and time at which the document is printed 2 Type of printout 3 Card holder identifications (of all cards inserted in the V) 23 Most recent card inserted in the VU 23.1 Inserted cards (up to 88 records) 12.3 Faults delimiter
Appendix 5
DISPLAY DIS_001
In this appendix the following format notation conventions have been used: The tachograph shall display data using the following formats: Data Format Default display Local time Mode of operation Information related to the driver Information related to the co-driver Out of scope condition opened Warning display Exceeding continuous driving time Event or fault Other displays UTC date time Driver's continuous driving time and cumulative break time Co-driver's continuous driving time and cumulative break time Driver's cumulated driving time for the previous and the current week Co-driver's cumulated driving time for the previous and the current week
characters printed in bold denote plain text to be displayed (display remains in normal character),
normal characters denote variables (pictograms or data) to be replaced by their values for displaying: — dd mm yyyy day, month, year, — hh hours, — mm minutes, — D duration pictogram, — EF event or fault pictograms combination, — O mode of operation pictogram.
Appendix 6 FRONT CONNECTOR FOR CALIBRATION AND DOWNLOAD
1. HARDWARE
1.
1.1.INT_001 Connector The downloading/calibration connector shall be a 6 pin connector, accessible on the front panel without the need to disconnect any part of the tachograph, and shall comply with the following drawing (all dimensions in millimetres): The following diagram shows a typical 6 pin mating plug:
1.2.INT_002 Contact allocation Contacts shall be allocated in accordance with the following table: Pin Description Remark 1 Battery minus Connected to the battery minus of the vehicle 2 Data communication K-line (ISO 14230-1) 3 RxD — Downloading Data input to tachograph 4 Input/output signal Calibration 5 Permanent power output The voltage range is specified to be that of the vehicle power minus 3V to allow for the voltage drop across the protective circuitry Output 40 mA 6 TxD — Downloading Data output from tachograph
1.3.INT_003 Block diagram The block diagram shall comply with the following:
2.INT_004INT_005INT_006
DOWNLOADING INTERFACE The downloading interface shall comply to RS232 specifications. The downloading interface shall use one start bit, 8 data bits LSB first, one even parity bit and 1 stop bit. Transmission baud rates shall be adjustable from 9600 bps to 115200 bps. Transmission shall be achieved at the highest possible transmission speed, the initial baud rate after a start of communication being set at 9600 bps.
2.INT_004INT_005 Data byte organisation
Start bit one bit with logic level 0; Data bits transmitted with LSB first; Parity bit even parity Stop bit one bit with logic level 1 When numerical data composed by more than one byte are transmitted, the most significant byte is transmitted first and the least significant byte last.
3.INT_007INT_008INT_009
CALIBRATION INTERFACE The data communication shall comply to ISO 14230-1 Road vehicles — Diagnostic systems — Keyword protocol 2000 — Part 1: Physical layer, First edition: 1999. The input/output signal shall comply with the following electrical specification: Parameter Minimum Typical Maximum Remark U low (in) 1,0 V I = 750 μA U high (in) 4 V I = 200 μA Frequency 4 kHz U low (out) 1,0 V I = 1 mA U high (out) 4 V I = 1 mA The input/output signal shall comply with the following timing diagrams:
Appendix 7 DATA DOWNLOADING PROTOCOLS
1. INTRODUCTION This appendix specifies the procedures to follow in order to perform the different types of data download to an External Storage Medium, together with the protocols that must be implemented to assure the correct data transfer and the full compatibility of the downloaded data format to allow any controller to inspect these data and be able to control their authenticity and their integrity before analysing them.
1.
1.1.DDP_001 Scope Data may be downloaded to an ESM: To give the possibility to verify the authenticity and integrity of downloaded data stored on an ESM, data is downloaded with a signature appended in accordance with Appendix 11 Common Security Mechanisms. The source equipment (VU or card) identification and its security certificates (Member state and equipment) are also downloaded. The verifier of the data must possess independently a trusted European public key. Data downloaded during one download session must be stored in the ESM within one single file.
from a Vehicle Unit by an Intelligent Dedicated Equipment (IDE) connected to the VU,
from a tachograph card by an IDE fitted with a card interface device (IFD),
from a tachograph card via a vehicle unit by an IDE connected to the VU.
1.2. Acronyms and notations The following acronyms are used in this appendix: AID Application Identifier ATR Answer To Reset CS Checksum byte DF Dedicated File DS_ Diagnostic Session EF Elementary File ESM External Storage Medium FID File Identifier (File ID) FMT Format Byte (first byte of message header) ICC Integrated Circuit Card IDE Intelligent Dedicated Equipment: The equipment used to perform data downloading to the ESM (e.g. Personal Computer) IFD Interface Device KWP Keyword Protocol 2000 LEN Length Byte (last byte of message header) PPS Protocol Parameter Selection PSO Perform Security Operation SID Service Identifier SRC Source byte TGT Target Byte TLV Tag Length Value TREP Transfer Response Parameter TRTP Transfer Request Parameter VU Vehicle Unit
2. V.U. DATA DOWNLOADING
2.
2.1. Download procedure In order to carry on a VU data download, the operator must perform the following operations:
Insert his tachograph card inside a card slot of the VU;
Connect the IDE to the VU download connector;
Establish the connection between the IDE and the VU;
Select on the IDE the data to download and send the request to the VU;
Close the download session.
2.2. Data download protocol The protocol is structured on a master-slave basis, with the IDE playing the master role and the VU playing the slave role. The message structure, types and flow are principally based on the Keyword Protocol 2000 (KWP) (ISO 14230-2 Road vehicles — Diagnostic systems — Keyword protocol 2000 — Part2: Data link layer). The application layer is principally based on the current draft to date of ISO 14229-1 (Road vehicles — Diagnostic systems — Part 1: Diagnostic services, version 6 of 22 February 2001).
2.2.
2.2.1DDP_002DDP_003DDP_004
Message structure All the messages exchanged between the IDE and the VU are formatted with a structure consisting of three parts: Header Data field Checksum FMT TGT SRC LEN SID DATA … … … CS 4 bytes Max 255 bytes 1 byte The TGT and SRC byte represent the physical address of the recipient and originator of the message. Values are F0 Hex for the IDE and EE Hex for the VU. The LEN byte is the length of the Data field part. The Checksum byte is the 8 bit sum series modulo 256 of all the bytes of the message excluding the CS itself. FMT, SID, DS_, TRTP and TREP bytes are defined later in this document. In the case where the data to be carried by the message is longer than the space available in the data field part, the message is actually sent in several sub messages. Each sub message bears a header, the same SID, TREP and a 2-byte sub message counter indicating the sub message number within the total message. To enable error checking and abort the IDE acknowledges every sub message. The IDE can accept the sub message, ask for it to be re-transmitted, request the VU to start again or abort the transmission. If the last sub message contains exactly 255 bytes in the data field, a final sub message with an empty (except SID TREP and sub message counter) data field must be appended to show the end of the message. Example: Header SID TREP Message CS 4 Bytes Longer than 255 Bytes Will be transmitted as: Header SID TREP 00 01 Sub message 1 CS 4 Bytes 255 Bytes Header SID TREP 00 02 Sub message 2 CS 4 Bytes 255 Bytes … Header SID TREP xx yy Sub message n CS 4 Bytes Less than 255 Bytes or as: Header SID TREP 00 01 Sub message 1 CS 4 Bytes 255 Bytes Header SID TREP 00 02 Sub message 2 CS 4 Bytes 255 Bytes … Header SID TREP xx yy Sub message n CS 4 Bytes 255 Bytes Header SID TREP xx yy + 1 CS 4 Bytes 4 bytes
Header composed by a Format byte (FMT), a Target byte (TGT), a Source byte (SRC) and possibly a Length byte (LEN),
Data field composed by a Service Identifier byte (SID) and a variable number of data bytes, which can include an optional diagnostic session byte (DS_) or an optional transfer parameter byte (TRTP or TREP).
Checksum composed by a Checksum byte (CS).
2.2.2 Notes: Message types The communication protocol for data download between the VU and the IDE requires the exchange of 8 different message types. The following table summarises these messages. Message Structure Max 4 Bytes Header Max 255 Bytes Data 1 Byte CheckSum IDE -> <- VU FMT TGT SRC LEN SID DS_/TRTP DATA CS Start Communication Request 81 EE F0 81 E0 Positive Response Start Communication 80 F0 EE 03 C1 EA, 8F 9B Start Diagnostic Session Request 80 EE F0 02 10 81 F1 Positive Response Start Diagnostic 80 F0 EE 02 50 81 31 Link Control Service Verify Baud Rate (stage 1) 9600 Bd 80 EE F0 04 87 01,01,01 EC 19200 Bd 80 EE F0 04 87 01,01,02 ED 38400 Bd 80 EE F0 04 87 01,01,03 EE 57600 Bd 80 EE F0 04 87 01,01,04 EF 115200 Bd 80 EE F0 04 87 01,01,05 F0 Positive Response Verify Baud Rate 80 F0 EE 02 C7 01 28 Transition Baud Rate (stage 2) 80 EE F0 03 87 02,03 ED Request Upload 80 EE F0 0A 35 00,00,00,00,00,FF,FF,FF,FF 99 Positive Response Request Upload 80 F0 EE 03 75 00,FF D5 Transfer Data Request Overview 80 EE F0 02 36 01 97 Activities 80 EE F0 06 36 02 Date CS Events & Faults 80 EE F0 02 36 03 99 Detailed Speed 80 EE F0 02 36 04 9A Technical Data 80 EE F0 02 36 05 9B Card download 80 EE F0 02 36 06 Slot CS Positive Response Transfer Data 80 F0 EE Len 76 TREP Data CS Request Transfer Exit 80 EE F0 01 37 96 Positive Response Request Transfer Exit 80 F0 EE 01 77 D6 Stop Communication Request 80 EE F0 01 82 E1 Positive Response Stop Communication 80 F0 EE 01 C2 21 Acknowledge sub message 80 EE F0 Len 83 Data CS Negative responses General reject 80 F0 EE 03 7F Sid Req 10 CS Service not supported 80 F0 EE 03 7F Sid Req 11 CS Sub function not supported 80 F0 EE 03 7F Sid Req 12 CS Incorrect Message Length 80 F0 EE 03 7F Sid Req 13 CS Conditions not correct or Request sequence error 80 F0 EE 03 7F Sid Req 22 CS Request out of range 80 F0 EE 03 7F Sid Req 31 CS Upload not accepted 80 F0 EE 03 7F Sid Req 50 CS Response pending 80 F0 EE 03 7F Sid Req 78 CS Data not available 80 F0 EE 03 7F Sid Req FA CS
Sid Req = the Sid of the corresponding request.
TREP = the TRTP of the corresponding request.
Dark cells denote that nothing is transmitted.
The term upload (as seen from the IDE) is used for compatibility with ISO 14229. It means the same as download (as seen from the VU).
Potential 2-byte sub message counters are not shown in this table.
Slot is the slot number, either 1 (card on driver slot) or 2 (card on co-driver slot)
In case the slot is not specified, the VU shall select slot 1 if a card is inserted in this slot and it shall select slot 2 only in case it is specifically selected by the user.
2.2.2 Notes:
2.2.2.1DDP_005
Start Communication Request (SID 81) This message is issued by the IDE to establish the communication link with the VU. Initial communications are always performed at 9600 baud (until baud rate is eventually changed using the appropriate Link control services).
2.2.2.2DDP_006
Positive Response Start Communication (SID C1) This message is issued by the VU to answer positively to a start communication request. It includes the 2 key bytes EA 8F indicating that the unit supports protocol with header including target source and length information.
2.2.2.3DDP_007
Start Diagnostic Session Request (SID 10) The Start Diagnostic Session request message is issued by the IDE in order to request a new diagnostic session with the VU. The sub function default session (81 Hex) indicates a standard diagnostic session is to be opened.
2.2.2.4DDP_008
Positive Response Start Diagnostic (SID 50) The Positive Response Start Diagnostic message is sent by the VU to answer positively to Diagnostic Session Request.
2.2.2.5DDP_052
Link Control Service (SID 87) The Link Control Service is used by the IDE to initiate a change in baud rate. This takes place in two steps. In step one the IDE proposes the baud rate change, indicating the new rate. On receipt of a positive message from the VU the IDE sends out confirmation of the baud rate change to the VU (step two). The IDE then changes to the new baud rate. After receipt of the confirmation the VU changes to the new baud rate
2.2.2.6DDP_053
Link Control Positive Response (SID C7) The Link Control Positive Response is issued by the VU to answer positively to Link Control Service request (step one). Note that no response is given to the confirmation request (step two).
2.2.2.7DDP_009
Request Upload (SID 35) The Request Upload message is issued by the IDE to specify to the VU that a download operation is requested. To meet the requirements of ISO14229 data is included covering address, the size and format details for the data requested. As these are not known to the IDE prior to a download, the memory address is set to 0, format is unencrypted and uncompressed and the memory size is set to the maximum.
2.2.2.8DDP_010
Positive Response Request Upload (SID 75) The Positive Response Request Upload message is sent by the VU to indicate to the IDE that the VU is ready to download data. To meet the requirements of ISO 14229 data is included in this positive response message, indicating to the IDE that further Positive Response Transfer Data messages will include 00FF hex bytes maximum.
2.2.2.9DDP_011DDP_054
Transfer Data Request (SID 36) The Transfer Data Request is sent by the IDE to specify to the VU the type of data that are to be downloaded. A one byte Transfer Request Parameter (TRTP) indicates the type of transfer. There are six types of data transfer: It is mandatory for the IDE to request the overview data transfer (TRTP 01) during a download session as this only will ensure that the VU certificates are recorded within the downloaded file (and allow for verification of digital signature). In the second case (TRTP 02) the Transfer Data Request message includes the indication of the calendar day ( format) to be downloaded.
Overview (TRTP 01),
Activities of a specified date (TRTP 02),
Events and faults (TRTP 03),
Detailed speed (TRTP 04),
Technical data (TRTP 05),
Card download (TRTP 06).
2.2.2.10DDP_012DDP055
Positive Response Transfer Data (SID 76) The Positive Response Transfer Data is sent by the VU in response to the Transfer Data Request. The message contains the requested data, with a Transfer Response Parameter (TREP) corresponding to the TRTP of the request. In the first case (TREP 01), the VU will send data helping the IDE operator to choose the data he wants to download further. The information contained within this message is:
Security certificates,
Vehicle identification,
VU current date and time,
Min and Max downloadable date (VU data),
Indication of cards presence in the VU,
Previous download to a company,
Company locks,
Previous controls.
2.2.2.11DDP_013
Request Transfer Exit (SID 37) The Request Transfer Exit message is sent by the IDE to inform the VU that the download session is terminated.
2.2.2.12DDP_014
Positive Response Request Transfer Exit (SID 77) The Positive Response Request Transfer Exit message is sent by the VU to acknowledge the Request Transfer Exit.
2.2.2.13DDP_015
Stop Communication Request (SID 82) The Stop Communication Request message is sent by the IDE to disconnect the communication link with the VU.
2.2.2.14DDP_016
Positive Response Stop Communication (SID C2) The Positive Response Stop Communication message is sent by the VU to acknowledge the Stop Communication Request.
2.2.2.15DDP_017
Acknowledge Sub Message (SID 83) The Acknowledge Sub Message is sent by the IDE to confirm receipt of each part of a message that is being transmitted as several sub messages. The data field contains the SID received from the VU and a 2-byte code as follows: The last sub message of a message (LEN byte < 255) may be acknowledged using any of these codes or not acknowledged. The VU responses that will consist of several sub messages are:
MsgC+1 Acknowledges correct receipt of sub message number MsgC. Request from the IDE to the VU to send next sub message
MsgC indicates a problem with the receipt of sub message number MsgC. Request from the IDE to the VU to send the sub message again.
FFFF requests termination of the message. This can be used by the IDE to end the transmission of the VU message for any reason.
Positive Response Transfer Data (SID 76)
2.2.2.16DDP_018
Negative Response (SID 7F) The Negative Response message is sent by the VU in response to the above request messages when the VU cannot satisfy the request. The data fields of the message contains the SID of the response (7F), the SID of the request, and a code specifying the reason of the negative response. The following codes are available:
10 general reject The action cannot be performed for a reason not covered below.
11 service not supported The SID of the request is not understood.
12 sub function not supported The DS_ or TRTP of the request is not understood, or there are no further sub messages to be transmitted.
13 incorrect message length The length of the received message is wrong.
22 conditions not correct or request sequence error The required service is not active or the sequence of request messages is not correct.
31 Request out of range The request parameter record (data field) is not valid.
50 upload not accepted The request cannot be performed (VU in a non appropriate mode of operation or internal fault of the VU).
78 response pending The action requested cannot be completed in time and the VU is not ready to accept another request.
FA data not available The data object of a data transfer request are not available in the VU (e.g. no card is inserted, …).
2.2.3 Message flow A typical message flow during a normal data download procedure is the following: IDE VU Start Communication Request ⇨ ⇦ Positive Response Start Diagnostic Service Request ⇨ ⇦ Positive Response Request Upload ⇨ ⇦ Positive Response Transfer Data Request Overview ⇨ ⇦ Positive Response Transfer Data Request #2 ⇨ ⇦ Positive Response #1 Acknowledge Sub Message #1 ⇨ ⇦ Positive Response #2 Acknowledge Sub Message #2 ⇨ ⇦ Positive Response #m Acknowledge Sub Message #m ⇨ ⇦ Positive Response (Data Field < 255 Bytes) Acknowledge Sub Message (optional) ⇨ … Transfer Data Request #n ⇨ ⇦ Positive Response Request Transfer Exit ⇨ ⇦ Positive Response Stop Communication Request ⇨ ⇦ Positive Response
2.2.4DDP_019 Timing During normal operation the timing parameters shown in the following figure are relevant:
2.2.4DDP_019
Figure 1 Message flow, timing
Where: P1 Inter byte time for VU response. P2 Time between end of IDE request and start of VU response, or between end of IDE acknowledge and start of next VU response. P3 Time between end of VU response and start of new IDE request, or between end of VU response and start of IDE acknowledge, or between end of IDE request and start of new IDE request if VU fails to respond. P4 Inter byte time for IDE request. P5 Extended value of P3 for card downloading. The allowed values for the timing parameters are showed in the following table (KWP extended timing parameters set, used in case of physical addressing for faster communication). Timing Parameter Lower limit Value (ms) Upper limit Value (ms) P1 0 20 P2 20 1000 P3 10 5000 P4 5 20 P5 10 20 minutes
2.2.5 Error handling If an error occurs during the message exchange, the message flow scheme is modified depending on which equipment has detected the error and on the message generating the error. In figure 2 and figure 3 the error handling procedures for the VU and the IDE are respectively shown.
2.2.5
2.2.5.1DDP_020DDP_021
Start Communication phase If the IDE detects an error during the Start Communication phase, either by timing or by the bit stream, then it will wait for a period P3 min before issuing again the request. If the VU detects an error in the sequence coming from the IDE, it shall send no response and wait for another Start Communication Request message within a period P3 max.
2.2.5.2 Communication phase Two different error handling areas can be defined:
2.2.5.2
1. The VU detects an IDE transmission error.
1.
DDP_022 For every received message the VU shall detect timing errors, byte format errors (e.g. start and stop bit violations) and frame errors (wrong number of bytes received, wrong checksum byte).
DDP_023 If the VU detects one of the above errors, then it sends no response and ignores the message received.
DDP_024 The VU may detect other errors in the format or content of the received message (e.g. message not supported) even if the message satisfies the length and checksum requirements; in such a case, the VU shall respond to the IDE with a Negative Response message specifying the nature of the error.
Figure 2 VU error handling
2. The IDE detects a VU transmission error.
2.
DDP_025 For every received message the IDE shall detect timing errors, byte format errors (e.g. start and stop bit violations) and frame errors (wrong number of bytes received, wrong checksum byte).
DDP_026 The IDE shall detect sequence errors, e.g. incorrect sub message counter increments in successive received messages.
DDP_027 If the IDE detects an error or there was no response from the VU within a P2 max period, the request message will be sent again for a maximum of three transmissions in total. For the purposes of this error detection a sub message acknowledge will be considered as a request to the VU.
DDP_028 The IDE shall wait at least for a period of P3 min before beginning each transmission; the wait period shall be measured from the last calculated occurrence of a stop bit after the error was detected.
Figure 3 IDE error handling
2.2.6 Response Message content This paragraph specifies the content of the data fields of the various positive response messages. Data elements are defined in Appendix 1 data dictionary. Remark: For generation 2 downloads, each top-level data element is represented by a record array, even if it contains only one record. A record array starts with a header; this header contains the record type, the record size and the number of records. Record arrays are named by …RecordArray (with header) in the following tables.
2.2.6
2.2.6.1DDP_029 Data structure generation 1 Data structure generation 2
Positive Response Transfer Data Overview The data field of the Positive Response Transfer Data Overview message shall provide the following data in the following order under the SID 76 Hex, the TREP 01 Hex and appropriate sub message splitting and counting: Data element Comment VU Security certificates Vehicle identification VU current date and time Downloadable period Type of cards inserted in the VU Previous VU download All company locks stored. If the section is empty, only noOfLocks = 0 is sent. All control records stored in the VU. If the section is empty, only noOfControls = 0 is sent RSA signature of all data (except certificates) starting from VehicleIdentificationNumber down to last byte of last VuControlActivityData. Data element Comment Member state certificate VU certificate Vehicle identification Vehicle registration number VU current date and time Downloadable period Type of cards inserted in the VU Previous VU download All company locks stored. If the section is empty, an array header with noOfRecords = 0 is sent All control records stored in the VU. If the section is empty, an array header with noOfRecords = 0 is sent ECC signature of all preceding data except the certificates.
2.2.6.2DDP_030 Data structure generation 1 Data structure generation 2
Positive Response Transfer Data Activities The data field of the Positive Response Transfer Data Activities message shall provide the following data in the following order under the SID 76 Hex, the TREP 02 Hex and appropriate sub message splitting and counting: Data element Comment Date of day downloaded Odometer at end of downloaded day Cards insertion withdrawal cycles data. Slots status at 00:00 and activity changes recorded for the day downloaded. Places related data recorded for the day downloaded. If the section is empty, only noOfPlaceRecords = 0 is sent. Specific conditions data recorded for the day downloaded. If the section is empty, only noOfSpecificConditionRecords=0 is sent RSA signature of all data starting from TimeReal down to last byte of last specific condition record. Data element Comment Date of day downloaded Odometer at end of downloaded day Cards insertion withdrawal cycles data. Slots status at 00:00 and activity changes recorded for the day downloaded. Places related data recorded for the day downloaded. If the section is empty, an array header with noOfRecords = 0 is sent. GNSS positions of the vehicle if the continuous driving time of the driver reaches a multiple of three hours. If the section is empty, an array header with noOfRecords = 0 is sent. Specific conditions data recorded for the day downloaded. If the section is empty, an array header with noOfRecords =0 is sent ECC signature of all preceding data.
If this section contains no available data, only noOfVuCardIWRecords = 0 is sent.
When a VuCardIWRecord lies across 00:00 (card insertion on previous day) or across 24:00 (card withdrawal the following day) it shall appear in full within the two days involved.
If this section contains no available data, an array header with noOfRecords = 0 is sent.
When a VuCardIWRecord lies across 00:00 (card insertion on previous day) or across 24:00 (card withdrawal the following day) it shall appear in full within the two days involved.
2.2.6.3DDP_031 Data structure generation 1 Data structure generation 2
Positive Response Transfer Data Events and Faults The data field of the Positive Response Transfer Data Events and Faults message shall provide the following data in the following order under the SID 76 Hex, the TREP 03 Hex and appropriate sub message splitting and counting: Data element Comment All faults stored or on-going in the VU. If the section is empty, only noOfVuFaults = 0 is sent. All events (except over speeding) stored or on-going in the VU. If the section is empty, only noOfVuEvents = 0 is sent. Data related to last over speeding control (default value if no data). All over speeding events stored in the VU. If the section is empty, only noOfVuOverSpeedingEvents = 0 is sent. All time adjustment events stored in the VU (outside the frame of a full calibration). If the section is empty, only noOfVuTimeAdjRecords = 0 is sent. RSA signature of all data starting from noOfVuFaults down to last byte of last time adjustment record Data element Comment All faults stored or on-going in the VU. If the section is empty, an array header with noOfRecords = 0 is sent. All events (except over speeding) stored or on-going in the VU. If the section is empty, an array header with noOfRecords = 0 is sent. Data related to last over speeding control (default value if no data). All over speeding events stored in the VU. If the section is empty, an array header with noOfRecords = 0 is sent. All time adjustment events stored in the VU (outside the frame of a full calibration). If the section is empty, an array header with noOfRecords = 0 is sent. ECC signature of all preceding data.
2.2.6.4DDP_032 Data structure generation 1 Data structure generation 2:
Positive Response Transfer Data Detailed Speed The data field of the Positive Response Transfer Data Detailed Speed message shall provide the following data in the following order under the SID 76 Hex, the TREP 04 Hex and appropriate sub message splitting and counting: Data element Comment All detailed speed stored in the VU (one speed block per minute during which the vehicle has been moving) 60 speed values per minute (one per second). RSA signature of all data starting from noOfSpeedBlocks down to last byte of last speed block. Data element Comment All detailed speed stored in the VU (one speed block per minute during which the vehicle has been moving) 60 speed values per minute (one per second). ECC signature of all preceding data.
2.2.6.5DDP_033 Data structure generation 1 Data structure generation 2:
Positive Response Transfer Data Technical Data The data field of the Positive Response Transfer Data Technical Data message shall provide the following data in the following order under the SID 76 Hex, the TREP 05 Hex and appropriate sub message splitting and counting: Data element Comment All calibration records stored in the VU. RSA signature of all data starting from vuManufacturerName down to last byte of last VuCalibrationRecord. Data element Comment All MS pairings stored in the VU All external GNSS facility couplings stored in the VU All calibration records stored in the VU. All card insertion data stored in the VU. ECC signature of all preceding data.
2.3.DDP_034 ESM File storage When a download session has included a VU data transfer, the IDE shall store within one single physical file all data received from the VU during the download session within Positive Response Transfer Data messages. Data stored excludes message headers, sub-message counters, empty sub-messages and checksums but include the SID and TREP (of the first sub-message only if several sub-messages).
3. TACHOGRAPH CARDS DOWNLOADING PROTOCOL
3.
3.1. Scope This paragraph describes the direct card data downloading of a tachograph card to an IDE. The IDE is not part of the secure environment; therefore no authentication between the card and the IDE is performed.
3.2. Definitions Download session Each time a download of the ICC data is performed. The session covers the complete procedure from the reset of the ICC by an IFD until the deactivation of the ICC (withdraw of the card or next reset). Signed Data File A file from the ICC. The file is transferred to the IFD in plain text. On the ICC the file is hashed and signed and the signature is transferred to the IFD.
3.3.DDP_035 Card Downloading The download of a tachograph card includes the following steps:
Download the common information of the card in the Efs and . This information is optional and is not secured with a digital signature.
Download the EFs (or ) and . This information is not secured with a digital signature. It is mandatory to download these files for each download session.
Download the other application data EFs (within and if relevant) except EF . This information is secured with a digital signature.
It is mandatory to download at least the Efs and for each download session.
When downloading a driver card it is also mandatory to download the following EFs:
When downloading a driver card, update the date in EF ,
When downloading a workshop card, reset the calibration counter in EF .
When downloading a workshop card the shall not be downloaded.
3.3.DDP_035
3.3.1DDP_036 Initialisation sequence The IDE shall initiate the sequence as follows: Card Direction IDE/IFD Meaning/Remarks ⇦ Hardware reset ATR ⇨ It is optional to use PPS to switch to a higher baud rate as long as the ICC supports it.
3.3.2DDP_037 Sequence for un-signed data files The sequence to download the EFs ICC, IC, Card_Certificate (or CardSignCertificate) and CA_Certificate is as follows: Card Direction IDE/IFD Meaning/Remarks ⇦ Select File Select by File identifiers OK ⇨ ⇦ Read Binary If the file contains more data than the buffer size of the reader or the card the command has to be repeated until the complete file is read. File Data OK ⇨ Store data to ESM according to 3.4 Data storage format Note 1: Before selecting the Card_Certificate (or CardSignCertificate) EF, the Tachograph Application must be selected (selection by AID). Note 2: Selecting and reading a file may also be performed in one step using a Read Binary command with a short EF identifier.
3.3.3DDP_038 Sequence for Signed data files The following sequence shall be used for each of the following files that has to be downloaded with their signature: Card Dir IDE/IFD Meaning/Remarks ⇦ Select File OK ⇨ ⇦ Perform Hash of File Calculates the hash value over the data content of the selected file using the prescribed hash algorithm in accordance with Appendix 11. This command is not an ISO-Command. Calculate Hash of File and store Hash value temporarily OK ⇨ ⇦ Read Binary If the file contains more data than the buffer of the reader or the card can hold, the command has to be repeated until the complete file is read. File Data OK ⇨ Store received data to ESM according to 3.4 Data storage format ⇦ PSO: Compute Digital Signature Perform Security Operation Compute Digital Signature using the temporarily stored Hash value Signature OK ⇨ Append data to the previous stored data on the ESM according to 3.4 Data storage format Note: Selecting and reading a file may also be performed in one step using a Read Binary command with a short EF identifier. In this case the EF may be selected and read before the command Perform Hash of File is applied.
3.3.4DDP_039 Sequence for resetting the calibration counter. The sequence to reset the counter in the EF in a workshop card is the following: Card Dir IDE/IFD Meaning/Remarks ⇦ Select File EF Card_Download Select by File identifiers OK ⇨ ⇦ Update Binary NoOfCalibrationsSinceDownload = 00 00 resets card download number OK ⇨ Note: Selecting and updating a file may also be performed in one step using an Update Binary command with a short EF identifier.
3.4. Data storage format
3.4.
3.4.1DDP_040 Introduction The downloaded data has to be stored according to the following conditions:
The data shall be stored transparent. This means that the order of the bytes as well as the order of the bits inside the byte that are transferred from the card has to be preserved during storage.
All files of the card downloaded within a download session are stored in one file on the ESM.
3.4.2DDP_041DDP_042DDP_043DDP_044DDP_045DDP_046
File format The file format is a concatenation of several TLV objects. The tag for an EF shall be the FID plus the appendix 00. The tag of an EF's signature shall be the FID of the file plus the appendix 01. The length is a two byte value. The value defines the number of bytes in the value field. The value FF FF in the length field is reserved for future use. When a file is not downloaded nothing related to the file shall be stored (no tag and no zero length). A signature shall be stored as the next TLV object directly after the TLV object that contains the data of the file. Definition Meaning Length FID (2 Bytes) || 00 Tag for EF (FID) 3 Bytes FID (2 Bytes) || 01 Tag for Signature of EF(FID) 3 Bytes xx xx Length of Value field 2 Bytes Example of data in a download file on an ESM: Tag Length Value Data of EF ICC Data of EF Card_Certificate … Data of EF Signature of EF
4.DDP_047DDP_048DDP_049DDP_050DDP_051
DOWNLOADING A TACHOGRAPH CARD VIA A VEHICLE UNIT. The VU must allow for downloading the content of a driver card inserted to a connected IDE. The IDE shall send a Transfer Data Request Card Download message to the VU to initiate this mode (see 2.2.2.9). The VU shall then download the whole card, file by file, in accordance with the card downloading protocol defined in paragraph 3, and forward all data received from the card to the IDE within the appropriate TLV file format (see 3.4.2) and encapsulated within a Positive Response Transfer Data message. The IDE shall retrieve card data from the Positive Response Transfer Data message (stripping all headers, SIDs, TREPs, sub message counters, and checksums) and store them within one single physical file as described in paragraph 2.3. The VU shall then, as applicable, update the or the file of the driver card.
Appendix 8 CALIBRATION PROTOCOL
1.CPR_001CPR_002CPR_003
INTRODUCTION This appendix describes how data is exchanged between a vehicle unit and a tester via the K-line which forms part of the calibration interface described in Appendix 6. It also describes control of the input/output signal line on the calibration connector. Establishing K-line communications is described in Section 4 Communication Services. This appendix uses the idea of diagnostic sessions to determine the scope of K-line control under different conditions. The default session is the StandardDiagnosticSession where all data can be read from a vehicle unit but no data can be written to a vehicle unit. Selection of the diagnostic session is described in Section 5 Management Services. This appendix has to be considered as relevant for both generations of VUs and of workshop cards, in compliance with the interoperability requirements laid down in this Regulation. The ECUProgrammingSession allows data entry into the vehicle unit. In the case of entry of calibration data, the vehicle unit must, in addition be in the CALIBRATION mode of operation. Data transfer via K-line is described in Section 6 Data Transmission Services. Formats of data transferred are detailed in Section 8 dataRecords formats. The ECUAdjustmentSession allows the selection of the I/O mode of the calibration I/O signal line via the K-line interface. Control of the calibration I/O signal line is described in section 7 Control of Test Pulses — Input/Output Control functional unit. Throughout this document the address of the tester is referred to as tt. Although there may be preferred addresses for testers, the VU shall respond correctly to any tester address. The physical address of the VU is 0xEE.
2. TERMS, DEFINITIONS AND REFERENCES The protocols, messages and error codes are principally based on a draft of ISO 14229-1 (Road vehicles — Diagnostic systems — Part 1: Diagnostic services, version 6 of 22 February 2001). Byte encoding and hexadecimal values are used for the service identifiers, the service requests and responses, and the standard parameters. The term tester refers to the equipment used to enter programming/calibration data into the VU. The terms client and server refer to the tester and the VU respectively. The term ECU means Electronic Control Unit and refers to the VU.
2. References:
ISO 14230-2: Road Vehicles -Diagnostic Systems — Keyword Protocol 2000- Part 2: Data Link Layer. First edition: 1999. Vehicles — Diagnostic.
3. OVERVIEW OF SERVICES
3.
3.1.CPR_004 Table 1 Service Identifier value summary table
Services available The following table provides an overview of the services that will be available in the tachograph and are defined in this document. The table indicates the services that are available in an enabled diagnostic session. ■ This symbol indicates that the service is mandatory in this diagnostic session. No symbol indicates that this service is not allowed in this diagnostic session. Diagnostic Sessions Diagnostic Service Name Section No. SId Req.Value SD ECUAS ECUPS StartCommunication 4.1 81 ■ ■ ■ StopCommunication 4.2 82 ■ TesterPresent 4.3 3E ■ ■ ■ StartDiagnosticSession 5.1 10 ■ ■ ■ SecurityAccess 5.2 27 ■ ■ ■ ReadDataByIdentifier 6.1 22 ■ ■ ■ WriteDataByIdentifier 6.2 2E ■ InputOutputControlByIdentifier 7.1 2F ■
The 1st column lists the services that are available.
The 2nd column includes the section number in this appendix where of service is further defined.
The 3rd column assigns the service identifier values for request messages.
The 4th column specifies the services of the StandardDiagnosticSession (SD) which must be implemented in each VU.
The 5th column specifies the services of the ECUAdjustmentSession (ECUAS) which must be implemented to allow control of the I/O signal line in the front panel calibration connector of the VU.
The 6th column specifies the services of the ECUProgrammingSession (ECUPS) which must be implemented to allow for programming of parameters in the VU.
3.2. Response codes Response codes are defined for each service.
4. Table 2 CPR_005 Communication Services
COMMUNICATION SERVICES Some services are necessary to establish and maintain communication. They do not appear on the application layer. The services available are detailed in the following table: Service name Description StartCommunication The client requests to start a communication session with a server(s). StopCommunication The client requests to stop the current communication session. TesterPresent The client indicates to the server that it is still present. The StartCommunication Service is used for starting a communication. In order to perform any service, communication must be initialised and the communication parameters need to be appropriate for the desired mode.
4.1.CPR_006CPR_007CPR_008CPR_009CPR_010CPR_011CPR_012CPR_014CPR_016CPR_017 Table 3 Table 4 CPR_018 Table 5 Table 6 CPR_019 Timing values for fast initialisation Communication timing values StartCommunication Request Message StartCommunication Positive Response Message
StartCommunication Service Upon receiving a StartCommunication indication primitive, the VU shall check if the requested communication link can be initialised under the present conditions. Valid conditions for the initialisation of a communication link are described in document ISO 14230-2. Then the VU shall perform all actions necessary to initialise the communication link and send a StartCommunication response primitive with the Positive Response parameters selected. If a VU that is already initialised (and has entered any diagnostic session) receives a new StartCommunication Request (e.g. due to error recovery in the tester) the request shall be accepted and the VU shall be reinitialised. If the communication link cannot be initialised for any reason, the VU shall continue operating as it was immediately prior to the attempt to initialise the communication link.. The StartCommunication Request message must be physically addressed. Initialising the VU for services is performed through a fast initialisation method, After completion of the initialisation, The data rate on the K-line shall be 10400 Baud. The fast initialisation is started by the tester transmitting a Wake up pattern (Wup) on the K-line. The pattern begins after the idle time on K-line with a low time of Tinil. The tester transmits the first bit of the StartCommunication Service after a time of Twup following the first falling edge. The timing values for the fast initialisation and communications in general are detailed in the tables below. There are different possibilities for the idle time: Parameter min value max value Tinil 25 ± 1 ms 24 ms 26 ms Twup 50 ± 1 ms 49 ms 51 ms Timing Parameter Parameter Description lower limit values [ms] upper limit values [ms] min. max. P1 Inter byte time for VU response 0 20 P2 Time between tester request and VU response or two VU responses 25 250 P3 Time between end of VU responses and start of new tester request 55 5000 P4 Inter byte time for tester request 5 20 The message format for fast initialisation is detailed in the following tables. (NOTE: Hex means hexadecimal) Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 81 FMT #2 Target address byte EE TGT #3 Source address byte tt SRC #4 StartCommunication Request Service Id 81 SCR #5 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 03 LEN #5 StartCommunication Positive Response Service Id C1 SCRPR #6 Key byte 1 EA KB1 #7 Key byte 2 8F KB2 #8 Checksum 00-FF CS There is no negative response to the StartCommunication Request message, if there is no positive response message to be transmitted then the VU is not initialised, nothing is transmitted and it remains in its normal operation.
There is a bus-idle time prior to any activity.
The tester then sends an initialisation pattern.
All information which is necessary to establish communication is contained in the response of the VU.
All communication parameters are set to values defined in Table 4 according to the key bytes.
The VU is waiting for the first request of the tester.
The VU is in the default diagnostic mode, i.e. StandardDiagnosticSession.
The calibration I/O signal line is in the default state, i.e. disabled state.
First transmission after power on, Tidle = 300 ms.
After completion of a StopCommunication Service, Tidle = P3 min.
After stopping communication by time-out P3 max, Tidle = 0.
4.2. StopCommunication Service
4.2.
4.2.1CPR_020CPR_021CPR_022CPR_023
Message description The purpose of this communication layer service is to terminate a communication session. Upon receiving a StopCommunication indication primitive, the VU shall check if the current conditions allow to terminate this communication. In this case the VU shall perform all actions necessary to terminate this communication. If it is possible to terminate the communication, the VU shall issue a StopCommunication response primitive with the Positive Response parameters selected, before the communication is terminated. If the communication cannot be terminated by any reason, the VU shall issue a StopCommunication response primitive with the Negative Response parameter selected. If time-out of P3 max is detected by the VU, the communication shall be terminated without any response primitive being issued.
4.2.2CPR_024 Table 7 Table 8 Table 9 StopCommunication Request Message StopCommunication Positive Response Message StopCommunication Negative Response Message
Message format The message formats for the StopCommunication primitives are detailed in the following tables. Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte EE TGT #3 Source address byte tt SRC #4 Additional length byte 01 LEN #5 StopCommunication Request Service Id 82 SPR #6 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 01 LEN #5 StopCommunication Positive Response Service Id C2 SPRPR #6 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 03 LEN #5 negative Response Service Id 7F NR #6 StopCommunication Request Service Identification 82 SPR #7 responseCode = generalReject 10 RC_GR #8 Checksum 00-FF CS
4.2.3 Parameter Definition This service does not require any parameter definition.
4.3. TesterPresent Service
4.3.
4.3.1 Message description The TesterPresent service is used by the tester to indicate to the server that it is still present, in order to prevent the server from automatically returning to normal operation and possibly stopping the communication. This service, sent periodically, keeps the diagnostic session/communication active by resetting the P3 timer each time a request for this service is received.
4.3.2CPR_079 Table 10 CPR_080 Table 11 CPR_081 Table 12 TesterPresent Request Message TesterPresent Positive Response Message TesterPresent Negative Response Message
Message format The message formats for the TesterPresent primitives are detailed in the following tables. Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte EE TGT #3 Source address byte tt SRC #4 Additional length byte 02 LEN #5 TesterPresent Request Service Id 3E TP #6 Sub Function = responseRequired = [ yes 01 RESPREQ_Y no ] 02 RESPREQ_NO #7 Checksum 00-FF CS If the responseRequired parameter is set to yes, then the server shall respond with the following positive response message. If set to no, then no response is sent by the server. Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 01 LEN #5 TesterPresent Positive Response Service Id 7E TPPR #6 Checksum 00-FF CS The service shall support the following negative responses codes: Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 03 LEN #5 negative Response Service Id 7F NR #6 TesterPresent Request Service Identification 3E TP #7 responseCode = [ SubFunctionNotSupported-InvalidFormat 12 RC_SFNS_IF incorrectMessageLength ] 13 RC_IML #8 Checksum 00-FF CS
5. Table 13 Management Services
MANAGEMENT SERVICES The services available are detailed in the following table: Service name Description StartDiagnosticSession The client requests to start a diagnostic session with a VU. SecurityAccess The client requests access to functions restricted to authorised users.
5.1. StartDiagnosticSession service
5.1.
5.1.1CPR_025CPR_026CPR_027
Message description The service StartDiagnosticSession is used to enable different diagnostic sessions in the server. A diagnostic session enables a specific set of services according to Table 17. A session can enable vehicle manufacturer specific services which are not part of this document. Implementation rules shall conform to the following requirements: A diagnostic session shall only be started if communication has been established between the client and the VU. The timing parameters defined in Table 4 shall be active after a successful StartDiagnosticSession with the diagnosticSession parameter set to StandardDiagnosticSession in the request message if another diagnostic session was previously active.
There shall be always exactly one diagnostic session active in the VU,
The VU shall always start the StandardDiagnosticSession when powered up. If no other diagnostic session is started, then the StandardDiagnosticSession shall be running as long as the VU is powered,
If a diagnostic session which is already running has been requested by the tester, then the VU shall send a positive response message,
Whenever the tester requests a new diagnostic session, the VU shall first send a StartDiagnosticSession positive response message before the new session becomes active in the VU. If the VU is not able to start the requested new diagnostic session, then it shall respond with a StartDiagnosticSession negative response message, and the current session shall continue.
5.1.2CPR_028 Table 14 Table 15 Table 16 StartDiagnosticSession Request Message StartDiagnosticSession Positive Response Message StartDiagnosticSession Negative Response Message
Message format The message formats for the StartDiagnosticSession primitives are detailed in the following tables. Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte EE TGT #3 Source address byte tt SRC #4 Additional length byte 02 LEN #5 StartDiagnosticSession Request Service Id 10 STDS #6 diagnosticSession = [one value from Table 17] xx DS_… #7 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 02 LEN #5 StartDiagnosticSession Positive Response Service Id 50 STDSPR #6 diagnosticSession = [same value as in byte #6 Table 14] xx DS_… #7 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 03 LEN #5 Negative Response Service Id 7F NR #6 StartDiagnosticSession Request Service Id 10 STDS #7 ResponseCode = [subFunctionNotSupported 12 RC_SFNS incorrectMessageLength 13 RC_IML conditionsNotCorrect 22 RC_CNC #8 Checksum 00-FF CS
5.1.3CPR_029 Table 17 Definition of diagnosticSession Values
Parameter definition The parameter diagnosticSession (DS_) is used by the StartDiagnosticSession service to select the specific behaviour of the server(s). The following diagnostic sessions are specified in this document: Hex Description Mnemonic 81 SD 85 ECUPS 87 ECUAS
StandardDiagnosticSession
This diagnostic session enables all services specified in Table 1 column 4 SD. These services allow reading of data from a server (VU). This diagnostic Session is active after the initialisation has been successfully completed between client (tester) and server (VU). This diagnostic session may be overwritten by other diagnostic sessions specified in this section.
ECUProgrammingSession
This diagnostic session enables all services specified in Table 1 column 6 ECUPS. These services support the memory programming of a server (VU) This diagnostic session may be overwritten by other diagnostic sessions specified in this section..
ECUAdjustmentSession
This diagnostic session enables all services specified in Table 1 column 5 ECUAS. These services support the input/output control of a server (VU). This diagnostic session may be overwritten by other diagnostic sessions specified in this section.
5.2. SecurityAccess service Writing of calibration data is not possible unless the VU is in CALIBRATION mode. In addition to insertion of a valid workshop card into the VU, it is necessary to enter the appropriate PIN into the VU before access to the CALIBRATION mode is granted. When the VU is in CALIBRATION or CONTROL mode, access to the calibration input/output line is also possible. The SecurityAccess service provides a means to enter the PIN and to indicate to the tester whether or not the VU is in CALIBRATION mode. It is acceptable that the PIN may be entered through alternative methods.
5.2.
5.2.1CPR_033CPR_034CPR_035CPR_036CPR_037CPR_038CPR_039
Message Description The SecurityAccess service consists of a SecurityAccess requestSeed message, eventually followed by a SecurityAccess sendKey message. The SecurityAccess service must be carried out after the StartDiagnosticSession service. The tester shall use the SecurityAccess requestSeed message to check if the vehicle unit is ready to accept a PIN. If the vehicle unit is already in CALIBRATION mode, it shall answer the request by sending a seed of 0x0000 using the service SecurityAccess Positive Response. If the vehicle unit is ready to accept a PIN for verification by a workshop card, it shall answer the request by sending a seed greater than 0x0000 using the service SecurityAccess Positive Response. If the vehicle unit is not ready to accept a PIN from the tester, either because the workshop card inserted is not valid, or because no workshop card has been inserted, or because the vehicle unit expects the PIN from another method, it shall answer the request with a Negative Response with a response code set to conditionsNotCorrectOrRequestSequenceError. The tester shall then, eventually, use the SecurityAccess sendKey message to forward a PIN to the Vehicle Unit. To allow time for the card authentication process to take place, the VU shall use the negative response code requestCorrectlyReceived-ResponsePending to extend the time to respond. However, the maximum time to respond shall not exceed 5 minutes. As soon as the requested service has been completed, the VU shall send a positive response message or negative response message with a response code different from this one. The negative response code requestCorrectlyReceived-ResponsePending may be repeated by the VU until the requested service is completed and the final response message is sent. The vehicle unit shall answer to this request using the service SecurityAccess Positive Response only when in CALIBRATION mode. In the following cases, the vehicle unit shall answer to this request with a Negative Response with a response code set to:
subFunctionNot supported: Invalid format for the subfunction parameter (accessType),
conditionsNotCorrectOrRequestSequenceError: Vehicle unit not ready to accept a PIN entry,
invalidKey: PIN not valid and number of PIN checks attempts not exceeded,
exceededNumberOfAttempts: PIN not valid and number of PIN checks attempts exceeded,
generalReject: Correct PIN but mutual authentication with workshop card failed.
5.2.2CPR_040 Table 18 Table 19 Table 20 SecurityAccess Request- requestSeed Message SecurityAccess — requestSeed Positive Response Message SecurityAccess Negative Response Message
Message format — SecurityAccess — requestSeed The message formats for the SecurityAccess requestSeed primitives are detailed in the following tables. Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte EE TGT #3 Source address byte tt SRC #4 Additional length byte 02 LEN #5 SecurityAccess Request Service Id 27 SA #6 accessType — requestSeed 7D AT_RSD #7 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 04 LEN #5 SecurityAccess Positive Response Service Id 67 SAPR #6 accessType — requestSeed 7D AT_RSD #7 Seed High 00-FF SEEDH #8 Seed Low 00-FF SEEDL #9 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 03 LEN #5 negativeResponse Service Id 7F NR #6 SecurityAccess Request Service Id 27 SA #7 responseCode = [conditionsNotCorrectOrRequestSequenceError 22 RC_CNC incorrectMessageLength] 13 RC_IML #8 Checksum 00-FF CS
5.2.3CPR_041 Table 21 Table 22 Table 23 SecurityAccess Request — sendKey Message SecurityAccess — sendKey Positive Response Message SecurityAccess Negative Response Message
Message format — SecurityAccess — sendKey The message formats for the SecurityAccess sendKey primitives are detailed in the following tables. Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte EE TGT #3 Source address byte tt SRC #4 Additional length byte m+2 LEN #5 SecurityAccess Request Service Id 27 SA #6 accessType — sendKey 7E AT_SK #7 to #m + 6 Key #1 (High) xx KEY … … Key #m (low, m must be a minimum of 4, and a maximum of 8) xx #m + 7 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 02 LEN #5 SecurityAccess Positive Response Service Id 67 SAPR #6 accessType — sendKey 7E AT_SK #7 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 03 LEN #5 NegativeResponse Service Id 7F NR #6 SecurityAccess Request Service Id 27 SA #7 ResponseCode = [generalReject 10 RC_GR subFunctionNotSupported 12 RC_SFNS incorrectMessageLength 13 RC_IML conditionsNotCorrectOrRequestSequenceError 22 RC_CNC invalidKey 35 RC_IK exceededNumberOfAttempts 36 RC_ENA requestCorrectlyReceived-ResponsePending] 78 RC_RCR_RP #8 Checksum 00-FF CS
6. Table 24 Data Transmission Services
DATA TRANSMISSION SERVICES The services available are detailed in the following table: Service name Description ReadDataByIdentifier The client requests the transmission of the current value of a record with access by recordDataIdentifier. WriteDataByIdentifier The client requests to write a record accessed by recordDataIdentifier.
6.1. ReadDataByIdentifier service
6.1.
6.1.1CPR_050 Message description The ReadDataByIdentifier service is used by the client to request data record values from a server. The data are identified by a recordDataIdentifier. It is the VU manufacturer's responsibility that the server conditions are met when performing this service.
6.1.2CPR_051 Table 25 Table 26 Table 27 ReadDataByIdentifier Request Message ReadDataByIdentifier Positive Response Message ReadDataByIdentifier Negative Response Message
Message format The message formats for the ReadDataByIdentifier primitives are detailed in the following tables. Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte EE TGT #3 Source address byte tt SRC #4 Additional length byte 03 LEN #5 ReadDataByIdentifier Request Service Id 22 RDBI #6 to #7 recordDataIdentifier = [a value fromTable 28] xxxx RDI_… #8 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte m+3 LEN #5 ReadDataByIdentifier Positive Response Service Id 62 RDBIPR #6 and #7 recordDataIdentifier = [the same value as bytes #6 and #7 Table 25] xxxx RDI_... #8 to #m + 7 dataRecord[] = [data#1 xx DREC_DATA1 : : : data#m] xx DREC_DATAm #m + 8 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 03 LEN #5 NegativeResponse Service Id 7F NR #6 ReadDataByIdentifier Request Service Id 22 RDBI #7 ResponseCode= [requestOutOfRange 31 RC_ROOR incorrectMessageLength 13 RC_IML conditionsNotCorrect] 22 RC_CNC #8 Checksum 00-FF CS
6.1.3CPR_052CPR_053 Table 28 CPR_054 Definition of recordDataIdentifier values
Parameter Definition The parameter recordDataIdentifier (RDI_) in the ReadDataByIdentifier request message identifies a data record. recordDataIdentifier values defined by this document are shown in the table below. The recordDataIdentifier table consists of four columns and multiple lines. Hex Data element recordDataIdentifier Name (see format in Section 8.2) Mnemonic F90B TimeDate RDI_TD F912 HighResolutionTotalVehicleDistance RDI_HRTVD F918 Kfactor RDI_KF F91C LfactorTyreCircumference RDI_LF F91D WvehicleCharacteristicFactor RDI_WVCF F921 TyreSize RDI_TS F922 NextCalibrationDate RDI_NCD F92C SpeedAuthorised RDI_SA F97D RegisteringMemberState RDI_RMS F97E VehicleRegistrationNumber RDI_ VRN F190 VIN RDI_ VIN The parameter dataRecord (DREC_) is used by the ReadDataByIdentifier positive response message to provide the data record value identified by the recordDataIdentifier to the client (tester). Data formats are specified in section 8. Additional user optional dataRecords including VU specific input, internal and output data may be implemented, but are not defined in this document.
The 1st column (Hex) includes the Hex Value assigned to the recordDataIdentifier specified in the 3rd column.
The 2nd column (Data element) specifies the data element of Appendix 1 on which the recordDataIdentifier is based (transcoding is sometimes necessary).
The 3rd column (Description) specifies the corresponding recordDataIdentifier name.
The 4th column (Mnemonic) specifies the mnemonic of this recordDataIdentifier.
6.2. WriteDataByIdentifier service
6.2.
6.2.1CPR_056 Message description The WriteDataByIdentifier service is used by the client to write data record values to a server. The data are identified by a recordDataIdentifier. It is the VU manufacturer's responsibility that the server conditions are met when performing this service. To update the parameters listed in Table 28 the VU must be in CALIBRATION mode.
6.2.2CPR_057 Table 29 Table 30 Table 31 WriteDataByIdentifier Request Message WriteDataByIdentifier Positive Response Message WriteDataByIdentifier Negative Response Message
Message format The message formats for the WriteDataByIdentifier primitives are detailed in the following tables. Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte EE TGT #3 Source address byte tt SRC #4 Additional length byte m + 3 LEN #5 WriteDataByIdentifier Request Service Id 2E WDBI #6 to #7 recordDataIdentifier = [a value from Table 28] xxxx RDI_… #8 to m + 7 dataRecord[] = [data#1 xx DREC_DATA1 : : : data#m] xx DREC_DATAm #m + 8 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 03 LEN #5 WriteDataByIdentifier Positive Response Service Id 6E WDBIPR #6 to #7 recordDataIdentifier = [the same value as bytes #6 and #7 Table 29] xxxx RDI_… #8 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 03 LEN #5 NegativeResponse Service Id 7F NR #6 WriteDataByIdentifier Request Service Id 2E WDBI #7 ResponseCode= [requestOutOfRange 31 RC_ROOR incorrectMessageLength 13 RC_IML conditionsNotCorrect] 22 RC_CNC #8 Checksum 00-FF CS
6.2.3 Parameter definition The parameter recordDataIdentifier (RDI_) is defined in Table 28. The parameter dataRecord (DREC_) is used by the WriteDataByIdentifier request message to provide the data record values identified by the recordDataIdentifier to the server (VU). Data formats are specified in section 8.
7. Table 32 Input/Output Control functional unit
CONTROL OF TEST PULSES — INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL FUNCTIONAL UNIT The services available are detailed in the following table: Service name Description InputOutputControlByIdentifier The client requests the control of an input/output specific to the server.
7.1. InputOutputControlByIdentifier service
7.1.
7.1.1CPR_058CPR_059CPR_060CPR_061
Message description There is a connection via the front connector which allows test pulses to be controlled or monitored using a suitable tester. This calibration I/O signal line can be configured by K-line command using the InputOutputControlByIdentifier service to select the required input or output function for the line. The available states of the line are: The vehicle unit must have entered an adjustment session and must be in CALIBRATION or CONTROL mode to configure the state of the line. When the VU is in CALIBRATION mode, the four states of the line can be selected (disabled, speedSignalInput, realTimeSpeedSignalOutputSensor, RTCOutput). When the VU is in CONTROL mode, only two states of the lines can be selected (disabled, realTimeSpeedOutputSensor). On exit of the adjustment session or of the CALIBRATION or CONTROL mode the vehicle unit must ensure the calibration I/O signal line is returned to the disabled (default) state. If speed pulses are received at the real time speed signal input line of the VU while the calibration I/O signal line is set to input then the calibration I/O signal line shall be set to output or returned to the disabled state. The sequence shall be:
disabled,
speedSignalInput, where the calibration I/O signal line is used to input a speed signal (test signal) replacing the motion sensor speed signal, this function is not available in CONTROL mode,
realTimeSpeedSignalOutputSensor, where the calibration I/O signal line is used to output the speed signal of the motion sensor,
RTCOutput, where the calibration I/O signal line is used to output the UTC clock signal, this function is not available in CONTROL mode.
Establish communications by StartCommunication Service
Enter an adjustment session by StartDiagnosticSession Service and be in CALIBRATION or CONTROL mode of operation (the order of these two operation is not important).
Change the state of the output by InputOutputControlByIdentifier Service.
7.1.2CPR_062 Table 33 Table 34 Table 35 InputOutputControlByIdentifier Request Message InputOutputControlByIdentifier Positive Response Message InputOutputControlByIdentifier Negative Response Message
Message format The message formats for the InputOutputControlByIdentifier primitives are detailed in the following tables. Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte EE TGT #3 Source address byte tt SRC #4 Additional length byte xx LEN #5 InputOutputControlByIdentifier Request Sid 2F IOCBI #6 and #7 InputOutputIdentifier = [CalibrationInputOutput] F960 IOI_CIO #8 or #8 to #9 ControlOptionRecord = [ COR_… inputOutputControlParameter — one value from Table 36 xx IOCP_… controlState — one value from Table 37 (see note below)] xx CS_… #9 or #10 Checksum 00-FF CS Note: The controlState parameter is present only in some cases (see 7.1.3). Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte xx LEN #5 inputOutputControlByIdentifier Positive Response SId 6F IOCBIPR #6 and #7 inputOutputIdentifier = [CalibrationInputOutput] F960 IOI_CIO #8 or #8 to #9 controlStatusRecord = [ CSR_ inputOutputControlParameter (same value as byte #8 Table 33) xx IOCP_… controlState (same value as byte #9 Table 33)] (if applicable) xx CS_… #9 or #10 Checksum 00-FF CS Byte # Parameter Name Hex Value Mnemonic #1 Format byte — physical addressing 80 FMT #2 Target address byte tt TGT #3 Source address byte EE SRC #4 Additional length byte 03 LEN #5 negativeResponse Service Id 7F NR #6 inputOutputControlByIdentifier Request SId 2F IOCBI #7 responseCode=[ incorrectMessageLength 13 RC_IML conditionsNotCorrect 22 RC_CNC requestOutOfRange 31 RC_ROOR deviceControlLimitsExceeded] 7A RC_DCLE #8 Checksum 00-FF CS
7.1.3CPR_064 Table 36 CPR_065 Table 37 Definition of inputOutputControlParameter values Definition of controlState values
Parameter definition The parameter inputOutputControlParameter (IOCP_) is defined in the following table. Hex Description Mnemonic 00 RCTECU 01 RTD 03 STA The parameter controlState is present only when the inputOutputControlParameter is set to ShortTermAdjustment and is defined in the following table: Mode Hex Value Description Disable 00 I/O line is disabled (default state) Enable 01 Enable calibration I/O line as speedSignalInput Enable 02 Enable calibration I/O line as realTimeSpeedSignalOutputSensor Enable 03 Enable calibration I/O line as RTCOutput
7.1.3CPR_064 Table 36 Definition of inputOutputControlParameter values ReturnControlToECU
This value shall indicate to the server (VU) that the tester does no longer have control about the calibration I/O signal line.
ResetToDefault
This value shall indicate to the server (VU) that it is requested to reset the calibration I/O signal line to its default state.
ShortTermAdjustment
This value shall indicate to the server (VU) that it is requested to adjust the calibration I/O signal line to the value included in the controlState parameter.
8.CPR_067CPR_068
DATARECORDS FORMATS This section details: All parameters identified shall be supported by the VU. Data transmitted by the VU to the tester in response to a request message shall be of the measured type (i.e. current value of the requested parameter as measured or observed by the VU).
general rules that shall be applied to ranges of parameters transmitted by the vehicle unit to the tester,
formats that shall be used for data transferred via the Data Transmission Services described in section 6.
8.1.CPR_069CPR_070CPR_071CPR_072 Table 38 CPR_073 dataRecords ranges
Transmitted parameter ranges Table 38 defines the ranges used to determine the validity of a transmitted parameter. The values in the range error indicator provide a means for the vehicle unit to immediately indicate that valid parametric data is not currently available due to some type of error in the tachograph. The values in the range not available provide a means for the vehicle unit to transmit a message which contains a parameter that is not available or not supported in that module. The values in the range not requested provide a means for a device to transmit a command message and identify those parameters where no response is expected from the receiving device. If a component failure prevents the transmission of valid data for a parameter, the error indicator as described in Table 38 should be used in place of that parameter's data. However, if the measured or calculated data has yielded a value that is valid yet exceeds the defined parameter range, the error indicator should not be used. The data should be transmitted using the appropriate minimum or maximum parameter value. Range Name 1 byte (Hex value) 2 bytes (Hex value) 4 bytes (Hex Value) ASCII Valid signal 00 to FA 0000 to FAFF 00000000 to FAFFFFFF 1 to 254 Parameter specific indicator FB FB00 to FBFF FB000000 to FBFFFFFF none Reserved range for future indicator bits FC to FD FC00 to FDFF FC000000 to FDFFFFFF none Error indicator FE FE00 to FEFF FE000000 to FEFFFFFF 0 Not available or not requested FF FF00 to FFFF FF000000 to FFFFFFFF FF For parameters coded in ASCII, the ASCII character * is reserved as a delimiter.
8.2.CPR_074 Table 39 CPR_075 Table 40 CPR_076 Table 41 CPR_078 Table 42 Format of dataRecords Detailed format of TimeDate (recordDataIdentifier value # F90B) Detailed format of NextCalibrationDate (recordDataIdentifier value # F922) Detailed format of VehicleRegistrationNumber (recordDataIdentifier value # F97E)
dataRecords formats Table 39 to Table 42 below detail the formats that shall be used via the ReadDataByIdentifier and WriteDataByIdentifier Services. Table 39 provides the length, resolution and operating range for each parameter identified by its recordDataIdentifier: Parameter Name Data length (bytes) Resolution Operating range TimeDate 8 See details in Table 40 HighResolutionTotalVehicleDistance 4 5 m/bit gain, 0 m offset 0 to + 21055406 km Kfactor 2 0,001 pulse/m/bit gain, 0 offset 0 to 64,255 pulse/m LfactorTyreCircumference 2 0,125 10– 3 m/bit gain, 0 offset 0 to 8,031 m WvehicleCharacteristicFactor 2 0,001 pulse/m/bit gain, 0 offset 0 to 64,255 pulse/m TyreSize 15 ASCII ASCII NextCalibrationDate 3 See details in Table 41 SpeedAuthorised 2 1/256 km/h/bit gain, 0 offset 0 to 250,996 km/h RegisteringMemberState 3 ASCII ASCII VehicleRegistrationNumber 14 See details in Table 42 VIN 17 ASCII ASCII Table 40 details the formats of the different bytes of the TimeDate parameter: Byte Parameter definition Resolution Operating range 1 Seconds 0,25 s/bit gain, 0 s offset 0 to 59,75 s 2 Minutes 1 min/bit gain, 0 min offset 0 to 59 min 3 Hours 1 h/bit gain, 0 h offset 0 to 23 h 4 Month 1 month/bit gain, 0 month offset 1 to 12 month 5 Day 0,25 day/bit gain, 0 day offset (see NOTE below Table 41) 0,25 to 31,75 day 6 Year 1 year/bit gain, + 1985 year offset (see NOTE below Table 41) 1985 to 2235 year 7 Local Minute Offset 1 min/bit gain, – 125 min offset – 59 to + 59 min 8 Local Hour Offset 1 h/bit gain, – 125 h offset – 23 to + 23 h Table 41 details the formats of the different bytes of the NextCalibrationDate parameter. Byte Parameter definition Resolution Operating range 1 Month 1 month/bit gain, 0 month offset 1 to 12 month 2 Day 0,25 day/bit gain, 0 day offset (see NOTE below) 0,25 to 31,75 day 3 Year 1 year/bit gain, + 1985 year offset (see NOTE below) 1985 to 2235 year NOTE concerning the use of the Day parameter: NOTE concerning the use of byte Year parameter: A value of 0 for the year identifies the year 1985; a value of 1 identifies 1986; etc. Table 42 details the formats of the different bytes of the VehicleRegistrationNumber parameter: Byte Parameter definition Resolution Operating range 1 Code Page (as defined in Appendix 1) ASCII 01 to 0A 2 - 14 Vehicle Registration Number (as defined in Appendix 1) ASCII ASCII
8.2.CPR_074 Table 39 CPR_075 Table 40 CPR_076 Table 41 Format of dataRecords Detailed format of TimeDate (recordDataIdentifier value # F90B) Detailed format of NextCalibrationDate (recordDataIdentifier value # F922)
1) A value of 0 for the date is null. The values 1, 2, 3, and 4 are used to identify the first day of the month; 5, 6, 7, and 8 identify the second day of the month; etc.
2) This parameter does not influence or change the hours parameter above.
Appendix 9 TYPE APPROVAL LIST OF MINIMUM REQUIRED TESTS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.
1.1. Type approval The EC type approval for a recording equipment (or component) or a tachograph card is based on: This Appendix specifies which tests, as a minimum, must be performed by a Member State authority during the functional tests, and which tests, as a minimum, must be performed by the competent body during the interoperability tests. Procedures to follow to carry out the tests or the type of tests are not specified further. The security certification aspects are not covered by this Appendix. If some tests requested for type approval are performed during the security evaluation and certification process, then these tests do not need to be performed again. In this case, only the results of these security tests may be inspected. For information, the requirements expected to be tested (or closely related to tests expected to be performed) during the security certification, are marked with a * in this Appendix. The numbered requirements refer to the Annex corpus, while the other requirements refer to the other appendixes (e.g. PIC_001 refers to requirement PIC_001 of Appendix 3 Pictograms). This Appendix considers separately the type approval of the motion sensor, of the vehicle unit, and of the external GNSS facility as components of the recording equipment. Each component will get its own type approval certificate in which the other compatible components will be indicated. The functional test of the motion sensor (or external GNSS facility) is done together with the vehicle unit and vice versa. Interoperability between every model of motion sensor (resp. external GNSS facility) and every model of vehicle unit is not required. In that case the type approval for a motion sensor (resp. external GNSS facility) can be granted only in combination with the type approval of the relevant vehicle unit and vice versa.
a security certification, based on Common Criteria specifications, against a security target fully compliant with Appendix 10 to this Annex (To be completed/modified),
a functional certification performed by a Member State authority certifying that the item tested fulfils the requirements of this Annex in terms of functions performed, measurement accuracy and environmental characteristics,
an interoperability certification performed by the competent body certifying that the recording equipment (or tachograph card) is fully interoperable with the necessary tachograph card (or recording equipment) models (see Chapter 8 of this Annex).
1.2. References The following references are used in this Appendix: IEC 60068-2-1: Environmental testing — Part 2-1: Tests — Test A: Cold IEC 60068-2-2: Basic environmental testing procedures; part 2: tests; tests B: dry heat (sinusoidal). IEC 60068-2-6: Environmental testing — Part 2: Tests — Test Fc: Vibration IEC 60068-2-14: Environmental testing; Part 2-14: Tests; Test N: Change of temperature IEC 60068-2-27: Environmental testing. Part 2: Tests. Test Ea and guidance: Shock IEC 60068-2-30: Environmental testing — Part 2-30: Tests — Test Db: Damp heat, cyclic (12 h + 12 h cycle) IEC 60068-2-64: Environmental testing — Part 2-64: Tests — Test Fh: Vibration, broadband random and guidance IEC 60068-2-78 Environmental testing — Part 2-78: Tests — Test Cab: Damp heat, steady state ISO 16750-3 — Mechanical loads (2012-12) ISO 16750-4 — Climatic loads(2010-04). ISO 20653: Road vehicles — Degree of protection (IP code) — Protection of electrical equipment against foreign objects, water and access ISO 10605:2008 + Technical Corrigendum:2010 + AMD1:2014 Road vehicles — Test methods for electrical disturbances from electrostatic discharge ISO 7637-1:2002 + AMD1: 2008 Road vehicles — Electrical disturbances from conduction and coupling — Part 1: Definitions and general considerations. ISO 7637-2 Road vehicles — Electrical disturbances from conduction and coupling — Part 2: Electrical transient conduction along supply lines only. ISO 7637-3 Road vehicles — Electrical disturbances from conduction and coupling — Part 3: Electrical transient transmission by capacitive and inductive coupling via lines other than supply lines. ISO/IEC 7816-1 Identification cards — Integrated circuit(s) cards with contacts — Part 1: Physical characteristics.. ISO/IEC 7816-2 Information technology — Identification cards — Integrated circuit(s) cards with contacts — Part 2: Dimensions and location of the contacts. ISO/IEC 7816-3 Information technology — Identification cards — Integrated circuit(s) cards with contacts — Part 3: Electronic signals and transmission protocol. ISO/IEC 10373-1:2006 + AMD1:2012 Identification cards — Test methods — Part 1: General characteristics ISO/IEC 10373-3:2010 + Technical Corrigendum:2013 Identification cards — Test methods — Part 3: Integrated circuit cards with contacts and related interface devices ISO 16844-3:2004, Cor 1:2006 Road vehicles — Tachograph systems — Part 3: Motion sensor interface (with vehicle units). ISO 16844-4 Road vehicles — Tachograph systems — Part 4: CAN interface ISO 16844-6 Road vehicles — Tachograph systems — Part 6: Diagnostics ISO 16844-7 Road vehicles — Tachograph systems — Part 7: Parameters ISO 534 Paper and board — Determination of thickness, density and specific volume UN ECE R10 Uniform provisions concerning the approval of vehicles with regard to electromagnetic compatibility (United Nation Economic Commission for Europe)
2. VEHICLE UNIT FUNCTIONAL TESTS No Test Description Related requirements 1 Administrative examination 1.1 Documentation Correctness of documentation 1.2 Manufacturer test results Results of manufacturer test performed during integration. Paper demonstrations. 88, 89,91 2 Visual inspection 2.1 Compliance with documentation 2.2 Identification/markings 224 to 226 2.3 Materials 219 to 223 2.4 Sealing 398, 401 to 405 2.5 External interfaces 3 Functional tests 3.1 Functions provided 03, 04, 05, 07, 382, 3.2 Modes of operation 09 to 11*, 132, 133 3.3 Functions and data access rights 12* 13*,, 382, 383, 386 to 389 3.4 Monitoring cards insertion and withdrawal 15, 16, 17, 18, 19*, 20*, 132 3.5 Speed and distance measurement 21 to 31 3.6 Time measurement (test performed at 20°C) 38 to 43 3.7 Monitoring driver activities 44 to 53, 132 3.8 Monitoring driving status 54, 55, 132 3.9 Manual entries 56 to 62 3.10 Company locks management 63 to 68 3.11 Monitoring control activities 69, 70 3.12 Detection of events and/or faults 71 to 88 132 3.13 Equipment identification data 93*, 94*, 97, 100 3.14 Driver card insertion and withdrawal data 102* to 104* 3.15 Driver activity data 105* to 107* 3.16 Places and positions data 108* to 112* 3.17 Odometer data 113* to 115* 3.18 Detailed speed data 116* 3.19 Events data 117* 3.20 Faults data 118* 3.21 Calibration data 119* to 121* 3.22 Time adjustment data 124*, 125* 3.23 Control activity data 126*, 127* 3.24 Company locks data 128* 3.25 Download activity data 129* 3.26 Specific conditions data 130*, 131* 3.27 Recording and storing on tachographs cards 134, 135, 136*, 137*, 139*, 140, 141 142, 143, 144*, 145*, 146*, 147, 148 3.28 Displaying 90, 132, 149 to 166, PIC_001, DIS_001 3.29 Printing 90, 132, 167 to 179, PIC_001, PRT_001 to PRT_014 3.30 Warning 132, 180 to 189, PIC_001 3.31 Data downloading to external media 90, 132, 190 to 194 3.32 Remote communication for targeted roadside checks 195 to 197 3.33 Output data to additional external devices 198, 199 3.34 Calibration 202 to 206*, 383, 384, 386 to 391 3.35 Roadside calibration checking 207 to 209 3.36 Time adjustment 210 to 212* 3.37 Non-interference of additional functions 06, 425 3.38 Motion sensor interface 02, 122 3.39 External GNSS facility 03, 123 3.40 Verify that the VU detects, records and stores the event(s) and/or fault(s) defined by the VU manufacturer when a paired motion sensor reacts to magnetic fields disturbing vehicle motion detection. 217 3.41 Cypher suite and standardized domain parameters CSM_48, CSM_50 4 Environmental tests 4.1 Temperature Verify functionality through: 213 4.2 Humidity Verify that the vehicle unit can withstand a cyclic damp (heat test) through IEC IEC 60068-2-30, test Db, six 24 hours cycles, each temperature varying from + 25°C to + 55°C and a relative humidity of 97 % at + 25°C and equal to 93 % at + 55°C 214 4.3 Mechanical The tests described above are performed on different samples of the equipment type being tested. 219 4.4 Protection against water and foreign bodies Test according to ISO 20653: Road vehicles — Degree of protection (IP code) — Protection of electrical equipment against foreign objects, water and access (No change in parameters); Minimum value IP 40 220, 221 4.5 Over-voltage protection Verify that the vehicle unit can withstand a power supply of: 216 24 V versions: 34 V at + 40°C 1 hour 12V versions: 17V at +40°C 1 hour (ISO 16750-2) 4.6 Reverse polarity protection Verify that the vehicle unit can withstand an inversion of its power supply (ISO 16750-2) 216 4.7 Short-circuit protection Verify that input output signals are protected against short circuits to power supply and ground (ISO 16750-2) 216 5 EMC tests 5.1 Radiated emissions and susceptibility Compliance with Regulation ECE R10 218 5.2 Electrostatic discharge Compliance with ISO 10605:2008 + Technical Corrigendum:2010 + AMD1:2014: +/– 4kV for contact and +/– 8kV for air discharge 218 5.3 Conducted transient susceptibility on power supply For 24V versions: compliance with ISO 7637-2 + ECE Regulation No. 10 Rev. 3: For 12V versions: compliance with ISO 7637-1 + ECE Regulation No. 10 Rev. 3: For load dump proposal, refer to ISO 16750-2, 4th edition, chapter 4.6.4. 218
Test according to ISO 16750-4, Chapter 5.1.1.2: Low temperature operation test (72 h @ – 20 °C) This test refers to IEC 60068-2-1: Environmental testing — Part 2-1: Tests — Test A: Cold
Test according to ISO 16750-4: Chapter 5.1.2.2: High temperature operation test (72 h at 70 °C) This test refers to IEC 60068-2-2: Basic environmental testing procedures; part 2: tests; tests B: dry heat
Test according to ISO 16750-4: Chapter 5.3.2: Rapid change of temperature with specified transition duration (– 20 °C/70 °C, 20 cycles, dwell time 2h at each temperature) A reduced set of tests (among those defined in section 3 of this table) can be carried out at the lower temperature, the higher temperature and during the temperature cycles
2.
1. Sinusoidal vibrations. verify that the vehicle unit can withstand sinusoidal vibrations with the following characteristics: This requirement is verified through IEC 60068-2-6, test Fc, with a minimum test duration of 3 × 12 hours (12 hours per axis) ISO 16750-3 does not require a sinusoidal vibration test for devices located in the decoupled vehicle cab.
constant displacement between 5 and 11 Hz: 10 mm peak
constant acceleration between 11 and 300 Hz: 5g
2. Random vibrations: Test according to ISO 16750-3: Chapter 4.1.2.8: Test VIII: Commercial vehicle, decoupled vehicle cab Random vibration test, 10…2000 Hz, RMS vertical 21,3 m/s2, RMS longitudinal 11,8 m/s2, RMS lateral 13,1 m/s2, 3 axes, 32 h per axis, including temperature cycle – 20…70°C. This test refers to IEC 60068-2-64: Environmental testing — Part 2-64: Tests — Test Fh: Vibration, broadband random and guidance
3. Shocks: mechanical shock with 3g half sinus according ISO 16750.
pulse 1a: Vs = – 450 V Ri = 50 ohms
pulse 2a: Vs = + 37 V Ri = 2 ohms
pulse 2b: Vs = + 20 V Ri = 0,05 ohms
pulse 3a: Vs = – 150 V Ri = 50 ohms
pulse 3b: Vs = + 150 V Ri=50 ohms
pulse 4: Vs = – 16 V Va = – 12 V t6 = 100ms
pulse 5: Vs = + 120 V Ri = 2,2 ohms td = 250ms
pulse 1: Vs = – 75 V Ri = 10 ohms
pulse 2a: Vs = + 37 V Ri = 2 ohms
pulse 2b: Vs = + 10 V Ri = 0,05 ohms
pulse 3a: Vs = – 112 V Ri = 50 ohms
pulse 3b: Vs = + 75 V Ri = 50 ohms
pulse 4: Vs = – 6 V Va = – 5 V t6 = 15 ms
pulse 5: Vs = + 65 V Ri = 3 ohms td = 100 ms
Pulse 5 shall be tested only for vehicle units designed to be installed in vehicles for which no external common protection against load dump is implemented
3. MOTION SENSOR FUNCTIONAL TESTS No Test Description Related requirements 1. Administrative examination 1.1 Documentation Correctness of documentation 2. Visual inspection 2.1. Compliance with documentation 2.2. Identification/markings 225, 226, 2.3 Materials 219 to 223 2.4. Sealing 398, 401 to 405 3. Functional tests 3.1 Sensor identification data 95 to 97* 3.2 Motion sensor — vehicle unit pairing 122*, 204 3.3 Motion detection Motion measurement accuracy 30 to 35 3.4 Vehicle unit interface 02 3.5 Check that the motion sensor is immune to constant magnetic field. Alternatively, verify that the motion sensor reacts to constant magnetic fields disturbing vehicle motion detection so that a connected VU can detect, record and store sensor faults 217 4. Environmental tests 4.1 Operating temperature Verify functionality (as defined in test No 3.3) in temperature range [– 40°C; + 135°C] through: 213 4.2 Temperature cycles Test according to ISO 16750-4: Chapter 5.3.2: Rapid change of temperature with specified transition duration (– 40°C/135 °C, 20 cycles, dwell time 30 min at each temperature) IEC 60068-2-14: Environmental testing; Part 2-14: Tests; Test N: Change of temperature 213 4.3 Humidity cycles Verify functionality (as defined in test No. 3.3) through IEC 60068-2-30, test Db, six 24 hours cycles, each temperature varying from + 25°C to + 55°C and a relative humidity of 97 % at + 25°C and equal to 93 % at + 55°C 214 4.4 Vibration ISO 16750-3: Chapter 4.1.2.6: Test VI: Commercial vehicle, engine, gearbox Mixed mode vibration test including 94 h per axis, including temperature cycle – 20…70°C) This test refers to IEC 60068-2-80: Environmental testing — Part 2-80: Tests — Test Fi: Vibration — Mixed mode 219 4.5 Mechanical shock ISO 16750-3: Chapter 4.2.3: Test VI: Test for devices in or on the gearbox half-sinusoidal shock, acceleration to be agreed in the range 3000…15000 m/s2, pulse duration to be agreed, however < 1 ms, number of shocks: to be agreed This test refers to IEC 60068-2-27: Environmental testing. Part 2: Tests. Test Ea and guidance: Shock 219 4.6 Protection against water and foreign bodies Test according to ISO 20653: Road vehicles — Degree of protection (IP code) — Protection of electrical equipment against foreign objects, water and access (Target value IP 64) 220, 221 4.7 Reverse polarity protection Verify that the motion sensor can withstand an inversion of its power supply 216 4.8 Short circuit protection Verify that input output signals are protected against short circuits to power supply and ground 216 5. EMC 5.1 radiated emissions and susceptibility Verify compliance with Regulation ECE R10 218 5.2 Electrostatic discharge Compliance with ISO 10605:2008 + Technical Corrigendum:2010 + AMD1:2014: +/– 4kV for contact and +/– 8kV for air discharge 218 5.3 Conducted transient susceptibility on data lines) For 24V versions: compliance with ISO 7637-2 + ECE Regulation No. 10 Rev. 3: For 12V versions: compliance with ISO 7637-1 + ECE Regulation No. 10 Rev. 3: Pulse 5 shall be tested only for vehicle units designed to be installed in vehicles for which no external common protection against load dump is implemented For load dump proposal, refer to ISO 16750-2, 4th edition, chapter 4.6.4 218
IEC 60068-2-1 test Ad, with a test duration of 96 hours at the lowest temperature Tomin,
IEC 60068-2-2 test Bd, with a test duration of 96 hours at the highest temperature Tomax
Test according to ISO 16750-4: Chapter 5.1.1.2: Low temperature operation test (24 h @ – 40 °C) This test refers to IEC 60068-2-1: Environmental testing — Part 2-1: Tests — Test A: Cold IEC 68-2-2 test Bd, with a test duration of 96 hours at the lowest temperature of – 40°C.
Test according to ISO 16750-4: Chapter 5.1.2.2: High temperature operation test (96 h @ 135 °C) This test refers to IEC 60068-2-2: Basic environmental testing procedures; part 2: tests; tests B: dry heat
3. a)
Sinusoidal vibration test, 20…520 Hz, 11,4 … 120 m/s2, <= 0,5 oct/min
b)
Random vibration test, 10…2000 Hz, RMS 177 m/s2
pulse 1a: Vs = – 450 V Ri = 50 ohms
pulse 2a: Vs = + 37 V Ri = 2 ohms
pulse 2b: Vs = + 20 V Ri = 0,05 ohms
pulse 3a: Vs = – 150 V Ri = 50 ohms
pulse 3b: Vs = + 150 V Ri = 50 ohms
pulse 4: Vs= – 16 V Va = – 12 V t6 = 100ms
pulse 5: Vs = + 120 V Ri = 2,2 ohms td = 250ms
pulse 1: Vs = – 75 V Ri = 10 ohms
pulse 2a: Vs = + 37 V Ri = 2 ohms
pulse 2b: Vs = + 10 V Ri = 0,05 ohms
pulse 3a: Vs = – 112 V Ri = 50 ohms
pulse 3b: Vs = + 75 V Ri = 50 ohms
pulse 4: Vs= – 6 V Va=-5 V t6 = 15 ms
pulse 5: Vs = + 65 V Ri = 3 ohms td = 100 ms
4. TACHOGRAPH CARDS FUNCTIONAL TESTS Tests according to this Section 4, can be performed by the evaluator or certifier during the Common Criteria (CC) security certification process for the chip module. Tests number 2.3 and 4.2 are the same. These are the mechanical tests of the combination card body and chip module. If one of these components (card body, chip module) is changed, then these tests are necessary. No Test Description Related requirements 1. Administrative examination 1.1 Documentation Correctness of documentation 2 Card Body 2.1 Printed Design Make sure that all features for protection and visible data are correctly printed on the card and compliant. 227 to 229, 232, 234 to 236 2.2 Mechanical Tests 240, 243 ISO/IEC 7810 2.3 Mechanical tests with chip module embedded ISO/IEC 7810 3 Module 3.1 Module Module is the chip encapsulation and the contact plate. ISO/IEC 7816 4 Chip 4.1 Chip 241 to 244 ECE R10 ISO/IEC 7810 ISO/IEC 10373 4.2 Mechanical tests chip module embedded in the card body-> same as 2.3 ISO/IEC 7810 5 Protocol tests 5.1 ATR Check that the ATR is compliant ISO/IEC 7816-3 TCS_14, TCS_17, TCS_18 5.2 T=0 Check that T=0 protocol is compliant ISO/IEC 7816-3 TCS_11, TCS_12, TCS_13, TCS_15 5.3 PTS Check that the PTS command is compliant by setting T=1 from T=0. ISO/IEC 7816-3 TCS_12, TCS_19, TCS_20, TCS_21 5.4 T=1 Check that T=1 protocol is compliant ISO/IEC 7816-3 TCS_11, TCS_13, TCS_16 6 Card structure 6.1 Test that the file structure of the card is compliant by checking the presence of the mandatory files in the card and their access conditions TCS_22 to TCS_28 TCS_140 to TCS_179 7 Functional tests 7.1 Normal processing Test at least once each allowed usage of each command (ex: test the UPDATE BINARY command with CLA = 00, CLA = 0C and with different P1,P2 and Lc parameters) Check that the operations have actually been performed in the card (ex: by reading the file the command has been performed on) TCS_29 to TCS_139 7.2 Error messages Test at least once each error message (as specified in Appendix 2) for each command Test at least once every generic error (except 6400 integrity errors checked during security certification) 7.3 Cypher suite and standardized domain parameters CSM_48, CSM_50 8 Personalisation 8.1 Optical personalisation 230, 231, 235
no. 5 Protocol tests,
no. 6 Card structure and
no. 7 Functional tests
[Designator] Annex 1C, chapter 4.1 Visible data, 227) The front page shall contain: the words Driver card or Control card or Workshop card or Company card printed in capital letters in the official language or languages of the Member State issuing the card, according to the type of the card.
[Member State name] Annex 1C, chapter 4.1 Visible data, 228) The front page shall contain: the name of the Member State issuing the card (optional).
[Sign] Annex 1C, chapter 4.1 Visible data, 229) The front page shall contain: the distinguishing sign of the Member State issuing the card, printed in negative in a blue rectangle and encircled by 12 yellow stars.
[Enumeration] Annex 1C, chapter 4.1 Visible data, 232) The reverse page shall contain: an explanation of the numbered items which appear on the front page of the card.
[Colour] Annex 1C, chapter 4.1 Visible data, 234) Tachograph cards shall be printed with the following background predominant colours:
driver card: white,
workshop card: red,
control card: blue,
company card: yellow.
[Security] Annex 1C, chapter 4.1 Visible data, 235) Tachograph cards shall bear at least the following features for protection of the card body against counterfeiting and tampering:
a security design background with fine guilloche patterns and rainbow printing,
at least one two-coloured microprint line.
[Markings] Annex 1C, chapter 4.1 Visible data, 236) Member States may add colours or markings, such as national symbols and security features.
[Approval mark] Tachograph cards shall contain an approval mark. The approval mark shall be made up of:
a rectangle, within which shall be placed the letter e followed by a distinguishing number or letter for the country which has issued the approval,
an approval number corresponding to the number of the approval certificate for a tachograph card, placed at any point within the immediate proximity of this rectangle.
[Card size] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [5] Dimension of card, [5.1] Card size, [5.1.1] Card dimensions and tolererances, card type ID-1 Unused card
[Card edges] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [5] Dimension of card, [5.1] Card size, [5.1.2] Card edges
[Card construction] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [6] Card construction
[Card materials] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [7] Card materials
[Bending stiffness] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [8] Card characteristics, [8.1] Bending stiffness
[Toxicity] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [8] Card characteristics, [8.3] Toxicity
[Resistance to chemicals] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [8] Card characteristics, [8.4] Resistance to chemicals
[Card stability] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [8] Card characteristics, [8.5] Card dimensional stability and warpage with temperature and humidity
[Light] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [8] Card characteristics, [8.6] Light
[Durability] Annex 1C, chapter 4.4 Environmental and electrical specifications, 241) Tachograph cards shall be capable of operating correctly for a five-year period if used within the environmental and electrical specifications.
[Peel strength] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [8] Card characteristics, [8.8] Peel strength
[Adhesion or blocking] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [8] Card characteristics, [8.9] Adhesion or blocking
[Warpage] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [8] Card characteristics, [8.11] Overall card warpage
[Resistance to heat] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [8] Card characteristics, [8.12] Resistance to heat
[Surface distortions] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [8] Card characteristics, [8.13] Surface distortions
[Contamination] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, [8] Card characteristics, [8.14] Contamination and interaction of card components
[Bending] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810:2003/Amd. 1:2009, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, Amendment 1: Criteria for cards containing integrated circuits [9.2] Dynamic bending stress Total number of bending cycles: 4000.
[Torsion] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810:2003/Amd. 1:2009, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, Amendment 1: Criteria for cards containing integrated circuits [9.3] Dynamic torsional stress Total number of torsion cycles: 4000.
[Surface profile] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7816-1:2011, Identification cards — Integrated circuit cards — Part 1: Cards with contacts — Physical characteristics [4.2] Surface profile of contacts
[Mechanical strength] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7816-1:2011, Identification cards — Integrated circuit cards — Part 1: Cards with contacts — Physical characteristics [4.3] Mechanical strength (of a card and contacts)
[Electrical resistance] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7816-1:2011, Identification cards — Integrated circuit cards — Part 1: Cards with contacts — Physical characteristics [4.4] Electrical resistance (of contacts)
[Dimension] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7816-2:2007, Identification cards — Integrated circuit cards — Part 2: Cards with contacts — Dimension and location of the contacts [3] Dimension of the contacts
[Location] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7816-2:2007, Identification cards — Integrated circuit cards — Part 2: Cards with contacts — Dimension and location of the contacts [4] Number and location of the contacts In case of modules with six contacts, contact C4 and C8 are not part of this test requirement.
[Operating temperature] The Tachograph card chip shall operate in an ambient temperature range between – 25 °C and + 85 °C.
[Temperature and humidity] Annex 1C, chapter 4.4 Environmental and electrical specifications, 241) Tachograph cards shall be capable of operating correctly in all the climatic conditions normally encountered in Community territory and at least in the temperature range – 25°C to + 70°C with occasional peaks of up to + 85°C, occasional meaning not more than 4 hours each time and not over 100 times during the life time of the card. The Tachograph cards are exposed in consecutive steps to the following temperatures and humidities for the given time. After each step the Tachograph cards are tested for electrical functionality.
4.
grp_33
1. Temperature of – 20 °C for 2 h.
2. Temperature of +/– 0 °C for 2 h.
3. Temperature of + 20 °C, 50 % RH, for 2 h.
4. Temperature of + 50 °C, 50 % RH, for 2 h.
5. Temperature of + 70 °C, 50 % RH, for 2 h. The temperature is increased intermittently to + 85 °C, 50 % RH, for 60 min.
6. Temperature of + 70 °C, 85 % RH, for 2 h. The temperature is increased intermittently to + 85 °C, 85 % RH, for 30 min.
[Humidity] Annex 1C, chapter 4.4 Environmental and electrical specifications, 242) Tachograph cards shall be capable of operating correctly in the humidity range 10 % to 90 %.
[Electromagnetic compatibility — EMC] Annex 1C, chapter 4.4 Environmental and electrical specifications 244) During operation, Tachograph cards shall conform to ECE R10 related to electromagnetic compatibility.
[Static electricity] Annex 1C, chapter 4.4 Environmental and electrical specifications, 244) During operation, Tachograph cards shall be protected against electrostatic discharges. Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810:2003/Amd. 1:2009, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, Amendment 1: Criteria for cards containing integrated circuits [9.4] Static electricity [9.4.1] Contact IC cards Test voltage: 4000 V.
[X-rays] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810:2003/Amd. 1:2009, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, Amendment 1: Criteria for cards containing integrated circuits [9.1] X-rays
[Ultraviolet light] ISO/IEC 10373-1:2006, Identification cards — Test methods — Part 1: General characteristics [5.11] Ultraviolet light
[3-wheel] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 10373-1:2006/Amd. 1:2012, Identification cards — Test methods — Part 1: General characteristics, Amendment 1 [5.22] ICC — Mechanical strength: 3 wheel test for ICCs with contacts
[Wrapping] Tachograph cards must conform to standard MasterCard CQM V2.03:2013 [11.1.3] R-L3-14-8: Wrapping Test Robustness [13.2.1.32] TM-422: Mechanical Reliability: Wrapping Test
[Bending] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810:2003/Amd. 1:2009, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, Amendment 1: Criteria for cards containing integrated circuits [9.2] Dynamic bending stress Total number of bending cycles: 4000.
[Torsion] Tachograph cards must conform to standard ISO/IEC 7810:2003/Amd. 1:2009, Identification cards — Physical characteristics, Amendment 1: Criteria for cards containing integrated circuits [9.3] Dynamic torsional stress Total number of torsion cycles: 4000.
Annex 1C, chapter 4.1 Visible data, 230) The front page shall contain: information specific to the card issued.
Annex 1C, chapter 4.1 Visible data, 231) The front page shall contain: dates using a dd/mm/yyyy or dd.mm.yyyy format (day, month, year).
Annex 1C, chapter 4.1 Visible data, 235) Tachograph cards shall bear at least the following features for protection of the card body against counterfeiting and tampering:
in the area of the photograph, the security design background and the photograph shall overlap.
5. EXTERNAL GNSS FACILITY TESTS No Test Description Related requirements 1. Administrative examination 1.1 Documentation Correctness of documentation 2. Visual inspection for external GNSS facility 2.1. Compliance with documentation 2.2. Identification/markings 224 to 226 2.3 Materials 219 to 223 3. Functional tests 3.1 Sensor identification data 98,99 3.2 External GNSS module — vehicle unit coupling 123, 205 3.3 GNSS position 36, 37 3.4 Vehicle unit interface when the GNSS receiver is external to the Vehicle Unit 03 3.5 Cypher suite and standardized domain parameters CSM_48, CSM_50 4. Environmental tests 4.1 Temperature Verify functionality through: 213 4.2 Humidity Verify that the vehicle unit can withstand a cyclic damp (heat test) through IEC 60068-2-30, test Db, six 24 hours cycles, each temperature varying from + 25 °C to + 55 °C and a relative humidity of 97 % at + 25 °C and equal to 93 % at + 55 °C 214 4.3 Mechanical The tests described above are performed on different samples of the equipment type being tested. 219 4.4 Protection against water and foreign bodies Test according to ISO 20653: Road vehicles — Degree of protection (IP code) — Protection of electrical equipment against foreign objects, water and access (No change in parameters) 220, 221 4.5 Over-voltage protection Verify that the vehicle unit can withstand a power supply of: 216 24 V versions: 34 V at + 40 °C 1 hour 12V versions: 17 V at + 40 °C 1 hour ( ISO 16750-2, chapter 4.3) 4.6 Reverse polarity protection Verify that the vehicle unit can withstand an inversion of its power supply (ISO 16750-2, chapter 4.7) 216 4.7 Short-circuit protection Verify that input output signals are protected against short circuits to power supply and ground (ISO 16750-2, chapter 4.10]) 216 5 EMC tests 5.1 Radiated emissions and susceptibility Compliance with Regulation ECE R10 218 5.2 Electrostatic discharge Compliance with ISO 10605:2008 + Technical Corrigendum: 2010 + AMD1:2014: +/– 4kV for contact and +/– 8kV for air discharge 218 5.3 Conducted transient susceptibility on power supply For 24V versions: compliance with ISO 7637-2 + ECE Regulation No. 10 Rev. 3: For 12V versions: compliance with ISO 7637-1 + ECE Regulation No. 10 Rev. 3: Pulse 5 shall be tested only for vehicle units designed to be installed in vehicles for which no external common protection against load dump is implemented For load dump proposal, refer to ISO 16750-2, 4th edition, chapter 4.6.4. 218
Test according to ISO 16750-4, Chapter 5.1.1.2: Low temperature operation test (72 h @ – 20 °C) This test refers to IEC 60068-2-1: Environmental testing — Part 2-1: Tests — Test A: Cold
Test according to ISO 16750-4: Chapter 5.1.2.2: High temperature operation test (72 h @ 70 °C) This test refers to IEC 60068-2-2: Basic environmental testing procedures; part 2: tests; tests B: dry heat
Test according to ISO 16750-4: Chapter 5.3.2: Rapid change of temperature with specified transition duration (– 20 °C/70 °C, 20 cycles, dwell time 1 h at each temperature) A reduced set of tests (among those defined in section 3 of this table) can be carried out at the lower temperature, the higher temperature and during the temperature cycles
5.
1. Sinusoidal vibrations. verify that the vehicle unit can withstand sinusoidal vibrations with the following characteristics: This requirement is verified through IEC 60068-2-6, test Fc, with a minimum test duration of 3 × 12 hours (12 hours per axis) ISO 16750-3 does not require a sinusoidal vibration test for devices located in the decoupled vehicle cab.
constant displacement between 5 and 11 Hz: 10 mm peak
constant acceleration between 11 and 300 Hz: 5g
2. Random vibrations: Test according to ISO 16750-3: Chapter 4.1.2.8: Test VIII: Commercial vehicle, decoupled vehicle cab Random vibration test, 10…2000 Hz, RMS vertical 21,3 m/s2, RMS longitudinal 11,8 m/s2, RMS lateral 13,1 m/s2, 3 axes, 32 h per axis, including temperature cycle – 20…70°C. This test refers to IEC 60068-2-64: Environmental testing — Part 2-64: Tests — Test Fh: Vibration, broadband random and guidance
3. Shocks: mechanical shock with 3g half sinus according ISO 16750.
pulse 1a: Vs = – 450V Ri = 50 ohms
pulse 2a: Vs= + 37V Ri = 2 ohms
pulse 2b: Vs= + 20V Ri = 0,05 ohms
pulse 3a: Vs= – 150V Ri = 50 ohms
pulse 3b: Vs=+ 150V Ri = 50 ohms
pulse 4: Vs = – 16 V Va = – 12V t6 = 100 ms
pulse 5: Vs= + 120 V Ri = 2,2 ohms td = 250 ms
pulse 1: Vs= – 75V Ri=10 ohms
pulse 2a: Vs= + 37V Ri=2 ohms
pulse 2b: Vs= + 10V Ri=0,05 ohms
pulse 3a: Vs= – 112V Ri=50 ohms
pulse 3b: Vs= + 75V Ri=50 ohms
pulse 4: Vs= – 6V Va=-5V t6=15ms
pulse 5: Vs= + 65V Ri=3ohms td=100ms
Test according to ISO 16750-4, Chapter 5.1.1.2: Low temperature operation test (72 h @ – 20 °C) This test refers to IEC 60068-2-1: Environmental testing — Part 2-1: Tests — Test A: Cold
Test according to ISO 16750-4: Chapter 5.1.2.2: High temperature operation test (72 h @ 70 °C) This test refers to IEC 60068-2-2: Basic environmental testing procedures; part 2: tests; tests B: dry heat
Test according to ISO 16750-4: Chapter 5.3.2: Rapid change of temperature with specified transition duration (– 20 °C/70 °C, 20 cycles, dwell time 1 h (?) at each temperature) A reduced set of tests (among those defined in section 3 of this table) can be carried out at the lower temperature, the higher temperature and during the temperature cycles
823 more provisions are not shown here; each has its own address.
Versions
Cited by
- Council Decision (EU) 2023/2692 of 9 November 2023 on the position to be taken on behalf of the European Union in the Specialised Committee on Road Transport established by the Trade and Cooperation Agreement between the European Union and the European Atomic Energy Community, of the one part, and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, of the other part, on the adaptation of technical specifications of the smart tachograph 2 Decision · Grade B
Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 laid down, in its Annex I C, the specifications for smart tachograph 1 and was adapted in Appendix 31-B-4-3 to the Trade and Cooperation Agreement. Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/1228, which Article 2(2)(h) of Section 4 of Part B of Annex 31 to the Trade and Cooperation Agreement refers to, was also adopted on the basis of Article 11 of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014. By amending Annex I C to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799, it laid down the detailed techinical specifications of the smart tachograph 2. It entered into force on 1
- Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/1228 of 16 July 2021 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 as regards the requirements for the construction, testing, installation, operation and repair of smart tachographs and their components (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
The technical requirements for the construction, testing, installation, operation and repair of tachographs and their components are set out in Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799.
- Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/1228 of 16 July 2021 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 as regards the requirements for the construction, testing, installation, operation and repair of smart tachographs and their components (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Regulation (EU) No 165/2014 and Regulation (EC) No 561/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council have been amended by Regulation (EU) 2020/1054 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Regulation (EU) 2020/1054 requires additional features to be implemented in the smart tachograph. Consequently, a new version of the smart tachograph needs to be defined by amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799.
- Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/1228 of 16 July 2021 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 as regards the requirements for the construction, testing, installation, operation and repair of smart tachographs and their components (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 allows for an adaptor to be installed between the motion sensor and the tachograph for vehicles that, whilst having a weight below 3,5 tons, may occasionally overcome that threshold, for instance when towing a trailer. Following the amendment to Regulation (EC) No 561/2006, the obligation to fit a tachograph has been extended to vehicles above 2,5 tons. The mandatory fitting of the smart tachograph in light commercial vehicles makes necessary to enhance the level of security provided by the adaptor by fitting an internal sensor inside the tachograph, which
- Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/1228 of 16 July 2021 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 as regards the requirements for the construction, testing, installation, operation and repair of smart tachographs and their components (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Annex IC to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 is amended in accordance with the Annex to this Regulation.
- Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/1228 of 16 July 2021 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 as regards the requirements for the construction, testing, installation, operation and repair of smart tachographs and their components (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Annex IC to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 is amended as follows:
- Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2020/158 of 5 February 2020 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 for the purpose of on-board weighing equipment (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Since the requirements of Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2019/1213 are in conflict with the provisions on on-board weighing equipment set out in Appendix 14 to Annex IC to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799, that Annex should therefore be amended in order to delete point 5.5 of Appendix 14.
- Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2020/158 of 5 February 2020 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 for the purpose of on-board weighing equipment (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Point 5.5 of Appendix 14 to Annex IC to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 is deleted.
- Council Decision (EU) 2024/3246 of 5 December 2024 on the position to be taken on behalf of the Union in the Joint Committee established by the Agreement between the European Union and Ukraine on the carriage of freight by road, as regards the recognition of smart tachographs for the enforcement of the Agreement and the provision by the European Commission of smart tachograph certification services to Ukraine Decision · Grade B
In order to ensure the correct functioning of the Agreement in light of its objectives, vehicles operating under the Agreement should therefore be allowed to install and use, in the Union and in Ukraine, smart tachographs complying with the relevant requirements of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014 and Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799. That does not, however, prevent vehicles operating under the Agreement from continuing to use digital tachographs in accordance with the AETR.
- Council Decision (EU) 2024/3246 of 5 December 2024 on the position to be taken on behalf of the Union in the Joint Committee established by the Agreement between the European Union and Ukraine on the carriage of freight by road, as regards the recognition of smart tachographs for the enforcement of the Agreement and the provision by the European Commission of smart tachograph certification services to Ukraine Decision · Grade B
In order to ensure the correct functioning of the Agreement in light of its objectives, vehicles operating under the Agreement should therefore be allowed to install and use, in the Union and in Ukraine, smart tachographs complying with the relevant requirements of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014 and Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799. That does not, however, prevent vehicles operating under the Agreement from continuing to use digital tachographs in accordance with the AETR.
- Council Decision (EU) 2024/3246 of 5 December 2024 on the position to be taken on behalf of the Union in the Joint Committee established by the Agreement between the European Union and Ukraine on the carriage of freight by road, as regards the recognition of smart tachographs for the enforcement of the Agreement and the provision by the European Commission of smart tachograph certification services to Ukraine Decision · Grade B
in compliance with the specifications set out in Regulation (EU) 2016/799, with the following adaptations:
- Council Decision (EU) 2024/3246 of 5 December 2024 on the position to be taken on behalf of the Union in the Joint Committee established by the Agreement between the European Union and Ukraine on the carriage of freight by road, as regards the recognition of smart tachographs for the enforcement of the Agreement and the provision by the European Commission of smart tachograph certification services to Ukraine Decision · Grade B
Ukraine recognises that the European Commission acts as the single European Root Certification Authority (ERCA) within the framework laid down in Regulation (EU) 2016/799.
- Council Decision (EU) 2016/1877 of 17 October 2016 on the position to be adopted, on behalf of the European Union, in the Group of Experts on the European Agreement concerning the work of crews of vehicles engaged in international road transport (AETR), and in the Working Party on Road Transport, of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (Text with EEA relevance) Decision · Grade B
Article 10 of the AETR provides that a tachograph whose construction, installation, use and testing are carried out in accordance with Regulation (EEC) No 3821/85 is considered to comply with the requirements of the AETR. That principle applies to any modification of the tachograph specifications, irrespective of whether they are adopted on the basis of Regulation (EEC) No 3821/85 or another legal act. It therefore applies to Regulation (EU) No 165/2014 which repealed and replaced Regulation (EEC) No 3821/85, as well as to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 laying down the techni
- Council Decision (EU) 2016/1877 of 17 October 2016 on the position to be adopted, on behalf of the European Union, in the Group of Experts on the European Agreement concerning the work of crews of vehicles engaged in international road transport (AETR), and in the Working Party on Road Transport, of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (Text with EEA relevance) Decision · Grade B
In addition, a new appendix should be inserted in the Annex to the AETR containing the provisions of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 and any other subsequent adaptations to technical progress.
- Council Decision (EU) 2016/1877 of 17 October 2016 on the position to be adopted, on behalf of the European Union, in the Group of Experts on the European Agreement concerning the work of crews of vehicles engaged in international road transport (AETR), and in the Working Party on Road Transport, of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (Text with EEA relevance) Decision · Grade B
Annex IC to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 is inserted as Appendix 1C to the Annex to the AETR.
- Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2024/482 of 31 January 2024 laying down rules for the application of Regulation (EU) 2019/881 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the adoption of the European Common Criteria-based cybersecurity certification scheme (EUCC) (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Digital Tachograph - Tachograph Card, as referred in Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 of 18 March 2016 implementing Regulation (EU) 165/2014 (Annex 1C);
- Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2024/482 of 31 January 2024 laying down rules for the application of Regulation (EU) 2019/881 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the adoption of the European Common Criteria-based cybersecurity certification scheme (EUCC) (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Digital Tachograph - External GNSS Facility (EGF PP) as referred in Annex 1C of Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 of 18 March 2016 implementing Regulation (EU) 165/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
- Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2024/482 of 31 January 2024 laying down rules for the application of Regulation (EU) 2019/881 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the adoption of the European Common Criteria-based cybersecurity certification scheme (EUCC) (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Digital Tachograph - Motion Sensor (MS PP) as referred in Annex 1C of Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 of 18 March 2016 implementing Regulation (EU) 165/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
- Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/502 of 28 February 2018 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 laying down the requirements for the construction, testing, installation, operation and repair of tachographs and their components (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
The technical requirements for the construction, testing, installation, operation and repair of tachographs and their components are set out in Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799.
- Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/502 of 28 February 2018 amending Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 laying down the requirements for the construction, testing, installation, operation and repair of tachographs and their components (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
In accordance with Articles 8, 9 and 10 of Regulation (EU) No 165/2014, tachographs installed in vehicles registered for the first time on or after 15 June 2019 shall be smart tachographs. Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/799 must therefore be amended so that the technical provisions laid down therein apply from that date.